2007-421-Yamaha - VStar - 1300 Manual 2 PDF

XVS13AW(C)
XVS13CTW(C)
SERVICE MANUAL
LIT-11616-20-42 3D8-28197-10
EAS20050
XVS13AW(C)/XVS13CTW(C)
SERVICE MANUAL
2006 by Yamaha Motor Corporation, U.S.A.
First edition, August 2006
All rights reserved.
Any reproduction or unauthorized use
without the written permission of
Yamaha Motor Corporation, U.S.A.
is expressly prohibited.
Printed in U.S.A.
P/N LIT-11616-20-42
EAS20070
NOTICE
This manual was produced by the Yamaha Motor Company, Ltd. primarily for use by Yamaha dealers
and their qualified mechanics. It is not possible to include all the knowledge of a mechanic in one man-
ual. Therefore, anyone who uses this book to perform maintenance and repairs on Yamaha vehicles
should have a basic understanding of mechanics and the techniques to repair these types of vehicles.
Repair and maintenance work attempted by anyone without this knowledge is likely to render the vehi-
cle unsafe and unfit for use.
This model has been designed and manufactured to perform within certain specifications in regard to
performance and emissions. Proper service with the correct tools is necessary to ensure that the vehi-
cle will operate as designed. If there is any question about a service procedure, it is imperative that you
contact a Yamaha dealer for any service information changes that apply to this model. This policy is
intended to provide the customer with the most satisfaction from his vehicle and to conform to federal
environmental quality objectives.
Yamaha Motor Company, Ltd. is continually striving to improve all of its models. Modifications and sig-
nificant changes in specifications or procedures will be forwarded to all authorized Yamaha dealers and
will appear in future editions of this manual where applicable.
NOTE:
This Service Manual contains information regarding periodic maintenance to the emission control sys-
tem. Please read this material carefully.
Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice.
EAS20080
IMPORTANT MANUAL INFORMATION

Particularly important information is distinguished in this manual by the following.
The Safety Alert Symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR
SAFETY IS INVOLVED!
Failure to follow WARNING instructions could result in severe injury or death

WARNING to the vehicle operator, a bystander or a person checking or repairing the ve-
hicle.
A CAUTION indicates special precautions that must be taken to avoid dam-

CAUTION: age to the vehicle.
NOTE: A NOTE provides key information to make procedures easier or clearer.

EAS20090
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

This manual is intended as a handy, easy-to-read reference book for the mechanic. Comprehensive
explanations of all installation, removal, disassembly, assembly, repair and check procedures are laid
out with the individual steps in sequential order.
The manual is divided into chapters and each chapter is divided into sections. The current section title
1 is shown at the top of each page.
Sub-section titles 2 appear in smaller print than the section title.
To help identify parts and clarify procedure steps, there are exploded diagrams 3 at the start of each
removal and disassembly section.
Numbers 4 are given in the order of the jobs in the exploded diagram. A number indicates a disas-
sembly step.
Symbols 5 indicate parts to be lubricated or replaced.
Refer to SYMBOLS.
A job instruction chart 6 accompanies the exploded diagram, providing the order of jobs, names of
parts, notes in jobs, etc.
Jobs 7 requiring more information (such as special tools and technical data) are described sequen-
tially.
4
7
5
2
6
EAS20100
1. Serviceable with engine mounted
SYMBOLS 2. Filling fluid
The following symbols are used in this manual 3. Lubricant
for easier understanding. 4. Special tool
NOTE: 5. Tightening torque
The following symbols are not relevant to every 6. Wear limit, clearance
vehicle. 7. Engine speed
8. Electrical data
9. Engine oil
1 2 3 10. Gear oil
11. Molybdenum-disulfide oil
12. Wheel-bearing grease
13. Lithium-soap-based grease
4 5 6 14. Molybdenum-disulfide grease
15. Apply locking agent (LOCTITE)
16. Replace the part
T.
R
7 8
9 10 11
E G M
12 13 14
B LS M
15 16
LT New
EAS20110
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION 1
SPECIFICATIONS 2
PERIODIC CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS 3
CHASSIS 4
ENGINE 5
COOLING SYSTEM 6
FUEL SYSTEM 7
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 8
TROUBLESHOOTING 9
GENERAL INFORMATION
IDENTIFICATION ............................................................................................ 1-1

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER..................................................... 1-1
MODEL LABEL ......................................................................................... 1-1
FEATURES ..................................................................................................... 1-2

1
OUTLINE OF THE FI SYSTEM................................................................. 1-2
FI SYSTEM ............................................................................................... 1-3
INSTRUMENT FUNCTIONS..................................................................... 1-4
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ......................................................................... 1-6

PREPARATION FOR REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY .......................... 1-6
REPLACEMENT PARTS .......................................................................... 1-6
GASKETS, OIL SEALS AND O-RINGS .................................................... 1-6
LOCK WASHERS/PLATES AND COTTER PINS..................................... 1-6
BEARINGS AND OIL SEALS.................................................................... 1-7
CIRCLIPS.................................................................................................. 1-7
CHECKING THE CONNECTIONS.................................................................. 1-8
SPECIAL TOOLS............................................................................................ 1-9

IDENTIFICATION
EAS20130
IDENTIFICATION
EAS20140
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

The vehicle identification number 1 is stamped
into the right side of the steering head pipe.
EAS20150
MODEL LABEL
The model label 1 is affixed to the frame. This
information will be needed to order spare parts.
1-1
FEATURES
EAS20170
FEATURES
EAS3D81037
OUTLINE OF THE FI SYSTEM

The main function of a fuel supply system is to provide fuel to the combustion chamber at the optimum
air-fuel ratio in accordance with the engine operating conditions and the atmospheric temperature. In
the conventional carburetor system, the air-fuel ratio of the mixture that is supplied to the combustion
chamber is created by the volume of the intake air and the fuel that is metered by the jet used in the
respective carburetor.
Despite the same volume of intake air, the fuel volume requirement varies by the engine operating con-
ditions, such as acceleration, deceleration, or operating under a heavy load. Carburetors that meter the
fuel through the use of jets have been provided with various auxiliary devices, so that an optimum air-
fuel ratio can be achieved to accommodate the constant changes in the operating conditions of the en-
gine.
As the requirements for the engine to deliver more performance and cleaner exhaust gases increase,
it becomes necessary to control the air-fuel ratio in a more precise and finely tuned manner. To accom-
modate this need, this model has adopted an electronically controlled fuel injection (FI) system, in place
of the conventional carburetor system. This system can achieve an optimum air-fuel ratio required by
the engine at all times by using a microprocessor that regulates the fuel injection volume according to
the engine operating conditions detected by various sensors.
The adoption of the FI system has resulted in a highly precise fuel supply, improved engine response,
better fuel economy, and reduced exhaust emissions.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
19 8 18 17 16 15
1. Air temperature sensor 15. Rear cylinder injector
2. Engine trouble warning light 16. ISC (idle speed control) unit
3. Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor 17. Crankshaft position sensor
4. Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor 18. Front cylinder injector
5. Rear cylinder ignition coil 19. Coolant temperature sensor
6. Front cylinder ignition coil
7. Throttle position sensor
8. Spark plug
9. Speed sensor
10. Lean angle sensor
11. Relay unit (fuel pump relay)
12. Fuel pump
13. ECU (engine control unit)
14. O2 sensor
1-2
FEATURES
EAS3D81038
FI SYSTEM
The fuel pump delivers fuel to the fuel injector via the fuel filter. The pressure regulator maintains the
fuel pressure that is applied to the fuel injector at only 324 kPa (3.24 kg/cm, 46.1 psi). Accordingly,
when the energizing signal from the ECU energizes the fuel injector, the fuel passage opens, causing
the fuel to be injected into the intake manifold only during the time the passage remains open. There-
fore, the longer the length of time the fuel injector is energized (injection duration), the greater the vol-
ume of fuel that is supplied. Conversely, the shorter the length of time the fuel injector is energized
(injection duration), the lesser the volume of fuel that is supplied.
The injection duration and the injection timing are controlled by the ECU. Signals that are input from the
throttle position sensor, crankshaft position sensor, intake air pressure sensor, air temperature sensor,
coolant temperature sensor, lean angle sensor, speed sensor and O2 sensor enable the ECU to deter-
mine the injection duration. The injection timing is determined through the signals from the crankshaft
position sensor. As a result, the volume of fuel that is required by the engine can be supplied at all times
in accordance with the driving conditions.
Illustration is for reference only.
5 6
7
1
8
C
A 4
2
Rear Front
10
3 9
15 11
B
14
13
12
1. Fuel pump 14. Throttle body

2. Fuel injector 15. Air filter case
3. Ignition coil
A. Fuel system
B. Air system
5. Air temperature sensor
C. Control system
7. ISC (idle speed control) unit
9. O2 sensor
10. Coolant temperature sensor
11. Catalytic converter
12. Crankshaft position sensor
13. Intake air pressure sensor
1-3
FEATURES
EAS3D81033
Speedometer
INSTRUMENT FUNCTIONS
Multi-function meter unit

EWA3D81011
WARNING
Be sure to stop the vehicle before making
any setting changes to the multi-function 1
meter unit.
1. Speedometer
The speedometer shows the riding speed.
1 2 When the key is turned to ON, the speedome-
ter needle will sweep once across the speed
range and then return to zero in order to test the
electrical circuit.
1. Speedometer Odometer, tripmeter, and fuel reserve trip-

2. Odometer/tripmeter/fuel reserve meter modes
tripmeter/clock
The multi-function meter unit is equipped with
the following:
a speedometer (which shows the riding speed)
an odometer (which shows the total distance 1
traveled)
two tripmeters (which show the distance trav-
eled since they were last set to zero)
a fuel reserve tripmeter (which shows the dis-
tance traveled on the fuel reserve)
a clock 1. Odometer/tripmeter/fuel reserve
a self-diagnosis device tripmeter/clock
a brightness control mode Push the side of the SELECT switch to
NOTE: switch the display between the odometer mode
Be sure to turn the key to ON before using the ODO, the tripmeter modes TRIP 1 and TRIP
SELECT switch / and RESET switch, 2 and the clock mode in the following order:
except for setting the brightness control mode. ODO TRIP 1 TRIP 2 Clock ODO
NOTE:
Push the side of the SELECT switch to
switch the display in the reverse order.
If the fuel level warning light comes on, the
1
SELECT
odometer display will automatically change to
the fuel reserve tripmeter mode F-TRIP and
RESET
2 start counting the distance traveled from that
point. In that case, push the side of the SE-
LECT switch to switch the display between the
various tripmeter, odometer, and clock modes in
1. SELECT switch / the following order:
2. RESET switch F-TRIP TRIP 1 TRIP 2 Clock ODO
F-TRIP
1-4
FEATURES
NOTE: If the odometer/tripmeter/clock display indicates

Push the side of the SELECT switch to any error codes, note the code number, and
switch the display in the reverse order. then check the vehicle. Refer to FUEL INJEC-
TION SYSTEM on page 8-31.
To reset a tripmeter, select it by pushing the ECA3D81016
or side of the SELECT switch, and then CAUTION:

push the RESET switch for at least one sec- If the display indicates an error code, the ve-
ond. If you do not reset the fuel reserve tripmeter hicle should be checked as soon as possible
manually, it will reset itself automatically, and the in order to avoid engine damage.
display will return to the prior mode after refuel-
ing and traveling 5 km (3 mi). Brightness control mode
Clock mode
1
2
1
1. Speedometer panel
2. Brightness level
1. Clock
This function allows you to adjust the brightness
Push the RESET switch for less than one sec-
of the speedometer panel to suit the outside
ond to display the clock for five seconds, regard-
lighting conditions.
less of the currently selected display mode.
To set the brightness:
To set the clock:
1. Turn the key to OFF.
1. Push the or side of the SELECT
2. Push and hold the side of the SELECT
switch to change the display to the clock
switch.
mode.
3. Turn the key to ON, and then release the
2. Push the side of the SELECT switch
SELECT switch after five seconds or more.
and the RESET switch together for at least
two seconds.
switch to select the desired brightness level.
3. When the hour digits start flashing, push the
5. Push the RESET switch to confirm the se-
or side of the SELECT switch to
lected brightness level. The display will return
set the hours.
to the odometer, tripmeter or clock mode.
4. Push the RESET switch, and the minute
digits will start flashing.
switch to set the minutes.
6. Push the RESET switch and then release it
to start the clock.
Self-diagnosis device
This model is equipped with a self-diagnosis de-
vice for various electrical circuits.
If any of those circuits are defective, the engine
trouble warning light will come on, and then the
odometer/tripmeter/clock display will indicate a
two-digit error code (e.g., 12, 13, 14).
1-5
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
EAS20180
EAS20190
PREPARATION FOR REMOVAL AND

DISASSEMBLY
1. Before removal and disassembly, remove all
dirt, mud, dust and foreign material.
EAS20210
GASKETS, OIL SEALS AND O-RINGS

1. When overhauling the engine, replace all
gaskets, seals and O-rings. All gasket surfac-
es, oil seal lips and O-rings must be cleaned.
2. During reassembly, properly oil all mating
parts and bearings and lubricate the oil seal
2. Use only the proper tools and cleaning equip- lips with grease.
ment.
Refer to SPECIAL TOOLS on page 1-9.
3. When disassembling, always keep mated
parts together. This includes gears, cylinders,
pistons and other parts that have been mat-
ed through normal wear. Mated parts must
always be reused or replaced as an assem-
bly.
1. Oil
2. Lip
3. Spring
4. Grease
EAS20220
LOCK WASHERS/PLATES AND COTTER

PINS
After removal, replace all lock washers/plates
4. During disassembly, clean all of the parts and 1 and cotter pins. After the bolt or nut has been
place them in trays in the order of disassem- tightened to specification, bend the lock tabs
bly. This will speed up assembly and allow for along a flat of the bolt or nut.
the correct installation of all parts.
5. Keep all parts away from any source of fire.
EAS20200
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Use only genuine Yamaha parts for all replace-
ments. Use oil and grease recommended by
Yamaha for all lubrication jobs. Other brands
may be similar in function and appearance, but
inferior in quality.
1-6
EAS20230
BEARINGS AND OIL SEALS

Install bearings and oil seals so that the manu-
facturers marks or numbers are visible. When
installing oil seals 1, lubricate the oil seal lips
with a light coat of lithium-soap-based grease.
Oil bearings liberally when installing, if appropri-
ate.
ECA13300
CAUTION:
Do not spin the bearing with compressed air
because this will damage the bearing surfac-
es.
EAS20240
CIRCLIPS
Before reassembly, check all circlips carefully
and replace damaged or distorted circlips. Al-
ways replace piston pin clips after one use.
When installing a circlip 1, make sure the
sharp-edged corner 2 is positioned opposite
the thrust 3 that the circlip receives.
1-7
CHECKING THE CONNECTIONS
EAS20250
CHECKING THE CONNECTIONS Pocket tester

Check the leads, couplers, and connectors for 90890-03112
stains, rust, moisture, etc. Analog pocket tester
1. Disconnect: YU-03112-C
Lead
Coupler NOTE:
Connector If there is no continuity, clean the terminals.
2. Check: When checking the wire harness, perform
Lead steps (1) to (3).
Coupler As a quick remedy, use a contact revitalizer
Connector available at most part stores.
Moisture Dry with an air blower.
Rust/stains Connect and disconnect sev-
eral times.
3. Check:
All connections
Loose connection Connect properly.
NOTE:
If the pin 1 on the terminal is flattened, bend it
up.
4. Connect:
Lead
Coupler
Connector
NOTE:
Make sure all connections are tight.
5. Check:
Continuity
(with the pocket tester)
1-8
SPECIAL TOOLS
EAS20260
SPECIAL TOOLS
The following special tools are necessary for complete and accurate tune-up and assembly. Use only
the appropriate special tools as this will help prevent damage caused by the use of inappropriate tools
or improvised techniques. Special tools, part numbers or both may differ depending on the country.
When placing an order, refer to the list provided below to avoid any mistakes.
NOTE:
For U.S.A. and Canada, use part numbers starting with YM-, YU-, or ACC-.
For others, use part numbers starting with 90890-.
Reference
Tool name/Tool No. Illustration
pages
Pocket tester 1-8, 5-64, 8-73,
90890-03112 8-74, 8-75,
Analog pocket tester 8-79, 8-80,
YU-03112-C 8-81, 8-82,
8-83, 8-84,
8-85, 8-86,
8-87, 8-88,
8-89, 8-90
Thickness gauge 3-5, 3-6
90890-03180
Feeler gauge set
YU-26900-9
Tappet adjusting tool 3-6

90890-04154
YM-04154 3
Vacuum gauge 3-7

90890-03094
Carburetor synchronizer
YU-44456
YU-44456
Timing light 3-10

90890-03141
Inductive clamp timing light
YU-03141
1-9
SPECIAL TOOLS
Reference
pages
Compression gauge 3-11
90890-03081
Engine compression tester
YU-33223
Oil filter wrench 3-12

90890-01469
YM-01469
66.8
Belt tension gauge 3-25

90890-03170
Rear drive belt tension gauge
YM-03170
Steering nut wrench 3-26, 4-61

90890-01403
Spanner wrench
YU-33975
Damper rod holder 4-54, 4-56

90890-01460
T-handle 4-54, 4-56

90890-01326
T-handle 3/8" drive 60 cm long
YM-01326
Fork seal driver 4-56, 4-57

90890-01442
Adjustable fork seal driver (3646 mm)
YM-01442
Rotor holding tool 5-15, 5-21,

90890-01235 5-22
Universal magneto & rotor holder
YU-01235
Slide hammer bolt 5-16

90890-01083
Slide hammer bolt 6 mm
YU-01083-1
1-10
SPECIAL TOOLS
Reference
pages
Weight 5-16
90890-01084
YU-01083-3
YU-01083-3
Valve spring compressor 5-28, 5-33

90890-04019
YM-04019
Valve spring compressor attachment 5-28, 5-33

90890-01243
Valve spring compressor adapter (26 mm)
YM-01253-1
Valve guide remover (6) 5-29

90890-04064
Valve guide remover (6.0 mm)
YM-04064-A
Valve guide installer (6) 5-29

90890-04065
Valve guide installer (6.0 mm)
YM-04065-A
Valve guide reamer (6) 5-29

90890-04066
Valve guide reamer (6.0 mm)
YM-04066
1-11
SPECIAL TOOLS
Reference
pages
Piston pin puller set 5-35
90890-01304
Piston pin puller
YU-01304
YU-01304
Sheave holder 5-43, 5-44,

90890-01701 5-51, 5-54
Primary clutch holder
YS-01880-A
Flywheel puller 5-43

90890-01362
Heavy duty puller
YU-33270-B
Yamaha bond No. 1215 5-45, 5-71,

90890-85505 6-10
(Three Bond No.1215)
Universal clutch holder 5-51, 5-55

90890-04086
YM-91042
1-12
SPECIAL TOOLS
Reference
pages
Radiator cap tester 6-3
90890-01325
Radiator pressure tester
YU-24460-01
YU-24460-01
Radiator cap tester adapter 6-3

90890-01352
Radiator pressure tester adapter
YU-33984
YU-33984
Mechanical seal installer 6-10

90890-04078
Water pump seal installer
YM-33221-A
Middle driven shaft bearing driver 6-10

90890-04058
Bearing driver 40 mm
YM-04058
Pressure gauge 7-11

90890-03153
YU-03153
Fuel pressure adapter 7-11

90890-03176
YM-03176
1-13
SPECIAL TOOLS
Reference
pages
Digital circuit tester 7-11
90890-03174
Model 88 Multimeter with tachometer
YU-A1927
Ignition checker 8-83

90890-06754
Opama pet-4000 spark checker
YM-34487
1-14
SPECIAL TOOLS
1-15
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................ 2-1
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................ 2-2
CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS.......................................................................... 2-9
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS................................................................. 2-12
TIGHTENING TORQUES.............................................................................. 2-15

2
GENERAL TIGHTENING TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS......................... 2-15
ENGINE TIGHTENING TORQUES......................................................... 2-16
CHASSIS TIGHTENING TORQUES....................................................... 2-20
LUBRICATION POINTS AND LUBRICANT TYPES .................................... 2-24

ENGINE .................................................................................................. 2-24
CHASSIS ................................................................................................ 2-25
LUBRICATION SYSTEM CHART AND DIAGRAMS ................................... 2-27

ENGINE OIL LUBRICATION CHART ..................................................... 2-27
LUBRICATION DIAGRAMS .................................................................... 2-29
COOLING SYSTEM DIAGRAMS.................................................................. 2-37
CABLE ROUTING......................................................................................... 2-43

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
EAS20280
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Model
Model XVS13AW 3D81 (USA)
XVS13AWC 3D82 (California)
XVS13AW 3D83 (CDN)
XVS13CTW 5S61 (USA)
XVS13CTWC 5S62 (California)
XVS13CTW 5S63 (CDN)
Dimensions
Overall length 2490 mm (98.0 in)
Overall width 980 mm (38.6 in)
Overall height XVS13AW(C) 1115 mm (43.9 in)
XVS13CTW(C) 1520 mm (59.8 in)
Seat height 715 mm (28.1 in)
Wheelbase 1690 mm (66.5 in)
Ground clearance 145 mm (5.71 in)
Minimum turning radius 3500 mm (137.8 in)
Weight
With oil and fuel XVS13AW(C) 303.0 kg (668 lb)
XVS13CTW(C) 323.0 kg (712 lb)
Maximum load XVS13AW(C) 210 kg (463 lb)
XVS13CTW(C) 190 kg (419 lb)
2-1
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
EAS20290
Engine
Engine type Liquid cooled 4-stroke, SOHC
Displacement 1304.0 cm
Cylinder arrangement V-type 2-cylinder
Bore stroke 100.0 83.0 mm (3.94 3.27 in)
Compression ratio 9.50 :1
Standard compression pressure (at sea level) 1450 kPa/400 r/min (206.2 psi/400 r/min) (14.5
kgf/cm/400 r/min)
Minimummaximum 12001500 kPa (170.7213.3 psi) (12.015.0
kgf/cm)
Starting system Electric starter
Fuel
Recommended fuel XVS13AW(C) Unleaded gasoline only
(USA/California)
XVS13AW Regular unleaded gasoline only
(CDN)
XVS13CTW(C) Unleaded gasoline only
(USA/California)
XVS13CTW Regular unleaded gasoline only
(CDN)
Fuel tank capacity 18.5 L (4.89 US gal) (4.07 Imp.gal)
Fuel reserve amount 3.7 L (0.98 US gal) (0.81 Imp.gal)
Engine oil
Lubrication system Wet sump
Type YAMALUBE 4 (20W40) or SAE20W40
Recommended engine oil grade API service SG type or higher, JASO standard
MA
Engine oil quantity
Total amount 3.70 L (3.91 US qt) (3.26 Imp.qt)
Without oil filter cartridge replacement 3.20 L (3.38 US qt) (2.82 Imp.qt)
With oil filter cartridge replacement 3.40 L (3.59 US qt) (2.99 Imp.qt)
Oil filter
Oil filter type Cartridge (paper)
Oil pump
Oil pump type Trochoid
Inner-rotor-to-outer-rotor-tip clearance Less than 0.12 mm (0.0047 in)
Limit 0.20 mm (0.0079 in)
Outer-rotor-to-oil-pump-housing clearance 0.090.19 mm (0.00350.0075 in)
Limit 0.26 mm (0.0102 in)
Oil-pump-housing-to-inner-and-outer-rotor
clearance 0.060.13 mm (0.00240.0051 in)
Limit 0.20 mm (0.0079 in)
Bypass valve opening pressure 80.0120.0 kPa (11.617.4 psi) (0.801.20
kgf/cm)
Relief valve operating pressure 391.0489.0 kPa (56.770.9 psi) (3.914.89
kgf/cm)
2-2
Cooling system
Radiator capacity (including all routes) 2.10 L (2.22 US qt) (1.85 Imp.qt)
Radiator capacity 0.55 L (0.58 US qt) (0.48 Imp.qt)
Coolant reservoir capacity (up to the maximum level
mark) 0.45 L (0.48 US qt) (0.40 Imp.qt)
Radiator cap opening pressure 93.3122.7 kPa (13.517.8 psi) (0.931.23
kgf/cm)
Valve relief pressure 4.9 kPa (0.7 psi) (0.05 kgf/cm)
Thermostat
Model/manufacturer 1AE/YAMAHA
Valve opening temperature 80.583.5 C (176.9182.3 F)
Valve full open temperature 95.0 C (203.0 F)
Valve lift (full open) 8.0 mm (0.31 in)
Radiator core
Width 197.0 mm (7.76 in)
Height 320.0 mm (12.60 in)
Depth 22.0 mm (0.87 in)
Water pump
Water pump type Single suction centrifugal pump
Reduction ratio 70/45 17/26 (1.017)
Impeller shaft tilt limit 0.15 mm (0.006 in)
Spark plug (s)

Manufacturer/model NGK/LMAR7A-9
Spark plug gap 0.80.9 mm (0.0310.035 in)
Cylinder head
Volume 44.2046.40 cm (2.702.83 cu.in)
Warpage limit 0.03 mm (0.0012 in)
Camshaft
Drive system Chain drive (left and right)
Camshaft journal diameter 20.95920.980 mm (0.82520.8260 in)
Camshaft lobe dimensions
Intake A 42.98843.088 mm (1.69241.6964 in)
Limit 42.888 mm (1.6885 in)
Intake B 37.04537.145 mm (1.45851.4624 in)
Limit 36.945 mm (1.4545 in)
Exhaust A 43.15643.256 mm (1.69911.7030 in)
Limit 43.056 mm (1.6951 in)
Exhaust B 37.11837.218 mm (1.46131.4653 in)
2-3
Limit 37.018 mm (1.4574 in)
Timing chain
Model/number of links 98XRH2010132M/132
Tensioning system Automatic
Rocker arm/rocker arm shaft

Rocker arm inside diameter 12.00012.018 mm (0.47240.4731 in)
Rocker arm shaft outside diameter 11.97611.991 mm (0.47150.4721 in)
Rocker-arm-to-rocker-arm-shaft clearance 0.0090.042 mm (0.00040.0017 in)
Limit 0.095 mm (0.0037 in)
Valve, valve seat, valve guide

Valve clearance (cold)
Intake 0.090.13 mm (0.00350.0051 in)
Exhaust 0.140.18 mm (0.00550.0071 in)
Valve dimensions
Valve head diameter A (intake) 35.9036.10 mm (1.41341.4213 in)
Valve head diameter A (exhaust) 31.9032.10 mm (1.25591.2638 in)
A
Valve seat width C (intake) 1.001.20 mm (0.03940.0472 in)
Valve seat width C (exhaust) 1.001.20 mm (0.03940.0472 in)
Valve margin thickness D (intake) 1.151.45 mm (0.04530.0571 in)

Valve margin thickness D (exhaust) 1.151.45 mm (0.04530.0571 in)
Valve stem diameter (intake) 5.9755.990 mm (0.23520.2358 in)

Limit 5.945 mm (0.2341 in)
Valve stem diameter (exhaust) 5.9605.975 mm (0.23460.2352 in)
Limit 5.930 mm (0.2335 in)
Valve guide inside diameter (intake) 6.0006.012 mm (0.23620.2367 in)
Limit 6.050 mm (0.2382 in)
Valve guide inside diameter (exhaust) 6.0006.012 mm (0.23620.2367 in)
2-4
Limit 6.050 mm (0.2382 in)

Valve-stem-to-valve-guide clearance (intake) 0.0100.037 mm (0.00040.0015 in)
Limit 0.080 mm (0.0032 in)
Valve-stem-to-valve-guide clearance (exhaust) 0.0250.052 mm (0.00100.0020 in)
Limit 0.100 mm (0.0039 in)
Valve stem runout 0.010 mm (0.0004 in)
Cylinder head valve seat width (intake) 1.001.20 mm (0.03940.0472 in)

Limit 1.6 mm (0.06 in)
Cylinder head valve seat width (exhaust) 1.001.20 mm (0.03940.0472 in)
Valve spring
Free length (intake) 42.43 mm (1.67 in)
Limit 40.31 mm (1.59 in)
Free length (exhaust) 42.43 mm (1.67 in)
Limit 40.31 mm (1.59 in)
Installed length (intake) 35.00 mm (1.38 in)
Installed length (exhaust) 35.00 mm (1.38 in)
Spring rate K1 (intake) 24.75 N/mm (141.32 lb/in) (2.52 kgf/mm)
Spring rate K2 (intake) 34.93 N/mm (199.45 lb/in) (3.56 kgf/mm)
Spring rate K1 (exhaust) 24.75 N/mm (141.32 lb/in) (2.52 kgf/mm)
Spring rate K2 (exhaust) 34.93 N/mm (199.45 lb/in) (3.56 kgf/mm)
Installed compression spring force (intake) 171197 N (38.4444.29 lbf) (17.4420.09 kgf)
Installed compression spring force (exhaust) 171197 N (38.4444.29 lbf) (17.4420.09 kgf)
Spring tilt (intake) 2.5/1.9 mm
Spring tilt (exhaust) 2.5/1.9 mm
Winding direction (intake) Clockwise

Winding direction (exhaust) Clockwise
Cylinder
Bore 100.000100.010 mm (3.93703.9374 in)
Taper limit 0.050 mm (0.0020 in)
Out of round limit 0.050 mm (0.0020 in)
Piston
Piston-to-cylinder clearance 0.0300.055 mm (0.00120.0022 in)
Limit 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
Diameter D 99.95599.970 mm (3.93523.9358 in)
2-5
Height H 8.0 mm (0.31 in)
H
D
Offset 0.50 mm (0.0197 in)

Piston pin bore inside diameter 23.00423.015 mm (0.90570.9061 in)
Limit 23.045 mm (0.9073 in)
Piston pin outside diameter 22.99123.000 mm (0.90520.9055 in)
Limit 22.971 mm (0.9044 in)
Piston-pin-to-piston-pin-bore clearance 0.0040.024 mm (0.000160.00094 in)
Limit 0.074 mm (0.00291 in)
Piston ring
Top ring
Ring type Barrel
Dimensions (B T) 1.20 3.80 mm (0.05 0.15 in)
B
T
End gap (installed) 0.200.35 mm (0.00790.0138 in)

Limit 0.60 mm (0.0236 in)
Ring side clearance 0.0300.080 mm (0.00120.0032 in)
Limit 0.130 mm (0.0051 in)
2nd ring
Ring type Taper
B
T

Limit 0.95 mm (0.0374 in)
Ring side clearance 0.0300.070 mm (0.00120.0028 in)
Limit 0.130 mm (0.0051 in)
Oil ring
B
T
Connecting rod
Oil clearance (using plastigauge) 0.0300.054 mm (0.00120.0021 in)
Bearing color code 1.Blue 2.Black 3.Brown 4.Green 5.Yellow
2-6
Small end inside diameter 23.01523.028 mm (0.90610.9066 in)
Crankshaft
Width A 97.9598.00 mm (3.8563.858 in)
Runout limit C 0.020 mm (0.0008 in)
Big end side clearance D 0.3200.474 mm (0.01260.0187 in)
Big end radial clearance E 0.0220.046 mm (0.00090.0018 in)
Limit 0.09 mm (0.0035 in)
Balancer
Balancer drive method Gear
Clutch
Clutch type Wet, multiple-disc
Clutch release method Outer push, screw push
Operation Left hand operation
Clutch lever free play 5.010.0 mm (0.200.39 in)
Friction plate 1, 3 thickness 2.903.10 mm (0.1140.122 in)
Wear limit 2.80 mm (0.1102 in)
Plate quantity 2 pcs
Friction plate 2 thickness 2.923.08 mm (0.1150.121 in)
Wear limit 2.82 mm (0.1110 in)
Clutch plate thickness 1.902.10 mm (0.0750.083 in)
Warpage limit 0.20 mm (0.0079 in)
Clutch spring height 6.70 mm (0.26 in)
Minimum height 6.37 mm (0.25 in)
Spring quantity 1 pc
Clutch housing thrust clearance 0.0500.450 mm (0.00200.0177 in)
Clutch housing radial clearance 0.0100.046 mm (0.00040.0018 in)
Transmission
Transmission type Constant mesh 5-speed
Primary reduction system Spur gear
Primary reduction ratio 70/45 (1.556)
Secondary reduction system Belt drive
Secondary reduction ratio 70/30 (2.333)
Operation Left foot operation
Gear ratio
1st 36/13 (2.769)
2nd 32/18 (1.778)
3rd 29/21 (1.381)
4th 29/26 (1.115)
2-7
5th 24/25 (0.960)

Main axle runout limit 0.08 mm (0.0032 in)
Drive axle runout limit 0.08 mm (0.0032 in)
Shifting mechanism
Shift mechanism type Guide bar
Shift fork guide bar bending limit 0.025 mm (0.0010 in)
Shift fork thickness 6.266.39 mm (0.24650.2516 in)
Air filter
Air filter element Oil-coated paper element
Fuel pump
Pump type Electrical
Model/manufacturer 2920200100/DENSO
Maximum consumption amperage 4.6 A
Output pressure 392.0 kPa (56.8 psi) (3.92 kgf/cm)
Fuel injector
Model/quantity INP-284/2
Manufacturer NIKK
Throttle body
Type/quantity ACW40/2
Manufacturer MIKUNI
ID mark 3D81 00 (USA/CDN)
3D82 10 (California)
Throttle valve size #40
Throttle position sensor

Resistance 4.06.0 k
Output voltage (at idle) 0.630.73 V
Fuel injection sensor

Crankshaft position sensor resistance 248372
Intake air pressure sensor output voltage 3.754.25 V
Coolant temperature sensor resistance 290354 at 80 C (176 F)
Idling condition
Engine idling speed 9501050 r/min
Intake vacuum 32.037.3 kPa (9.411.0 inHg) (240280
mmHg)
Water temperature 90.0100.0 C (194.00212.00 F)
Oil temperature 70.080.0 C (158.00176.00 F)
Throttle cable free play 4.06.0 mm (0.160.24 in)
2-8
CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS
EAS20300
Chassis
Frame type Double cradle
Caster angle 32.70
Trail 145.0 mm (5.71 in)
Front wheel
Wheel type Cast wheel
Rim size 16M/C MT3.00
Rim material Aluminum
Wheel travel 135.0 mm (5.31 in)
Radial wheel runout limit 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
Lateral wheel runout limit 0.5 mm (0.02 in)
Rear wheel
Wheel type Cast wheel
Rim size 16M/C MT4.50
Rim material Aluminum
Wheel travel 110.0 mm (4.33 in)
Radial wheel runout limit 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
Lateral wheel runout limit 0.5 mm (0.02 in)
Front tire
Type Tubeless
Size 130/9016M/C 67H
Manufacturer/model DUNLOP/D404F X
Manufacturer/model BRIDGESTONE/EXEDRA G721
Wear limit (front) 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
Rear tire
Type Tubeless
Size 170/70B 16M/C 75H
Manufacturer/model DUNLOP/K555
Manufacturer/model BRIDGESTONE/EXEDRA G722 G
Wear limit (rear) 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
Tire air pressure (measured on cold tires)

Loading condition 090 kg (0198 lb)
Front 250 kPa (36 psi) (2.50 kgf/cm)
Rear 280 kPa (41 psi) (2.80 kgf/cm)
Loading condition XVS13AW(C) 90210 kg (198463 lb)
XVS13CTW(C) 90190 kg (198419 lb)
Front 250 kPa (36 psi) (2.50 kgf/cm)
Rear 280 kPa (41 psi) (2.80 kgf/cm)
Front brake
Type Dual disc brake
Operation Right hand operation
Front brake lever free play 2.05.0 mm (0.080.20 in)
Front disc brake
Disc outside diameter thickness 298.0 5.0 mm (11.73 0.20 in)
2-9
Brake disc thickness limit 4.5 mm (0.18 in)

Brake disc deflection limit 0.12 mm (0.0047 in)
Brake pad lining thickness (inner) 6.0 mm (0.24 in)
Brake pad lining thickness (outer) 6.0 mm (0.24 in)
Master cylinder inside diameter 14.00 mm (0.55 in)
Caliper cylinder inside diameter 25.40 mm (1.00 in)
Recommended fluid DOT 4
Rear brake
Type Single disc brake
Operation Right foot operation
Rear disc brake
Disc outside diameter thickness 298.0 6.0 mm (11.73 0.24 in)
Brake disc thickness limit 5.5 mm (0.22 in)
Brake disc deflection limit 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
Brake pad lining thickness (inner) 5.8 mm (0.23 in)
Brake pad lining thickness (outer) 5.8 mm (0.23 in)
Master cylinder inside diameter 12.7 mm (0.50 in)
Recommended fluid DOT 4
Steering
Steering bearing type Angular bearing
Lock to lock angle (left) 35.0
Lock to lock angle (right) 35.0
Front suspension
Type Telescopic fork
Spring/shock absorber type Coil spring/oil damper
Front fork travel 135.0 mm (5.31 in)
Fork spring free length 345.5 mm (13.60 in)
Limit 339.4 mm (13.36 in)
Collar length 183.0 mm (7.20 in)
Installed length 339.4 mm (13.36 in)
Spring rate K1 7.35 N/mm (41.97 lb/in) (0.75 kgf/mm)
Spring stroke K1 0.0135.0 mm (0.005.31 in)
Inner tube outer diameter 41.0 mm (1.61 in)
Optional spring available No
Recommended oil Yamaha fork oil 10WT
Quantity 490.0 cm (16.57 US oz) (17.28 Imp.oz)
Level 105.0 mm (4.13 in)
Rear suspension
Type Swingarm (link suspension)
Spring/shock absorber type Coil spring/gas-oil damper
Rear shock absorber assembly travel 48.0 mm (1.89 in)
Spring free length 182.0 mm (7.17 in)
Installed length 166.0 mm (6.54 in)
2-10
Spring rate K1 160.00 N/mm (913.60 lb/in) (16.32 kgf/mm)

Spring stroke K1 0.048.0 mm (0.001.89 in)
Optional spring available No
Enclosed gas/air pressure (STD) 1200 kPa (170.7 psi) (12.0 kgf/cm)
Spring preload adjusting positions
Minimum 1
Standard 4
Maximum 9
Swingarm
Swingarm end free play limit (radial) 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
Swingarm end free play limit (axial) 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
Drive belt
Model/manufacturer UBD-0734/GATES CORPORATION
Drive belt slack (on the sidestand) 5.07.0 mm (0.200.28 in)
Drive belt slack (on a suitable stand) 4.06.0 mm (0.160.24 in)
2-11
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EAS20310
Voltage
System voltage 12 V
Ignition system
Ignition system Transistorized coil ignition (digital)
Advancer type Electric
Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) 5.0/1000 r/min
Engine control unit

Model/manufacturer FUA0013/MITSUBISHI
Ignition coil
Model/manufacturer 2JN/MORIC
Minimum ignition spark gap 6.0 mm (0.24 in)
Primary coil resistance 2.162.64
Secondary coil resistance 8.6412.96 k.
Spark plug cap

Material Resin
Resistance 10.0 k.
AC magneto
Model/manufacturer F3D8/MORIC
Standard output 14.0 V 32.9 A 5000 r/min
Standard output 14.0 V 460 W 5000 r/min
Stator coil resistance 0.1120.168
Rectifier/regulator
Regulator type Semiconductor, short circuit
Model/manufacturer FH012AA/SHINDENGEN
Regulated voltage (DC) 14.214.8 V
Rectifier capacity (DC) 50.0 A
Withstand voltage 40.0 V
Battery
Model YTX20L-BS
Voltage, capacity 12 V, 18.0 Ah
Manufacturer GS YUASA
Ten hour rate amperage 1.80 A
Headlight
Bulb type Halogen bulb
Bulb voltage, wattage quantity

Headlight 12 V, 60 W/55.0 W 1
Tail/brake light 12 V, 5.0 W/21.0 W 1
Front turn signal light 12 V, 21.0 W/5.0 W 2
Rear turn signal light 12 V, 21.0 W 2
License plate light 12 V, 5.0 W 1
Meter lighting LED
2-12
Indicator light
Neutral indicator light LED
Turn signal indicator light LED
Oil level warning light LED
High beam indicator light LED
Fuel level warning light LED
Coolant temperature warning light LED
Engine trouble warning light LED
Electric starting system

System type Constant mesh
Starter motor
Model/manufacturer SM13/MITSUBA
Power output 0.90 kW
Armature coil resistance 0.01000.0200
Brush overall length 12.5 mm (0.49 in)
Limit 5.00 mm (0.20 in)
Brush spring force 7.6510.01 N (27.5436.03 oz) (7801021 gf)
Commutator diameter 28.0 mm (1.10 in)
Limit 27.0 mm (1.06 in)
Mica undercut (depth) 0.70 mm (0.03 in)
Starter relay
Model/manufacturer 2768115-A/JIDECO
Amperage 180.0 A
Coil resistance 4.184.62
Horn
Horn type Plane
Quantity 1 pc
Model/manufacturer HF-12/NIKKO
Maximum amperage 3.0 A
Performance 108116 dB/2 m
Turn signal relay

Relay type Semi transistor
Model/manufacturer FB246H/DENSO
Built-in, self-canceling device Yes
Turn signal blinking frequency 75.095.0 cycles/min
Wattage 21(23) W 2 + LED
Oil level switch

Model/manufacturer 3D8/YAMATO
Starting circuit cut-off relay

Model/manufacturer G8R-30Y-U3/OMRON
Headlight relay
Model/manufacturer ACM33211 M05/MATSUSHITA
2-13
Fuel pump relay

Model/manufacturer G8R-30Y-U3/OMRON
Fan motor relay

Model/manufacturer ACM33211 M05/MATSUSHITA
Fuses
Main fuse 50.0 A
Headlight fuse 20.0 A
Taillight fuse 10.0 A
Signaling system fuse 10.0 A
Ignition fuse 15.0 A
Radiator fan fuse 20.0 A
Fuel injection system fuse 10.0 A
Backup fuse 10.0 A
Reserve fuse 20.0 A
Reserve fuse 15.0 A
Reserve fuse 10.0 A
2-14
TIGHTENING TORQUES
EAS20320
TIGHTENING TORQUES
EAS20330
GENERAL TIGHTENING TORQUE

SPECIFICATIONS
This chart specifies tightening torques for stan-
dard fasteners with a standard ISO thread pitch.
Tightening torque specifications for special com-
ponents or assemblies are provided for each
chapter of this manual. To avoid warpage, tight-
en multi-fastener assemblies in a crisscross pat-
tern and progressive stages until the specified
tightening torque is reached. Unless otherwise
specified, tightening torque specifications re-
quire clean, dry threads. Components should be
at room temperature.
A. Distance between flats

B. Outside thread diameter
General tightening
A (nut) B (bolt) torques
Nm mkg ftlb
10 mm 6 mm 6 0.6 4.3
12 mm 8 mm 15 1.5 11
14 mm 10 mm 30 3.0 22
17 mm 12 mm 55 5.5 40
19 mm 14 mm 85 8.5 61
22 mm 16 mm 130 13.0 94
2-15
TIGHTENING TORQUES
EAS20340
ENGINE TIGHTENING TORQUES

Thread
Item Qty Tightening torque Remarks
size
Cylinder head stud bolt (exhaust
M8 4 15 Nm (1.5 mkg, 11 ftlb)
pipe)
Oil check bolt M8 2 15 Nm (1.5 mkg, 11 ftlb)
Cylinder head nut M12 8 65 Nm (6.5 mkg, 47 ftlb) E
Cylinder head bolt M8 4 13 Nm (1.3 mkg, 9.4 ftlb) E
l = 30 mm
Front cylinder head cover bolt M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
(1.18 in)
l = 45 mm
(1.77 in)
l = 55 mm
(2.17 in)
l = 30 mm
Rear cylinder head cover bolt M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
(1.18 in)
l = 45 mm
(1.77 in)
l = 55 mm
(2.17 in)
Cylinder head blind plug M14 2 6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)
Spark plug M10 2 13 Nm (1.3 mkg, 9.4 ftlb)
Tappet cover bolt M6 8 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Timing chain tensioner housing
M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
bolt
Timing chain tensioner bolt M6 4 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
See
Connecting rod bolt (1st) M8 4 15 Nm (1.5 mkg, 11 ftlb) NOTE.
M
See
Connecting rod bolt (final) M8 4 Specified angle 125135 NOTE.
M
Generator rotor bolt M12 1 90 Nm (9.0 mkg, 65 ftlb) E
Right balancer assembly bolt M6 3 12 Nm (1.2 mkg, 8.7 ftlb) LT
Left balancer assembly bolt M6 3 12 Nm (1.2 mkg, 8.7 ftlb) LT
Camshaft assembly bolt M6 8 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) E
Locknut (rocker arm adjusting

M6 8 14 Nm (1.4 mkg, 10 ftlb)
screw)
Timing chain guide bolt M6 4 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
Camshaft sprocket bolt M7 4 20 Nm (2.0 mkg, 14 ftlb)

Oil/water pump assembly bolt M8 3 24 Nm (2.4 mkg, 17 ftlb)
Oil/water pump assembly bolt M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Oil pump housing cover bolt M6 3 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
2-16
TIGHTENING TORQUES
Thread
size
Drain cock bolt M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Coolant delivery pipe bolt M6 3 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
Oil/water pump driven sprocket

M6 1 15 Nm (1.5 mkg, 11 ftlb)
bolt
Oil filter cartridge M20 1 17 Nm (1.7 mkg, 12 ftlb)
Oil filter cartridge union bolt M20 1 70 Nm (7.0 mkg, 50 ftlb)
Oil level switch bolt M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Engine oil drain bolt M14 1 43 Nm (4.3 mkg, 31 ftlb)
Oil delivery pipe 1 bolt M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
Oil/water pump drive chain guide

M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
bolt
Intake air pressure sensor bolt M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Intake manifold joint bolt M6 4 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Throttle body bolt M6 3 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Left side cover bracket bolt M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Exhaust pipe nut M8 4 20 Nm (2.0 mkg, 14 ftlb)
See
Exhaust pipe cover screw clamp M6 6 6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)
NOTE.
Rear cylinder exhaust pipe bolt M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Exhaust pipe band bolt M8 2 12 Nm (1.2 mkg, 8.7 ftlb)
Muffler band bolt M8 1 12 Nm (1.2 mkg, 8.7 ftlb)
O2 sensor M18 1 44 Nm (4.4 mkg, 32 ftlb)
Muffler bracket and frame bolt M10 3 53 Nm (5.3 mkg, 38 ftlb)
Muffler bracket and muffler bolt M10 2 35 Nm (3.5 mkg, 25 ftlb)
Crankcase stud bolt M12 6 15 Nm (1.5 mkg, 11 ftlb) E
Left crankcase bolt M6 19 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)

Right crankcase bolt M10 3 36 Nm (3.6 mkg, 25 ftlb)
Generator cover bolt M6 10 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Crankshaft end screw M36 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Timing mark accessing screw M14 1 6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)
Stator coil bolt M6 3 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
Crankshaft position sensor/sta-

M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
tor assembly lead holder bolt
Crankshaft position sensor bolt M6 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
Coolant delivery 1 cover bolt M6 9 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
Coolant delivery 2 cover bolt M6 4 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
Oil baffle plate 1 bolt M6 7 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
2-17
TIGHTENING TORQUES
Thread
size
Oil baffle plate 2 bolt M6 3 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
Crankcase bearing retainer bolt M6 4 12 Nm (1.2 mkg, 8.7 ftlb) LT
Primary drive gear bearing plate

M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
bolt
Starter clutch bolt M8 6 24 Nm (2.4 mkg, 17 ftlb) LT
Primary drive gear cover bolt M6 12 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)

E
Primary drive gear nut M18 1 100 Nm (10.0 mkg, 72 ftlb) Use the
lock
washer.
Clutch cover bolt M6 8 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Clutch cable holder bolt M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Clutch cover plate M6 6 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Damper cover bolt M6 6 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
E
Clutch boss nut M20 1 125 Nm (12.5 mkg, 90 ftlb)
Stake.
Clutch spring plate retainer bolt M6 6 8 Nm (0.8 mkg, 5.8 ftlb)
Shift shaft spring stopper M8 1 22 Nm (2.2 mkg, 16 ftlb) LT
Neutral switch M10 1 20 Nm (2.0 mkg, 14 ftlb)

Speed sensor bolt M6 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Starter motor bolt M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Starter motor lead nut M6 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Radiator filler pipe bolt M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Front cylinder thermostat inlet
M6 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
pipe 1 bolt
Front cylinder thermostat inlet
M6 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
pipe 2 bolt
Rear cylinder thermostat inlet
M6 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
pipe 1 bolt
M6 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
pipe 2 bolt
M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
pipe 2 bolt
Thermostat cover inlet pipe bolt M6 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
Coolant temperature sensor M12 1 18 Nm (1.8 mkg, 13 ftlb)

Coolant reservoir bolt M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Radiator outlet pipe bolt M6 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
Coolant drain bolt M12 1 2 Nm (0.2 mkg, 1.4 ftlb)

Radiator bolt M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
2-18
TIGHTENING TORQUES
NOTE:
Connecting rod bolt
Tighten the connecting rod bolts to 15 Nm (1.5 mkg, 11 ftlb), and then tighten them further to reach
the specified angle 125135.
NOTE:
Exhaust pipe cover screw clamp
Do not retighten the exhaust pipe cover screw clamps; always replace them with new ones if they are
loosened.
Camshaft assembly tightening sequence
A B
1 1
3 3
2 2
4 4
A. Front cylinder camshaft assembly

B. Rear cylinder camshaft assembly
Cylinder head tightening sequence
A B
4 2
3 1 6
5
5
6 1 3
2 4
A. Front cylinder head

B. Rear cylinder head
2-19
TIGHTENING TORQUES
EAS20350
CHASSIS TIGHTENING TORQUES

Thread
size
Engine bracket bolt (right front
M10 2 48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb) LT
upper side)
Engine bracket bolt (left front up-
M10 2 48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)
per side)
Engine mounting bolt (front upper
M12 4 30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb)
side)
Engine mounting nut (front lower
M12 1 88 Nm (8.8 mkg, 64 ftlb)
side)
Engine mounting nut (rear upper
M12 1 88 Nm (8.8 mkg, 64 ftlb)
side)
Engine bracket bolt (rear upper
M10 2 48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb) LT
side)
Engine mounting nut (rear lower
M12 1 88 Nm (8.8 mkg, 64 ftlb)
side)
Engine bracket bolt (rear lower
M10 2 48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb) LT
side)
Down tube and frame bolt M10 4 48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb) LT
Ignition coil bolt M6 4 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)

Ignition coil bracket bolt M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Rear shock absorber assembly
M10 1 48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)
lower nut
M10 1 48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)
upper nut
Pivot shaft nut M16 1 85 Nm (8.5 mkg, 61 ftlb)
Relay arm and frame nut M10 1 48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)
Connecting arm and relay arm
M12 1 59 Nm (5.9 mkg, 43 ftlb)
nut
Connecting arm and swingarm
M12 1 59 Nm (5.9 mkg, 43 ftlb)
nut
Drive belt upper guard bolt M6 3 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Drive belt lower guard and swing-
M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
arm bolt
Drive belt lower guard plate bolt
M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
(upper side)
Drive belt lower guard plate bolt
M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb) LT
(lower side)
Upper bracket pinch bolt M8 2 20 Nm (2.0 mkg, 14 ftlb)
Steering stem nut M22 1 110 Nm (11.0 mkg, 80 ftlb)
Lower ring nut (initial tightening See
M30 1 52 Nm (5.2 mkg, 37 ftlb)
torque) NOTE.
Lower ring nut (final tightening See
M30 1 18 Nm (1.8 mkg, 13 ftlb)
torque) NOTE.
2-20
TIGHTENING TORQUES
Thread
size
Lower bracket pinch bolt M8 4 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
Front fork cap bolt M38 2 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
Damper rod bolt M12 2 30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb) LT
Lower front fork cover bolt M6 4 18 Nm (1.8 mkg, 13 ftlb)

Main switch and upper bracket
M8 2 30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb)
bolt
Rear handlebar holder nut M12 2 32 Nm (3.2 mkg, 23 ftlb)
Front handlebar holder bolt M8 4 28 Nm (2.8 mkg, 20 ftlb)
Front brake master cylinder hold-
M6 2 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
er bolt
Front brake lever bolt M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Front brake lever nut M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Clutch lever holder bolt M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Grip end M16 2 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
Front brake hose union bolt M10 3 30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb)
Front brake hose holder and low-
M6 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
er bracket bolt
Front brake hose holder bolt M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Front brake hose joint bolt M6 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) LT
Front fender bolt M8 4 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)

Front brake hose guide bolt M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Headlight bracket bolt M8 2 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
Headlight body bolt M6 4 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Front turn signal light bracket bolt M8 2 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb) LT
Front turn signal light nut M10 2 11 Nm (1.1 mkg, 8.0 ftlb)
Air temperature sensor screw M5 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Meter assembly bolt M8 2 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb) LT
Meter assembly cover bracket

M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
bolt
Meter assembly cover bolt M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Fuel cock screw M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Fuel pump bolt M5 6 6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)
Fuel sender bolt M6 2 8 Nm (0.8 mkg, 5.8 ftlb)
Fuel tank bracket bolt M8 2 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
Sub-fuel tank bolt M6 3 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Canister bolt (California only) M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb) LT
Seat lock bracket bolt M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)

Front wheel axle M16 1 59 Nm (5.9 mkg, 43 ftlb)
Front wheel axle pinch bolt M8 1 20 Nm (2.0 mkg, 14 ftlb)
2-21
TIGHTENING TORQUES
Thread
size
Front brake caliper bracket bolt M10 4 40 Nm (4.0 mkg, 29 ftlb)
Front brake caliper bolt M10 4 27 Nm (2.7 mkg, 19 ftlb) LS
Front brake disc bolt M8 12 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb) LT
Bleed screw (front brake caliper) M7 2 6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)

Rear wheel axle nut M10 1 150 Nm (15.0 mkg, 110 ftlb)
Drive belt adjusting locknut M8 2 16 Nm (1.6 mkg, 11 ftlb)
Rear brake caliper bolt M10 2 27 Nm (2.7 mkg, 19 ftlb) LS
Rear brake disc bolt M8 6 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb) LT
Bleed screw (rear brake caliper) M7 1 6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)

Rear brake hose union bolt M10 2 30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb)
Rear brake hose guide bolt M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Rear brake hose holder bolt M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Rear wheel pulley nut M12 5 95 Nm (9.5 mkg, 68 ftlb)
Rear wheel drive hub stud bolt M12 5 30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb) LT
Rear fender bracket, rear fender,

M8 4 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
and frame bolt
Passenger seat bracket, rear
M8 2 16 Nm (1.6 mkg, 11 ftlb)
feeder, and frame bolt
Passenger seat guide, rear fend-
M8 2 16 Nm (1.6 mkg, 11 ftlb)
er, and frame bolt
Passenger seat bolt M8 2 16 Nm (1.6 mkg, 11 ftlb)
License plate bracket and rear
M6 2 11 Nm (1.1 mkg, 8.0 ftlb)
fender bolt
Rear turn signal light nut M10 2 11 Nm (1.1 mkg, 8.0 ftlb)
Left side cover bolt M6 1 4 Nm (0.4 mkg, 2.9 ftlb)
Relay cover bolt M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Sub-fuel tank cover bolt M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Coolant reservoir cover bolt M6 4 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Side panel bolt (left and right) M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Positive battery lead bolt (starter
M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
relay side)
Starter motor lead bolt (starter
M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
relay side)
Relay bracket and frame bolt M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Battery box bolt M6 4 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Sidestand bracket bolt M10 2 56 Nm (5.6 mkg, 40 ftlb) LT
Sidestand switch bolt M5 2 4 Nm (0.4 mkg, 2.9 ftlb) LT
Sidestand nut M10 1 56 Nm (5.6 mkg, 40 ftlb)

Shift rod locknut M6 2 8 Nm (0.8 mkg, 5.8 ftlb)
Shift arm bolt M6 1 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
2-22
TIGHTENING TORQUES
Thread
size
Rear brake pedal arm bolt M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Rear brake master cylinder bolt M8 2 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
Rear brake master cylinder
M8 2 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
bracket bolt
Rider footrest assembly bolt (left
M10 4 64 Nm (6.4 mkg, 46 ftlb) LT
and right)
Passenger footrest bolt (left and
M8 4 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb) LT
right)
Horn bracket and down tube bolt M8 1 30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb)
Coolant reservoir cover bracket
M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
bolt
Locknut (rear brake master cylin-
M8 1 16 Nm (1.6 mkg, 11 ftlb)
der)
Brake fluid reservoir bolt M6 1 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb) LT
Rectifier/regulator cover bolt M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)

Rectifier/regulator bolt M6 2 7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
LT
Drive pulley nut M22 1 140 Nm (14.0 mkg, 100 ftlb)
Stake.
Drive pulley cover bolt M6 5 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Drive pulley cover plate bolt M6 4 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Drive pulley cover housing M8 5 24 Nm (2.4 mkg, 17 ftlb)
Windshield bolt* M8 4 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
Windshield bracket bolt (upper
M10 2 48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)
side)*
Windshield bracket bolt (lower
M8 2 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb) LT
side)*
Sidebag bolt (left and right)* M6 8 18 Nm (1.8 mkg, 13 ftlb)
Backrest bolt* M8 4 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
Sidebag bracket bolt (left and
M8 8 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
right)*
* For XVS13CTW(C)
NOTE:
1. First, tighten the lower ring nut to approximately 52 Nm (5.2 mkg, 37 ftlb) with a torque wrench, then
loosen the lower ring nut completely.
2. Retighten the lower ring nut to 18 Nm (1.8 mkg, 13 ftlb) with a torque wrench.
2-23
LUBRICATION POINTS AND LUBRICANT TYPES
EAS20360

EAS20370
ENGINE
Lubrication point Lubricant
Oil seals (lip) LS
O-rings LS
Bearings E
Cylinder head nuts and washers E
Connecting rods (small end and big end) E
Crankshaft journals E
Pistons E
Piston pins (outer surface) E
Buffer boss E
Camshaft cam lobes and camshaft journals M
Valve stems (intake and exhaust) M
Valve stem ends (intake and exhaust) E
Rocker arm shafts E
Camshaft carrier bolts E
Oil pump rotors (inner and outer) and oil/water pump housing E
Cylinder head bolts E
Starter clutch idle gear shaft E
Starter clutch idle gear E
Starter clutch gear (inner and outer surfaces) E
Torque limiter E
Primary driven gear (inner surface) E
Clutch push rod LS
Oil/water pump drive sprocket (inner surface) E
Clutch thrust washers E
Clutch boss nut and washer E
Transmission gears (wheel and pinion) and collar M
Shift forks and shift fork guide bars E
Shift drum E
Shift shaft and shift shaft oil seal (lip) LS
Yamaha bond
Crankcase (mating surface) No.1215 (Three Bond
No.1215)
Yamaha bond
Stator coil assembly lead grommet No.1215 (Three Bond
No.1215)
2-24
EAS20380
CHASSIS
Lubrication point Lubricant
Steering bearings and upper bearing dust cover (lip) LS
Lower bearing dust seal (lip) LS
Front wheel oil seals (lip) LS
Rear wheel oil seal (lip) LS
Rear wheel drive hub oil seal (lip) LS
Rear wheel drive hub (mating surface) LS
Brake pedal shaft (pivoting point) LS
Shift pedal (pivoting point) LS
Sidestand (pivoting point) and metal-to-metal moving parts LS
Throttle grip tube guide (inner surface) and throttle cables LS
Brake lever (pivoting point) and metal-to-metal moving parts LS
Brake master cylinder push rod (contact surface) LS
Clutch lever (pivoting point) and metal-to-metal moving parts LS
Swingarm pivot bearings (inner surface) LS
Swingarm pivot oil seals (lip) LS
Rear shock absorber assembly upper bolt LS
Connecting arm and swingarm collar (outer surface) LS
Relay arm bearings (inner surface) LS
Relay arm oil seals (lip) LS
Pivot shaft (outer surface) LS
Rear wheel axle (outer surface) LS
2-25
2-26
LUBRICATION SYSTEM CHART AND DIAGRAMS
EAS20390

EAS20400
ENGINE OIL LUBRICATION CHART
16
13
14
15
13
12
10 11
5 6
3
2
2-27
1. Oil strainer
2. Oil/water pump assembly
3. Oil delivery pipe 3
4. Relief valve assembly
5. Drive axle
6. Oil filter cartridge
7. Main axle
8. Main gallery
9. Crankcase
10. Front cylinder piston oil nozzle
11. Rear cylinder piston oil nozzle
12. Rear cylinder timing chain tensioner
13. Valve stem end (intake side)
14. Rear cylinder camshaft
15. Front cylinder timing chain tensioner
16. Front cylinder camshaft
2-28
EAS20410
LUBRICATION DIAGRAMS
A
2 1
A-A
2-29
1. Oil filter cartridge

3. Relief valve assembly
2-30
2-31
1. Camshaft
2. Oil nozzle
3. Crankshaft
2-32
2-33

2. Timing chain tensioner
2-34
2
3
2-35
1. Drive axle
3. Main axle
6. Oil strainer
2-36
COOLING SYSTEM DIAGRAMS
EAS20420
1 2
6
5
A-A
2-37
1. Rear cylinder thermostat inlet pipe 1

2. Front cylinder thermostat inlet pipe 1
3. Coolant delivery cover 2
4. Coolant delivery cover 1
5. Drain cock
2-38
A
B
A B
1
4
3
3
2
B-B
A-A
2-39
1. Radiator outlet hose

2. Radiator outlet pipe
3. Coolant delivery pipe
2-40
1 3
4
10 10
7
13
C 9
6
B
4 5 6 7 8 9
2 3
1
10
10
A 11
A 12
12
2-41

3. Rear cylinder thermostat inlet hose
4. Front cylinder thermostat inlet hose
5. Coolant reservoir hose
7. Thermostat assembly
8. Thermostat cover inlet hose
9. Thermostat cover inlet pipe
10. Radiator inlet hose
11. Radiator
12. Radiator outlet hose
2-42
CABLE ROUTING
EAS20430
CABLE ROUTING
7
6 F
5
ER
LOW
6 5
3 A B 4 5 G
E
B-B 8
A-A
C
2 A 6
1 B 7
C
B
A
D
8 D
6
7
5 3
2
6
D
7
D-D
22 23
10
21 H
11 E
20
19
12
18 13
17
C
E
16 15 14
2-43
CABLE ROUTING
1. Clutch switch lead

2. Clutch cable
3. Left handlebar switch lead
4. Right handlebar switch lead
5. Front brake hose
6. Throttle cable (accelerator cable)
7. Throttle cable (decelerator cable)
8. Front brake switch lead
9. Radiator fan motor lead
10. Fuel tank overflow hose
11. Canister purge hose (California only)
12. Canister charge hose (California only)
13. Canister (California only)
14. Canister breather hose (California only)
15. Starter motor lead
16. Starter motor
17. Rear brake light switch
18. Horn
19. Rear brake light switch lead
20. Horn lead
21. Radiator fan motor
22. Sidestand switch lead
23. Sidestand switch
A. Pass the clutch cable and left handlebar switch
lead through the guide, making sure to route the
lead to the outside of the cable.
B. Pass the throttle cables and right handlebar switch
lead through the guide, making sure to route the
lead to the outside of the cables.
C. Fasten the starter motor lead securely to the
engine mounting boss with a plastic locking tie,
making sure that the tie does not contact the
engine bracket on the frame.
D. Pass the front brake hose through the guide.
E. Fit the rubber strap end without the tab onto the
holder, wrap the strap around the front brake hose
and holder, and then fit the end with the tab onto
the holder, making sure to face the tab downward.
F. 3050
G. Install the front brake hose with its paint mark
facing forward.
H. Route the sidestand switch lead over the shift rod.
2-44
CABLE ROUTING
2 3
B
E E F
D
A F
D
1
5 6
A
4 B
2 G 7
F
10
12 C
E G
D
1 8
3 9
2
F-F D-D B
G
9
3
2
8 2
G-G E-E H
11 I
C
2-45
CABLE ROUTING
1. Wire harness
2. Front right turn signal light
3. Front left turn signal light
4. Main switch couplers
5. Front right turn signal light coupler
6. Front left turn signal light coupler
7. Meter assembly couplers
8. Air temperature sensor lead
9. Meter assembly lead
10. Main switch lead
11. Headlight lead
A. Route the main switch lead that branches off from
the wire harness behind the other leads.
B. Route the meter assembly lead that branches off
from the wire harness in front of the meter
assembly couplers and front turn signal light
couplers, and then wrap the protective covering
around the lead and couplers.
C. Fasten the wire harness, front turn signal light
leads, meter assembly lead, and air temperature
sensor lead with the plastic band, making sure to
align the white tape on the wire harness, front turn
signal light leads, and meter assembly lead with
the band.
D. Route the main switch lead behind the wire
harness and meter assembly lead.
E. Fasten the main switch lead at the white tape to
the plastic band bracket with a plastic locking tie.
F. Wrap the protective covering around the main
switch couplers.
G. Fasten the headlight lead with the holder.
H. To headlight
I. To wire harness
2-46
CABLE ROUTING
20
4 2 2 4
C
B C
2
U 20
4 20
R 4 B C-C D
S T
D
2 20
A
11 12
13
10
C 8 D E F
7 9 G H
4 5 6
2 3 F
B
1 A
A
E F I
J
G 14
E K
P L
H
I M
H
L
N
19 15
O
16
18 Q 17
X V 10
2
12 22 4
23
1
24
11 21
H-H W
25 Y
I G F-F E-E
2-47
CABLE ROUTING
1. Wire harness L. Fasten the rear brake light switch lead and horn
2. Coolant reservoir hose lead with a plastic locking tie, making sure to align
the tie with the frame weld. Face the end of the
3. Rear cylinder spark plug cap plastic locking tie inward, and then cut off the
4. Clutch cable excess end of the tie.
5. Throttle position sensor lead M. Fasten the rear brake light switch lead and horn
6. Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor hose lead with a plastic locking tie. Face the end of the
plastic locking tie inward, and then cut off the
7. Right handlebar switch couplers excess end of the tie.
8. Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor hose N. Fasten the rear brake light switch lead and horn
9. Thermostat cover inlet hose lead with the holder, making sure to align the tape
10. Right handlebar switch lead on each lead with the holder. Face the fastener of
the holder outward.
O. Fasten the rear brake light switch lead and horn
12. Throttle cable (decelerator cable) lead with a plastic locking tie, making sure to install
13. Front brake hose the tie on the protective sleeve of each lead. Face
14. Radiator inlet hose the end of the plastic locking tie inward, and then
cut off the excess end of the tie.
15. Horn
P. Make sure that there is no slack in the rear brake
16. Rear brake light switch light switch lead and horn lead in the area shown in
17. Brake fluid reservoir hose the illustration.
18. O2 sensor Q. Be sure not to pinch the O2 sensor lead when
19. O2 sensor coupler installing the coolant reservoir cap cover.
R. To fuel pump
20. Fuel hose
S. To coolant reservoir
21. Resonator hose joint
T. To clutch cover
22. Fuel tank
U. Pass the clutch cable through the guides.
23. Rear brake light switch lead
V. Fasten the right handlebar switch lead with the
24. Horn lead plastic band, making sure to install the band on the
25. Lean angle sensor leads protective sleeve, not the lead itself.
A. Fasten the clutch cable and coolant reservoir hose W. Face the end of the plastic band downward, angled
with the holder, making sure to position the holder inward. Make sure that the end of the plastic band
1520 mm (0.590.79 in) to the rear of the holder does not contact the fuel pipe.
(indicated with an asterisk in the illustration) that is X. Be sure to install the throttle cable (decelerator
attached to the frame. cable), identified by the longer nut, on the outer
B. Fasten the clutch cable with the plastic band. Face side of the throttle cable pulley.
the end of the plastic band inward. Y. To O2 sensor
C. Fasten the resonator hose joint, wire harness, and
right handlebar switch lead with the plastic band.
D. Make sure that the throttle cable (decelerator
cable) does not contact the frame, the throttle
cable (accelerator cable) does not contact the rear
cylinder thermostat inlet hose, and the throttle
cables do not contact each other.
E. Route the rear cylinder spark plug lead to the
inside of the front cylinder intake air pressure
sensor hose and front cylinder resonator hose.
F. Fasten the wire harness by sliding the plastic
holder on the wire harness onto the stud on the
frame.
G. Route the throttle cables to the inside of the
thermostat cover inlet hose and under the wire
harness, making sure that the cables are not
pinched by the harness.
H. Route the rear brake light switch lead and horn
lead to the inside of the thermostat cover inlet
hose.
I. Fasten the rear brake light switch lead and horn
lead to the frame with the tie, making sure to face
the end of the tie inward.
J. Pass a plastic locking tie through the space
between the frame and the frame support, and
then fasten the rear brake light switch lead and
horn lead to the frame with the tie, making sure to
face the end of the tie inward.
K. Fasten the rear brake light switch lead and horn
lead with the holder. Face the fastener of the
holder outward.
2-48
CABLE ROUTING
E
D
F
4
6
A-A B C-C
C 1
E D
F A 2
B
D C A
7 B 6 5 A 4 3
G
4
F
6
6
F E D-D
2-49
CABLE ROUTING
1. Horn
3. Rear brake master cylinder
4. Brake fluid reservoir hose
5. Coolant reservoir breather hose
6. Rear brake hose
7. Rear brake caliper
8. Brake fluid reservoir
A. Fasten the rear brake hose and brake fluid
reservoir hose with the plastic bands, making sure
to align the white paint marks on the brake fluid
reservoir hose with the bands.
B. Install the rear brake hose onto the rear brake
caliper, making sure that the brake pipe touches
the projection on the caliper.
C. Face the ends of the hose clamp inward.
D. Face the end of the hose clamp upward as shown
in the illustration.
E. Install the brake fluid reservoir hose onto the rear
brake master cylinder, making sure that the brake
pipe touches the projection on the rear brake
master cylinder bracket.
F. Insert the projection on the plastic band completely
into the hole in the coolant reservoir cover bracket.
G. Less than 3 mm (0.12 in)
2-50
CABLE ROUTING
23 23
1 22
24 T
S S
25
21 22 24
22 13
2
A-A 22
2
B-B C-C
A 2
1 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 B 11
12
C
A D
B E
C 13
R
Q
A B
P C
14
O 15 G F
H 16
N
20
19
M G
18
G
F
F E
D
L E
K J I D 17
26
26
27
27
U
U
F-F G-G E-E D-D
2-51
CABLE ROUTING
1. Left handlebar switch lead L. Fasten the starter motor lead and sidestand switch
2. Clutch cable lead with a plastic locking tie. Face the end of the
plastic locking tie rearward, and then cut off the
3. Front brake hose excess end of the tie.
4. Meter assembly lead M. Fasten the sidestand switch lead and oil level
5. Sidestand switch coupler switch lead with the holder. Face the fastener of the
6. Oil level switch coupler holder outward.
7. Radiator fan motor coupler N. Route the radiator fan motor lead to the front of the
fuel tank breather hose and fuel tank overflow
8. Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor hose.
9. Coolant temperature sensor coupler O. Fasten the sidestand switch lead, oil level switch
10. Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor lead, and radiator fan motor lead with the holder.
11. Left handlebar switch couplers Face the fastener of the holder outward.
12. Rear cylinder ignition coil P. Route the sidestand switch lead, radiator fan motor
lead, and oil level switch lead to the front of the
13. Sub-wire harness couplers radiator inlet hose.
14. Front cylinder ignition coil Q. Fasten the sidestand switch lead to the frame with
15. Rear cylinder thermostat inlet hose a plastic locking tie. The oil level switch lead and
16. Front cylinder thermostat inlet hose radiator fan motor lead may also be fastened with
the plastic locking tie. Face the end of the plastic
17. Oil level switch locking tie rearward, making sure that it does not
18. Starter motor lead contact the left side panel.
19. Radiator fan motor lead R. Fasten the sidestand switch lead, oil level switch
20. Front cylinder spark plug cap lead, and radiator fan motor lead with the plastic
band. Face the end of the plastic band rearward.
21. Front cylinder spark plug lead Do not install the plastic band on the couplers or
22. Wire harness the sections of the leads that are not covered by
23. Fuel tank the protective sleeves.
24. Coolant reservoir hose S. Cut off the excess end of the plastic locking tie and
position the cut end within the area shown in the
25. Right handlebar switch lead illustration.
26. Oil level switch lead T. Fasten the leads (to sub-wire harness) that branch
27. Sidestand switch lead off from the wire harness below the frame weld.
A. Route the meter assembly lead under the left U. Fasten the sidestand switch lead, oil level switch
handlebar switch lead and clutch cable. lead, and radiator fan motor lead with a plastic
B. Fasten the left handlebar switch lead and front locking tie. The leads may be fastened in any
cylinder spark plug lead with a plastic locking tie. order.
Be sure to install the plastic locking tie on the left
handlebar switch leads protective sleeve and
position it 1015 mm (0.390.59 in) from the end
of the sleeve. Face the end of the plastic locking tie
inward, and then cut off the excess end of the tie.
C. Black connectors
D. White connectors
E. Connect the ignition coil leads with the I marks to
the front cylinder ignition coil. Route the ignition
coil lead with the black terminal to the outside of
the wire harness.
F. Route the sub-wire harness to the inside of the fuel
pipe in the area shown in the illustration.
G. To engine
H. Route the front cylinder spark plug lead to the
outside of the rear cylinder spark plug lead.
I. Fasten the sidestand switch lead, starter motor
lead, and oil level switch lead with plastic locking
ties. Face the end of each plastic locking tie
downward, and then cut off the excess end of the
tie.
J. The starter motor lead, neutral switch lead, and
sidestand switch lead may be routed in any order
in the area shown in the illustration.
K. Fasten the starter motor lead at the positioning
tape to the engine mounting boss with a plastic
locking tie. Position the buckle of the plastic locking
tie in front of the boss, with the end facing upward,
and then cut off the excess end of the tie to 15 mm
(0.59 in) or less.
2-52
CABLE ROUTING
1 3 4
11
U
C-C
2
2 5 12
A
B
D 1 E 2 3 7 8 9 10 11
B 4 6 F G H
5 C
C C
A A
B
F I
12
E D D 13
F
S
I
K
O 14
R 16 Q P N M 15 L
19 V
17
20
18
F-F
E-E D-D
2-53
CABLE ROUTING
1. Headlight relay N. Fasten the starter motor lead to the frame with a
2. Stator coil coupler plastic locking tie. Face the end of the plastic
locking tie downward, and then cut off the excess
3. Radiator fan motor relay end of the tie to 10 mm (0.39 in) or less.
4. Turn signal relay O. Fasten the starter motor lead with a plastic locking
5. Tail/brake light wire harness coupler tie. Position the plastic locking tie 20 mm (0.79 in)
6. Starter relay or less from the engine serial number. Face the
end of the plastic locking tie downward, and then
7. Speed sensor lead cut off the excess end of the tie.
8. Neutral switch lead P. 20 mm (0.79 in)
9. Fuse box Q. Install the neutral switch lead terminal so that the
10. Main fuse lead is routed rearward. Make sure that there is no
11. Tail/brake light wire harness slack in the neutral switch lead.
12. Crankshaft position sensor coupler R. Fasten the sidestand switch lead with a plastic
locking tie, making sure to fit the tie in the gap
13. Relay unit between the sidestand bracket and the frame boss.
14. Rectifier/regulator Face the end of the plastic locking tie forward, and
15. Starter motor lead then cut off the excess end of the tie.
16. Neutral switch S. Route the oil level switch lead to the outside of the
shift rod.
17. Wire harness
T. Install the stator coil coupler completely onto the
18. Neutral switch lead tab on the relay bracket.
19. Sidestand switch lead U. Insert the projections on the couplers completely
20. Crankshaft position sensor/stator assembly lead into the holes in the relay bracket.
A. Fasten the crankshaft position sensor/stator V. Install the ground lead terminal with the drive
assembly lead and speed sensor lead with the pulley housing bolt, making sure that the crimped
holder. section of the terminal that secures the ground
B. Position the ground lead in the range shown in the lead is facing inward as shown in the illustration.
illustration, 15 or less to the front or rear of the
vertical line shown in the illustration.
C. Connect the lead with white tape to the headlight
relay and connect the lead without white tape to
the radiator fan motor relay.
D. Fasten the headlight relay lead, speed sensor
lead, and neutral switch lead with a plastic locking
tie, making sure to install the tie on the headlight
relay leads protective sleeve, 1030 mm (0.39
1.18 in) from the end of the sleeve. Cut off the
excess end of the plastic locking tie.
E. Pass the crankshaft position sensor/stator
assembly lead, and tail/brake light wire harness
through the guide.
F. To negative battery terminal
G. To positive battery terminal
H. To tail/brake light assembly
I. Route the starter motor lead, ground lead, speed
sensor lead, and neutral switch lead to the inside of
the wire harness.
J. Pass the crankshaft position sensor lead and
tail/brake light wire harness through the guide, and
then fasten them to the lower section of the guide
with a plastic locking tie. Face the end of the plastic
locking tie downward, angled inward, and then cut
off the excess end of the tie.
K. Insert the projection on the wire harness holder
completely into the hole in the sub-fuel tank
bracket.
L. Fasten the speed sensor lead, crankshaft position
sensor/stator assembly lead, ground lead, neutral
switch lead, starter motor lead, and
rectifier/regulator lead with a plastic locking tie,
making sure to position the tie 10 mm (0.39 in) or
less to the front or rear of the front edge of the
frame. Face the end of the plastic locking tie
upward, and then cut off the excess end of the tie
down to the buckle, making sure that there are no
sharp edges.
M. Route the starter motor lead to the inside of the
frame.
2-54
CABLE ROUTING
30 6
1
29
P
28 29 A 9
27
26 2 29
25 2
24 3
1
4
B-B
23 A
22 B
18 R 17 S 16
O 5
A 6
21 E
7
C Q 31
20
8
9
B A T
N B C
D
32
F
19 33
G
18 E H
U
D 10
D 14
C 11
17
16
13
M
12
15 L K 14 J I 13
11
35 E 34
2-55
CABLE ROUTING
1. Wire harness K. Slide the boot over the neutral switch coupler and
2. Coolant reservoir hose speed sensor coupler, making sure that they are
covered completely.
L. To tail/brake light assembly
4. Throttle cable (decelerator cable)
M. Fasten the tail/brake light wire harness with the
5. Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor hose holder.
6. Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor hose N. Fasten the wire harness, clutch cable, and sub-
7. Right handlebar switch couplers wire harness that branches off from the wire
8. Throttle position sensor harness with a plastic locking tie, making sure that
the tie does not contact the protective tape on the
9. Rear cylinder spark plug lead frame.
10. Air vent hose O. Fasten the wire harness and right handlebar
11. Negative battery lead terminal switch lead on the right side of the frame and
12. Fuel cock hose fasten the wire harness on the left side of the frame
with a plastic locking tie, making sure to install the
13. Battery tie on the harness protective tape. Do not fasten
14. Positive battery lead terminal the coolant reservoir hose and clutch cable.
15. Tail/brake light wire harness P. Route the rear cylinder spark plug lead under the
16. ECU (engine control unit) U-shaped fuel pipe.
17. Main fuse Q. Install the turn signal relay completely onto the tab
on the battery box.
18. Fuse box
R. Install the fuse box completely onto the tab on the
19. Starter relay coupler battery box.
20. Sub-wire harness couplers S. Install the main fuse completely onto the tab on the
21. Rear cylinder ignition coil battery box.
22. Left handlebar switch couplers T. Install the cover completely onto the ECU
23. Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor coupler couplers.
24. Front cylinder spark plug lead U. Route the positive battery lead under the negative
battery lead, making sure not to route it on top of
25. Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor coupler the relay unit.
26. Sidestand switch coupler
27. Oil level switch coupler
28. Radiator fan motor coupler
29. Clutch cable
30. Left handlebar switch lead
31. Turn signal relay
32. Relay unit
33. Negative battery lead
35. Starter motor lead
A. Fasten the coolant reservoir hose to the plastic
locking tie with the clamp.
B. Align the white tape on the right handlebar switch
lead with the rear end of the frame weld.
C. Route the clutch cable to the inside of the wire
harness where the leads (to throttle position
sensor and right handlebar switch couplers)
branch off from the harness.
D. Fasten the wire harness with a plastic locking tie.
Face the end of the plastic locking tie downward,
angled inward, and then cut off the excess end of
the tie.
E. Be sure to route the clutch cable over any cable,
lead, pipe, or hose that it crosses in the area
shown in the illustration.
F. To fuel sender
G. Insert the projections on the wire harness holders
completely into the holes in the frame.
H. Route the fuel sender lead under the air vent hose.
I. Fasten the starter relay lead, neutral switch lead,
and speed sensor lead with a plastic locking tie,
making sure to position the tie to the inside of the
starter relay. Face the end of the plastic locking tie
upward, and then cut off the excess end of the tie.
J. Fasten the neutral switch lead and speed sensor
lead with a plastic locking tie.
2-56
CABLE ROUTING
3D8 3D8
A B
1 2 A 3 B 4 5 6 7 C 8 9 D 10 11
12
13
14
AB
17 E 16 15
2-57
CABLE ROUTING
1. Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor hose

2. Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor
3. Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor hose
4. Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor
7. Wire harness
9. Front cylinder resonator hose
10. Sub-wire harness
11. Rear cylinder resonator hose
12. Sub-wire harness couplers
13. Fuel hose
15. Crankcase breather hose
16. ISC (idle speed control) unit
A. Install the front cylinder intake air pressure sensor
hose with its yellow paint mark facing outward.
B. Install the rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor
hose with its white paint mark facing outward.
C. Route the front cylinder intake air pressure sensor
hose and rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor
hose over the rear cylinder resonator hose and
front cylinder resonator hose.
D. Fasten the wire harness and right handlebar
switch lead with a plastic locking tie.
E. Route the canister purge hose (California only)
under the rear cylinder thermostat inlet hose and
front cylinder thermostat inlet hose.
2-58
CABLE ROUTING
2-59
CABLE ROUTING

3. Wire harness
4. Front cylinder resonator hose
5. Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor hose
8. Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor hose
9. Rear cylinder resonator hose
10. Sub-wire harness couplers
11. Fuel hose
12. Injectors
A. Face the ends of the hose clamp inward.
B. Face the ends of the hose clamp outward.
C. Align the hose clamp with the white paint mark on
the canister purge hose (California only) and face
the ends of the clamp forward.
D. Route the canister purge hose (California only) to
the outside of the front cylinder resonator hose,
and then install it onto the throttle body pipe up to
the bend in the pipe, making sure to face the white
paint mark on the hose upward.
E. 24 mm (0.080.16 in)
F. Route the canister purge hose (California only)
under the front cylinder intake air pressure sensor
hose and rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor
hose.
G. Fasten the sub-wire harness at the white tape with
a plastic locking tie.
H. Face the ends of the hose clamp rearward.
I. Face the ends of the hose clamp forward.
J. Install the front cylinder intake air pressure sensor
hose with its white paint mark facing outward.
K. Install the rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor
hose with its yellow paint mark facing outward.
L. 01 mm (00.04 in)
2-60
CABLE ROUTING
B
2
1 3
F
F
12 C
10
9 C
13
11 A D
A B
14 8
J 1 9
E 16 7
E L
8
14
1 E-E 15 5
6
7
K B
3
17
F-F
E
F
G
H
D
D 9
10
C
J I 4
19 9
19 16
1
1
20
15 20
21 D-D
7
22
18 A
2-61
CABLE ROUTING
1. Fuel tank overflow hose

2. Fuel tank
3. Fuel tank breather hose (fuel tank to hose joint)
4. Air vent hose
5. Sub-fuel tank
6. Fuel pump
7. Fuel hose
8. Crankcase breather hose
9. Fuel cock hose
10. Fuel cock
11. Hose joint
12. Fuel tank breather hose (hose joint to rollover
valve)
13. Rollover valve
14. Fuel tank breather hose (except for California)
15. Sidestand switch lead
16. Oil level switch lead
17. Fuel sender lead
18. Fuel sender
19. Fuel tank breather hose (rollover valve to canister)
(California only)
21. Canister (California only)
22. Canister breather hose (California only)
A. Route the fuel tank overflow hose, identified by the
paint mark, over the fuel tank breather hose (fuel
tank to hose joint).
B. Do not face the ends of the hose clamps inward.
C. Install the air vent hose to the fuel tank with its
white paint mark facing downward.
D. Face the crimped section of the hose clamp
downward.
E. Install the air vent hose with its paint mark facing
upward.
F. Face the ends of the hose clamp upward.
G. Install the fuel cock hose with its yellow paint mark
facing upward.
H. Face the crimped section of the hose clamp
upward.
I. Face the crimped section of the hose clamp
downward, making sure that it does not contact the
fuel tank.
J. Face the fastener of the holder outward.
K. Be sure not to pinch the fuel tank overflow hose
and fuel tank breather hose (fuel tank to hose joint)
when installing the fuel tank.
L. Face the open ends of the holder downward.
2-62
CABLE ROUTING
2-63
PERIODIC CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE............................................................................ 3-1

INTRODUCTION....................................................................................... 3-1
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART FOR THE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM................................................................................................... 3-1
GENERAL MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION CHART....................... 3-1
ENGINE ........................................................................................................... 3-4

ADJUSTING THE VALVE CLEARANCE .................................................. 3-4
SYNCHRONIZING THE THROTTLE BODIES ......................................... 3-6
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE CABLE FREE PLAY ................................ 3-8
CHECKING THE SPARK PLUGS............................................................. 3-9
CHECKING THE IGNITION TIMING......................................................... 3-9
MEASURING THE COMPRESSION PRESSURE.................................. 3-10
CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL ................................................... 3-11
CHANGING THE ENGINE OIL ............................................................... 3-12 3
ADJUSTING THE CLUTCH LEVER FREE PLAY................................... 3-13
REPLACING THE AIR FILTER ELEMENT ............................................. 3-14
CHECKING THE INTAKE MANIFOLD JOINTS...................................... 3-15
CHECKING THE FUEL LINE .................................................................. 3-15
CHECKING THE CRANKCASE BREATHER HOSE .............................. 3-15
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM ................................................... 3-16
CHECKING THE CANISTER (California only)........................................ 3-16
CHECKING THE COOLANT LEVEL....................................................... 3-16
CHECKING THE COOLING SYSTEM.................................................... 3-17
CHANGING THE COOLANT .................................................................. 3-17
CHASSIS....................................................................................................... 3-20
ADJUSTING THE FRONT BRAKE LEVER FREE PLAY........................ 3-20
ADJUSTING THE REAR DISC BRAKE .................................................. 3-20
CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL ................................................ 3-21
CHECKING THE FRONT BRAKE PADS................................................ 3-21
CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE PADS .................................................. 3-21
CHECKING THE FRONT BRAKE HOSES ............................................. 3-22
CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE HOSES ............................................... 3-22
ADJUSTING THE REAR BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH................................. 3-22
BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM ................................... 3-22
ADJUSTING THE SHIFT PEDAL............................................................ 3-24
ADJUSTING THE DRIVE BELT SLACK ................................................. 3-24
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE STEERING HEAD......................... 3-26
CHECKING THE FRONT FORK............................................................. 3-27
ADJUSTING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY.................. 3-27
CHECKING THE TIRES ......................................................................... 3-28
CHECKING THE WHEELS ..................................................................... 3-29
CHECKING AND LUBRICATING THE CABLES .................................... 3-29
LUBRICATING THE LEVERS................................................................. 3-30
LUBRICATING THE PEDAL ................................................................... 3-30
LUBRICATING THE SIDESTAND .......................................................... 3-30
LUBRICATING THE REAR SUSPENSION ............................................ 3-30
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ................................................................................ 3-31
CHECKING AND CHARGING THE BATTERY....................................... 3-31
CHECKING THE FUSES ........................................................................ 3-31
REPLACING THE HEADLIGHT BULB ................................................... 3-31
ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHT BEAM ................................................... 3-32
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
EAS20450
EAS20460
INTRODUCTION
This chapter includes all information necessary to perform recommended checks and adjustments. If
followed, these preventive maintenance procedures will ensure more reliable vehicle operation, a long-
er service life and reduce the need for costly overhaul work. This information applies to vehicles already
in service as well as to new vehicles that are being prepared for sale. All service technicians should be
familiar with this entire chapter.
EAU17600
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART FOR THE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

INITIAL ODOMETER READINGS
8000 mi 12000 mi 16000 mi 20000 mi
600 mi 4000 mi (13000 (19000 (25000 (31000
No. ITEM ROUTINE (1000 km) (7000 km)
or or km) km) km) km)
or or or or
1 month 6 months 12 months 18 months 24 months 30 months
Check fuel hoses for cracks or

1 * Fuel line damage.
Replace if necessary.
Check condition.
Adjust gap and clean.
2 Spark plugs Replace. Replace.
Replace every 8000 mi
(13000 km) or 12 months.
Check and adjust valve clear-
3 * Valve clearance
ance when engine is cold.
Check breather hose for
4 * Crankcase cracks or damage.
breather system
5 * Fuel injection Adjust synchronization.
Check for leakage.
6 * Exhaust system Tighten if necessary.
Replace gasket(s) if neces-
sary.
Evaporative emis- Check control system for
sion control sys-
7 * tem (For damage.
California only)
* Since these items require special tools, data and technical skills, have a Yamaha dealer perform the
service.
EAU32183
GENERAL MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION CHART

8000 mi 12000 mi 16000 mi 20000 mi
600 mi 4000 mi (13000 (19000 (25000 (31000
No. ITEM ROUTINE (1000 km) (7000 km)
or or km) km) km) km)
or or or or
1 month 6 months 12 months 18 months 24 months 30 months
Check condition and damage.

1 * Air filter element Replace if necessary.
2 * Clutch Check operation.

Adjust or replace cable.
Check operation, fluid level,
3 * Front brake and for fluid leakage.
Replace brake pads if neces-
sary.
Check operation, fluid level,
and for fluid leakage.
4 * Rear brake
Replace brake pads if neces-
sary.
Check for cracks or damage.
5 * Brake hoses
Replace. Every 4 years
Check runout and for dam-
6 * Wheels age.
3-1

8000 mi 12000 mi 16000 mi 20000 mi
600 mi 4000 mi
No. ITEM ROUTINE (1000 km) (7000 km) (13000 (19000 (25000 (31000
km) km) km) km)
or or or or or or
1 month 6 months
12 months 18 months 24 months 30 months
Check tread depth and for
damage.
7 * Tires Replace if necessary.
Check air pressure.
Correct if necessary.
Check bearings for smooth
8 * Wheel bearings operation.
Check bearing assemblies for
9 * Swingarm pivot looseness. Repack.
bearings Moderately repack with lithi-
um-soap-based grease.
10 * Drive belt Check belt tension. Every 2500 mi (4000 km)
Adjust if necessary.
Check bearing assemblies for
looseness.
Moderately repack with lithi-
11 * Steering bearings um-soap-based grease every Repack.
16000 mi (25000 km) or 24
months.
Check all chassis fitting and
12 * Chassis fasteners fasteners.
Correct if necessary.
Apply lithium-soap-based
Brake and clutch
13 lever pivot shafts grease (all-purpose grease)
lightly.
Apply lithium-soap-based
Brake and shift
14 pedal pivot shafts grease (all-purpose grease)
lightly.
Check operation.
15 Sidestand pivot Apply lithium-soap-based
grease (all-purpose grease)
lightly.
16 * Sidestand switch Check operation and replace
if necessary.
Check operation and for oil
17 * Front fork leakage.
Check operation and for oil
Shock absorber
18 * assembly leakage.
Rear suspension Apply lithium-soap-based
19 *
link pivots grease lightly.
Change (warm engine before
20 Engine oil draining).
21 * Engine oil filter Replace.

cartridge
Check hoses for cracks or
damage.
22 * Cooling system
Change with ethylene glycol
anti-freeze coolant every 24 Change.
months.
Front and rear
23 * Check operation.
brake switches
Apply Yamaha chain and ca-
24 * Control cables ble lube or engine oil SAE
10W-30 thoroughly.
Check operation and free
play.
Throttle grip
25 * housing and ca- Adjust the throttle cable free
play if necessary.
ble
Lubricate the throttle grip
housing and cable.
3-2

8000 mi 12000 mi 16000 mi 20000 mi
600 mi 4000 mi
No. ITEM ROUTINE (1000 km) (7000 km) (13000 (19000 (25000 (31000
km) km) km) km)
or or or or or or
1 month 6 months
12 months 18 months 24 months 30 months
Lights, signals Check operation.
26 *
and switches Adjust headlight beam.
* Since these items require special tools, data and technical skills, have a Yamaha dealer perform the
service.
NOTE:
From 24000 mi (37000 km) or 36 months, repeat the maintenance intervals starting from 8000 mi
(13000 km) or 12 months.
EAU17650
NOTE:
Air filter
This models air filter is equipped with a disposable oil-coated paper element, which must not be
cleaned with compressed air to avoid damaging it.
The air filter element needs to be replaced more frequently when riding in unusually wet or dusty
areas.
Hydraulic brake service
After disassembling the brake master cylinders and calipers, always change the fluid. Regularly
check the brake fluid levels and fill the reservoirs as required.
Every two years replace the internal components of the brake master cylinders and calipers, and
change the brake fluid.
Replace the brake hoses every four years and if cracked or damaged.
3-3
ENGINE
EAS20470
ENGINE 4
2
EAS20530 1
ADJUSTING THE VALVE CLEARANCE
The following procedure applies to all of the
valves.
NOTE:
Valve clearance adjustment should be made
on a cold engine, at room temperature. 3
When the valve clearance is to be measured or
adjusted, the piston must be at top dead center 8. Remove:
(TDC) on the compression stroke. Plastic locking tie 1
Plastic locking tie 2
1. Remove:
Rider seat 2
Left side cover 1
Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page 4-1.
Fuel tank
Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1.
Front cylinder left cover
Front cylinder right cover
Rear cylinder left cover
Rear cylinder right cover
Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
2. Remove: 9. Remove:
Throttle body Front cylinder tappet covers 1
Intake manifold assembly
Refer to THROTTLE BODIES on page 7-7.
3. Drain: 1
Coolant
Refer to CHANGING THE COOLANT on
page 3-17.
4. Remove:
Front cylinder thermostat inlet hose
Rear cylinder thermostat inlet hose
Refer to THERMOSTAT on page 6-4.
5. Disconnect:
10.Remove:
Spark plug caps
Rear cylinder tappet covers 1
6. Remove:
Spark plugs
Refer to CAMSHAFTS on page 5-12.
7. Remove:
Damper cover 1
Damper 2
Timing mark accessing screw 3 1
Crankshaft end screw 4
11.Measure:
Valve clearance
Out of specification Adjust.
3-4
ENGINE

Valve clearance (cold) Rear cylinder
Intake a. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise from
0.090.13 mm (0.00350.0051 in) the front cylinder piston TDC by 300 degrees.
Exhaust b. When the rear cylinder piston is at TDC on
0.140.18 mm (0.00550.0071 in) the compression stroke, align the TDC mark
c on the generator rotor with the slot d in
the generator cover.
Front cylinder NOTE:
a. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise.
When the piston is at TDC on the compression
stroke, there should be clearance between the
valve stem tips and their respective rocker arm
adjusting screws.
If there is no clearance, rotate the crankshaft
counterclockwise one turn.
d c
b. When the front cylinder piston is at TDC on

the compression stroke, align the TDC mark
a on the generator rotor with the slot b in
NOTE:
When the piston is at TDC on the compression
stroke, there should be clearance between the c. Measure the valve clearance with a thickness
valve stem tips and their respective rocker arm gauge.
adjusting screws.
Thickness gauge
If there is no clearance, rotate the crankshaft 90890-03180
counterclockwise one turn. Feeler gauge set
YU-26900-9
b a

12.Adjust:
Valve clearance

a. Loosen the locknut 1.
c. Measure the valve clearance with a thickness

gauge.
Thickness gauge
90890-03180
Feeler gauge set 1
YU-26900-9
b. Insert a thickness gauge 2 between the end
of the adjusting screw and the valve tip.
3-5
ENGINE
15.Install:
Thickness gauge Crankshaft end screw
90890-03180
Feeler gauge set (along with the O-ring New )
YU-26900-9 Timing mark accessing screw
(along with the O-ring New )
c. Turn the adjusting screw 3 in direction a or Damper
b with the tappet adjusting tool 4 until the Damper cover
specified valve clearance is obtained.
Crankshaft end screw
Tappet adjusting tool 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
T.
R
90890-04154 Timing mark accessing screw
YM-04154 6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)
Damper cover bolt
10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
Direction a
Valve clearance is increased. 16.Install:
Direction b All removed parts
Valve clearance is decreased.
NOTE:
For installation, reverse the removal procedure.
EAS20570
SYNCHRONIZING THE THROTTLE BODIES

4 NOTE:
Prior to synchronizing the throttle bodies, the
valve clearance and the engine idling speed
2
3 should be properly adjusted and the ignition tim-
b a ing should be checked.
1. Stand the vehicle on a level surface.
d. Hold the adjusting screw to prevent it from NOTE:
moving and tighten the locknut to specifica- Place the vehicle on a suitable stand.
tion.
2. Remove:
Locknut (rocker arm adjusting Rider seat
screw) Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page 4-1.
T.
R
14 Nm (1.4 mkg, 10 ftlb) Fuel tank

e. Measure the valve clearance again. 3. Disconnect:
f. If the valve clearance is still out of specifica- Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor
tion, repeat all of the valve clearance adjust- hose 1
ment steps until the specified clearance is Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor hose
obtained. 2
13.Install:
Rear cylinder tappet covers
Front cylinder tappet covers
Rear cylinder tappet cover bolt

10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
T.
R
Front cylinder tappet cover bolt 2

10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
1
14.Install:
Plastic locking ties
3-6
ENGINE
4. Install: A
Vacuum gauge 1
Digital tachometer
Vacuum gauge
90890-03094
Carburetor synchronizer 1
YU-44456
1
5. Install:
Fuel tank A B
6. Adjust:
Throttle body synchronization
a. Measure the vacuum pressure of the front

cylinder throttle body and rear cylinder throt-
tle body. 1 1
b. Using the throttle body with the lowest vacu-
um pressure as the standard, turn the air
screw 1 of the other throttle body to adjust A. Front cylinder throttle body
its vacuum pressure. B. Rear cylinder throttle body
c. If the vacuum pressure of the throttle body
with the lower pressure is out of specification, NOTE:
adjust it to specification first, and then syn- After each step, rev the engine two or three
chronize the throttle bodies. times, each time for less than a second, and
check the synchronization again.
If the air screw is removed, turn the screw 3/4
turn in and be sure to synchronize the throttle
body.
ECA14900
CAUTION:
Do not use the throttle valve adjusting
screws to adjust the throttle body synchroni-
zation.
Vacuum gauge
90890-03094
Carburetor synchronizer
YU-44456
3-7
ENGINE
Intake vacuum Throttle cable free play

32.037.3 kPa (9.411.0 inHg) 4.06.0 mm (0.160.24 in)
(240280 mmHg)
2. Remove:
NOTE: Rider seat
The difference in vacuum pressure between two Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page 4-1.
throttle bodies should not exceed 1.33 kPa (10 Fuel tank
mm Hg). Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1.
3. Adjust:
Throttle cable free play
7. Measure:
Engine idling speed
Out of specification Adjust. Throttle body side
Make sure that the vacuum pressure is within a. Loosen the locknut 1 on the accelerator ca-
specification. ble.
8. Stop the engine and remove the measuring b. Turn the adjusting nut 2 in direction a or b
equipment. until the specified throttle cable free play is
9. Connect: obtained.
Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor
Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor Direction a
Throttle cable free play is increased.
10.Adjust:
Direction b
Throttle cable free play Throttle cable free play is decreased.
Refer to ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE CA-
BLE FREE PLAY on page 3-8. c. Tighten the locknut.
4.06.0 mm (0.160.24 in)
11.Install: 1
Rider seat b
Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page 4-1. a 2
EAS20630
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE CABLE FREE

PLAY
NOTE:
NOTE:
Prior to adjusting the throttle cable free play, the
engine idling speed and throttle body synchroni- If the specified throttle cable free play cannot be
zation should be adjusted properly. obtained on the throttle body side of the cable,
use the adjusting nut on the handlebar side.
1. Check:
Throttle cable free play a
Handlebar side
a. Slide back the throttle cable holder 1.
b. Loosen the locknut 2.
c. Turn the adjusting nut 3 in direction a or b
until the specified throttle cable free play is
SELECT
a
obtained.
RESET
Direction a
Throttle cable free play is increased.
Direction b
Throttle cable free play is decreased.
3-8
ENGINE
d. Tighten the locknut. 7. Measure:

e. Slide the throttle cable holder to its original Spark plug gap a
position. (with a wire thickness gauge)
Out of specification Regap.
2 3
Spark plug gap
a 0.80.9 mm (0.0310.035 in)
1
4. Install:
Fuel tank
Rider seat 8. Install:
Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page 4-1. Spark plug
EAS20680
CHECKING THE SPARK PLUGS Spark plug

T. 13 Nm (1.3 mkg, 9.4 ftlb)
The following procedure applies to all of the R
spark plugs.
NOTE:
1. Remove:
Front cylinder left cover Before installing the spark plug, clean the spark
Rear cylinder right cover plug and gasket surface.
Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1. 9. Connect:
2. Disconnect: Spark plug cap
Spark plug cap 10.Install:
3. Remove: Rear cylinder right cover
Spark plug Front cylinder left cover
ECA13320
CAUTION:
Before removing the spark plugs, blow away EAS20700
any dirt accumulated in the spark plug wells CHECKING THE IGNITION TIMING
with compressed air to prevent it from falling NOTE:
into the cylinders. Prior to checking the ignition timing, check the
wiring connections of the entire ignition system.
4. Check:
Make sure all connections are tight and free of
Spark plug type
corrosion.
Incorrect Change.
1. Remove:
Manufacturer/model Front cylinder covers
NGK/LMAR7A-9 Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
2. Remove:
5. Check:
Damper cover 1
Electrode
Damper 2
Damage/wear Replace the spark plug.
Timing mark accessing screw 3
Insulator
(along with the O-ring)
Abnormal color Replace the spark plug.
Normal color is medium-to-light tan.
6. Clean:
Spark plug
(with a spark plug cleaner or wire brush)
3-9
ENGINE
NOTE:
2 The ignition timing is not adjustable.
1

5. Install:
Timing mark accessing screw
Damper
3 Damper cover
3. Connect: Timing mark accessing screw

Timing light 1 6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)
T.
R
Digital tachometer Damper cover bolt
7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
Timing light
90890-03141 6. Install:
Inductive clamp timing light Front cylinder covers
YU-03141 Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
EAS20710
MEASURING THE COMPRESSION

PRESSURE
The following procedure applies to all of the cyl-
inders.
NOTE:
Insufficient compression pressure will result in a
loss of performance.
1 1. Measure:
Valve clearance
4. Check: Out of specification Adjust.
Ignition timing Refer to ADJUSTING THE VALVE CLEAR-
ANCE on page 3-4.
a. Start the engine, warm it up for several min- 2. Start the engine, warm it up for several min-
utes, and then let it run at the specified en- utes, and then turn it off.
gine idling speed. 3. Remove:
Engine idling speed Front cylinder covers
9501050 r/min Rear cylinder covers
b. Check that slot a in the generator cover is 4. Disconnect:
within the firing range b on the generator ro- Spark plug caps
tor. 5. Remove:
Incorrect firing range Check the ignition Spark plug
ECA13340
system.
CAUTION:
Before removing the spark plugs, use com-
pressed air to blow away any dirt accumulat-
ed in the spark plug wells to prevent it from
falling into the cylinders.
a b 6. Install:
Compression gauge 1
3-10
ENGINE
Compression pressure (with oil applied into

Compression gauge the cylinder)
90890-03081
Engine compression tester Reading Diagnosis
YU-33223 Higher than without Piston ring(s) wear or
oil damage Repair.
Piston, valves, cylin-
der head gasket or
Same as without oil
piston possibly defec-
tive Repair.
1

8. Install:
Spark plug
Spark plug
7. Measure: 13 Nm (1.3 mkg, 9.4 ftlb)
T.
R
Compression pressure
Out of specification Refer to steps (c) and 9. Connect:
(d). Spark plug caps
10.Install:
Standard compression pressure Rear cylinder covers
(at sea level) Front cylinder covers
1450 kPa/400 r/min (206.2 Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
psi/400 r/min) (14.5 kgf/cm/400
r/min) EAS20750
Minimummaximum CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

12001500 kPa (170.7213.3 psi) 1. Stand the vehicle on a level surface.
(12.015.0 kgf/cm) NOTE:
Place the vehicle on a suitable stand.
Make sure the vehicle is upright.
a. Set the main switch to ON.
b. With the throttle wide open, crank the engine 2. Check:
until the reading on the compression gauge Engine oil level
stabilizes. The engine oil level should be between the
NOTE: minimum level mark a and maximum level
The difference in compression pressure be- mark b.
tween cylinders should not exceed 100 kPa (1 Below the minimum level mark Add the
kg/cm, 14 psi). recommended engine oil to the proper level.
c. If the compression pressure is above the

maximum specification, check the cylinder
b
head, valve surfaces and piston crown for
carbon deposits. a
Carbon deposits Eliminate.
d. If the compression pressure is below the min-
imum specification, pour a teaspoonful of en-
gine oil into the spark plug bore and measure
again.
Refer to the following table.
3-11
ENGINE
4. Drain:
Type Engine oil
YAMALUBE 4 (20W40) or (completely from the crankcase)
SAE20W40 5. If the oil filter cartridge is also to be replaced,
Recommended engine oil grade
perform the following procedure.
API service SG type or higher,

JASO standard MA a. Remove the oil filter cartridge 1 with an oil
filter wrench 2.
0 10 30 50 70 90 110 130 F
Oil filter wrench
90890-01469
YM-01469
YAMALUBE 4 (20W40)
or SAE 20W40
20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 C 1
ECA13380
CAUTION: 2
Engine oil also lubricates the clutch and the
wrong oil types or additives could cause
clutch slippage. Therefore, do not add any
chemical additives. b. Lubricate the O-ring 3 of the new oil filter
Do not allow foreign materials to enter the cartridge with a thin coat of engine oil.
crankcase. ECA13390
CAUTION:
3. Start the engine, warm it up for several min-
utes, and then turn it off. Make sure the O-ring 3 is positioned cor-
4. Check the engine oil level again. rectly in the groove of the oil filter cartridge.
NOTE:
Before checking the engine oil level, wait a few
minutes until the oil has settled.
EAS20780
CHANGING THE ENGINE OIL

utes, and then turn it off.
2. Place a container under the engine oil drain
bolt.
3. Remove: c. Tighten the new oil filter cartridge to specifi-
Engine oil drain bolt 1 cation with an oil filter wrench.
(along with the gasket)
Oil filter cartridge
17 Nm (1.7 mkg, 12 ftlb)
T.
R

6. Install:
Engine oil drain bolt
(along with the gasket New )
Engine oil drain bolt

1 43 Nm (4.3 mkg, 31 ftlb)
T.
R
3-12
ENGINE
7. Fill: b. Start the engine and keep it idling until engine

Crankcase oil starts to seep from the oil check bolts. If no
(with the specified amount of the recom- engine oil comes out after one minute, turn
mended engine oil) the engine off so that it will not seize.
c. Check the engine oil passages, the oil filter
Engine oil quantity cartridge and the oil pump for damage or
Total amount leakage. Refer to OIL PUMP on page 5-73.
3.70 L (3.91 US qt) (3.26 Imp.qt) d. Start the engine after solving the problem(s)
Without oil filter cartridge re-
and check the engine oil pressure again.
placement
3.20 L (3.38 US qt) (2.82 Imp.qt) e. Tighten the oil check bolts to specification.
With oil filter cartridge replace-
Oil check bolt
ment
15 Nm (1.5 mkg, 11 ftlb)
T.
3.40 L (3.59 US qt) (2.99 Imp.qt)
R

utes, and then turn it off. 13.Install:
9. Check: Throttle body
Engine Refer to THROTTLE BODIES on page 7-7.
(for engine oil leaks) Left side cover
10.Check: Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page 4-1.
Engine oil level EAS20870
Refer to CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL ADJUSTING THE CLUTCH LEVER FREE
LEVEL on page 3-11. PLAY
11.Remove: 1. Check:
Left side cover Clutch lever free play a
Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page 4-1. Out of specification Adjust.
Throttle body
Refer to THROTTLE BODIES on page 7-7. Clutch lever free play
12.Check: 5.010.0 mm (0.200.39 in)
Engine oil pressure
a. Slightly loosen the front cylinder oil check bolt

1 and rear cylinder oil check bolt 2. a
2. Adjust:
Clutch lever free play

Handlebar side
b. Turn the adjusting bolt 2 in direction a or
b until the specified clutch lever free play is
2 obtained.
3-13
ENGINE
4. Install:
Direction a Right side panel
Clutch lever free play is increased. Left side panel
Direction b Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1.
Clutch lever free play is decreased.
EAS20960
c. Tighten the locknut 1. REPLACING THE AIR FILTER ELEMENT

1. Remove:
2 Air filter case cover 1
1
a
1
NOTE:
If the specified clutch lever free play cannot be 2. Remove:
obtained on the handlebar side of the cable, use Air filter element 1
the adjusting nut on the engine side.
1
3. Remove:
Left side panel
Right side panel
Engine side
a. Slide back the rubber cover 1.
b. Loosen the locknut 2. 3. Check:
c. Turn the adjusting nut 3 in direction a or b Air filter element
until the specified clutch lever free play is ob- Damage Replace.
tained. NOTE:
Direction a The air filter needs more frequent service if you

Clutch cable free play is increased. are riding in unusually wet or dusty areas.
Direction b 4. Install:
Clutch cable free play is decreased. Air filter element
Air filter case cover
d. Slide the rubber cover to its original position. ECA3D81015
e. Tighten the locknut. CAUTION:

Never operate the engine without the air filter
1 element installed. Unfiltered air will cause
3
rapid wear of engine parts and may damage
b the engine. Operating the engine without the
air filter element will also affect throttle body
a synchronization, leading to poor engine per-
2
formance and possible overheating.
3-14
ENGINE
ECA3D81009
NOTE:
CAUTION:
When installing the air filter element into the air
Make sure the fuel tank breather hose and
filter case, make sure that the sealing surfaces
fuel tank overflow hose are routed correctly.
are aligned to prevent any air leaks.
EAS3D81008
3
CHECKING THE INTAKE MANIFOLD JOINTS 1
1. Remove:
Left side cover 2
Fuel tank 5
4
Refer to THERMOSTAT on page 6-4. 3. Install:
2. Check: Fuel tank
Intake manifold joints 1 Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1.
Cracks/damage Replace. Rider seat
EAS21070
CHECKING THE CRANKCASE BREATHER

HOSE
1. Remove:
Rider seat
Air filter case
1 Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page 4-1.
Fuel tank
3. Install:
Refer to THROTTLE BODIES on page 7-7.
2. Check:
Crankcase breather hose 1
Fuel tank
Cracks/damage Replace.
Loose connection Connect properly.
Left side cover
EAS21030
CHECKING THE FUEL LINE

1
The following procedure applies to all of the fuel,
air vent and breather hoses.
1. Remove:
Rider seat
Fuel tank
Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1. ECA13450
2. Check: CAUTION:
Fuel hose 1 Make sure the crankcase breather hose is
Air vent hose 2 routed correctly.
Fuel cock hose 3
Fuel tank breather hose 4 3. Install:
Fuel tank overflow hose 5 Fuel tank
Cracks/damage Replace. Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1.
Loose connection Connect properly. Air filter case
3-15
ENGINE
Rider seat
EAS21080
CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM

The following procedure applies to all of the ex-
haust pipes and gaskets.
1. Check:
Front cylinder exhaust pipe 1
Rear cylinder exhaust pipe 2
Muffler 3 2
Cracks/damage Replace. 5 4
3
Gaskets 4 8 New
6 New 4
Gaskets 5
Exhaust gas leaks Replace. 1
2. Check: 7 5
Tightening torques
Exhaust pipe nuts 6 10
Front cylinder exhaust pipe and rear cylinder (3)
6
exhaust pipe bolt 7 9
Muffler and rear cylinder exhaust pipe bolt 8
Muffler bracket and frame bolts 9
Muffler bracket and muffler bolts 10 EAS21090
CHECKING THE CANISTER (California only)

Exhaust pipe nut 1. Check:
20 Nm (2.0 mkg, 14 ftlb) Canister 1
T.
R
Front cylinder exhaust pipe and Canister purge hose 2

rear cylinder exhaust pipe bolt Canister charge hose 3
12 Nm (1.2 mkg, 8.7 ftlb)
Canister breather hose 4
Muffler and rear cylinder exhaust
pipe bolt Cracks/damage Replace.
12 Nm (1.2 mkg, 8.7 ftlb)
Muffler bracket and frame bolt 2
53 Nm (5.3 mkg, 38 ftlb)
Muffler bracket and muffler bolt 3
35 Nm (3.5 mkg, 25 ftlb)
1
4
EAS21110
CHECKING THE COOLANT LEVEL

NOTE:
Place the vehicle on a suitable stand.
Make sure the vehicle is upright.
2. Check:
Coolant level
The coolant level should be between the
maximum level mark a and minimum level
mark b.
Below the minimum level mark Add the
recommended coolant to the proper level.
3-16
ENGINE
NOTE:
Before checking the coolant level, wait a few
minutes until the coolant has settled.
EAS21120
CHECKING THE COOLING SYSTEM

1. Remove:
a Front cylinder exhaust pipe
b Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
2. Check:
NOTE: Radiator cover 1
To add coolant, remove the coolant reservoir Radiator 2
cap cover 1 and coolant reservoir cap 2. Radiator inlet hose 3
Radiator outlet hose 4
Radiator outlet pipe 5
1 Refer to RADIATOR on page 6-1.
3
2
5
4
1
3. Install:
Front cylinder exhaust pipe
2 Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
EAS21130
CHANGING THE COOLANT

1. Remove:
ECA13470
Fuel tank
CAUTION: Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1.
Muffler
Adding water instead of coolant lowers the
Coolant reservoir cover
antifreeze content of the coolant. If water is
used instead of coolant check, and if nec-
2. Remove:
essary, correct the antifreeze concentra-
Radiator cap 1
tion of the coolant.
Use only distilled water. However, if dis-
tilled water is not available, soft water may 1
be used.
3. Install:
Coolant reservoir cap
Coolant reservoir cap cover
utes, and then turn it off.
5. Check:
Coolant level
3-17
ENGINE
EWA13030
WARNING
2
A hot radiator is under pressure. Therefore,
do not remove the radiator cap when the en-
gine is hot. Scalding hot fluid and steam may
be blown out, which could cause serious in-
jury. When the engine has cooled, open the
radiator cap as follows: 3
Place a thick rag or a towel over the radiator
cap and slowly turn the radiator cap counter-
clockwise toward the detent to allow any re- 7. Remove:
sidual pressure to escape. When the hissing Coolant reservoir 1
sound has stopped, press down on the radi- Coolant reservoir cap 2
ator cap and turn it counterclockwise to re-
move. 2
3. Remove:
Coolant drain bolt (radiator) 1 1
(along with the copper washer)
4. Disconnect:
Radiator outlet hose 2
8. Drain:
Coolant
(from the coolant reservoir)
1 9. Install:
Coolant reservoir
2 Coolant reservoir bolt
7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
T.
R
5. Drain:
Coolant 10.Install:
(from the engine and radiator) Rear brake hose holder
6. Remove: Rear brake hose guide bolts
Rear brake hose plastic holder 1 Rear brake hose clamp
Rear brake hose guide bolts 2
Rear brake hose holder 3 Rear brake hose holder bolt
7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
T.
R
Rear brake hose guide bolt

7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
1
11.Connect:
Radiator outlet hose
12.Install:
Coolant drain bolt (radiator)
(along with the copper washer New )
Coolant drain bolt (radiator)

2 Nm (0.2 mkg, 1.4 ftlb)
T.
R
3-18
ENGINE
13.Fill:
Cooling system
(with the specified amount of the recom-
mended coolant)
Recommended antifreeze
High-quality ethylene glycol anti-
freeze containing corrosion in-
hibitors for aluminum engines a
Mixing ratio
1:1 (antifreeze:water)
Radiator capacity (including all 16.Install:
routes) Coolant reservoir cap
2.10 L (2.22 US qt) (1.85 Imp.qt) 17.Start the engine, warm it up for several min-
Coolant reservoir capacity (up utes, and then stop it.
to the maximum level mark) 18.Check:
0.45 L (0.48 US qt) (0.40 Imp.qt) Coolant level
Refer to CHECKING THE COOLANT LEV-
Handling notes for coolant EL on page 3-16.
Coolant is potentially harmful and should be NOTE:
handled with special care.
EWA13040 Before checking the coolant level, wait a few
WARNING minutes until the coolant has settled.
If coolant splashes in your eyes, thorough- 19.Install:
ly wash them with water and consult a doc- Coolant reservoir cover
tor. Muffler
If coolant splashes on your clothes, quickly Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
wash it away with water and then with soap Fuel tank
and water. Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1.
If coolant is swallowed, induce vomiting
and get immediate medical attention.
ECA13480
CAUTION:
Adding water instead of coolant lowers the
antifreeze content of the coolant. If water is
used instead of coolant check, and if nec-
essary, correct the antifreeze concentra-
tion of the coolant.
Use only distilled water. However, if dis-
tilled water is not available, soft water may
be used.
If coolant comes into contact with painted
surfaces, immediately wash them with wa-
ter.
Do not mix different types of antifreeze.
14.Install:
Radiator cap
15.Fill:
Coolant reservoir
(with the recommended coolant to the maxi-
mum level mark a)
3-19
CHASSIS
EAS21140 EAS21190
CHASSIS ADJUSTING THE REAR DISC BRAKE

1. Check:
EAS21150
Brake pedal adjusting bolt position
ADJUSTING THE FRONT BRAKE LEVER Check that the end a of the brake pedal ad-
FREE PLAY justing bolt is visible through the hole b.
1. Check: Incorrect Adjust.
Front brake lever free play a
Front brake lever free play

2.05.0 mm (0.080.20 in) a
2. Adjust:
Front brake lever free play
b
b. Turn the adjusting screw 2 in direction a or
b until the specified brake lever free play is 2. Adjust:
obtained. Brake pedal adjusting bolt position

Direction b a. Loosen the locknut 1.
Brake lever free play is increased. b. Adjust the brake pedal adjusting bolt 2 posi-
Direction c tion by turning the adjusting bolt in or out so
Brake lever free play is decreased. that its end is visible through the hole.
1 2
a
c
b
1
2
c. Tighten the locknut 1 to specification.
c. Tighten the locknut.
EWA13050
Locknut
WARNING
16 Nm (1.6 mkg, 11 ftlb)
T.
R
A soft or spongy feeling in the brake lever

can indicate the presence of air in the brake EWA3D81002
system. Before the vehicle is operated, the WARNING

air must be removed by bleeding the brake A soft or spongy feeling in the brake pedal
system. Air in the brake system will consid- can indicate the presence of air in the brake
erably reduce braking performance. system. Before the vehicle is operated, the
ECA3D81018 air must be removed by bleeding the brake
CAUTION: system. Air in the brake system will consid-
After adjusting the brake lever free play, erably reduce braking performance.
make sure there is no brake drag. ECA3D81019
CAUTION:
After adjusting the brake pedal adjusting

bolt position, make sure there is no brake
drag.

3-20
CHASSIS
3. Adjust: When refilling, be careful that water does

Rear brake light switch not enter the front brake master cylinder
Refer to ADJUSTING THE REAR BRAKE reservoir and brake fluid reservoir. Water
LIGHT SWITCH on page 3-22. will significantly lower the boiling point of
the brake fluid and could cause vapor lock.
EAS21240
CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL ECA13540
1. Stand the vehicle on a level surface. CAUTION:

NOTE: Brake fluid may damage painted surfaces
Place the vehicle on a suitable stand. and plastic parts. Therefore, always clean up
Make sure the vehicle is upright. any spilt brake fluid immediately.
2. Check: NOTE:
Brake fluid level In order to ensure a correct reading of the brake
Below the minimum level mark a Add the fluid level, make sure the top of the brake fluid
recommended brake fluid to the proper level. reservoir is horizontal.
Recommended fluid EAS21250
DOT 4 CHECKING THE FRONT BRAKE PADS

A brake pads.
1. Operate the brake.
2. Check:
Front brake pad
LOWER Wear indicators a almost touch the brake
a disc Replace the brake pads as a set.
Refer to FRONT BRAKE on page 4-22.
UP
a LOWER a
EAS21260
CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE PADS

A. Front brake brake pads.
B. Rear brake 1. Operate the brake.
EWA3D81007
2. Check:
WARNING Rear brake pad
Wear indicators a almost touch the brake
Use only the designated brake fluid. Other
disc Replace the brake pads as a set.
brake fluids may cause the rubber seals to
Refer to REAR BRAKE on page 4-34.
deteriorate, causing leakage and poor
brake performance.
Refill with the same type of brake fluid that
is already in the system. Mixing brake fluids
may result in a harmful chemical reaction,
leading to poor brake performance.
3-21
CHASSIS
2. Check:
Brake hose clamp
Loose Tighten the clamp bolt.
a 3. Hold the vehicle upright and apply the brake
several times.
4. Check:
Brake hoses
Brake fluid leakage Replace the damaged
hose.
Refer to REAR BRAKE on page 4-34.
EAS21280
EAS21330
CHECKING THE FRONT BRAKE HOSES ADJUSTING THE REAR BRAKE LIGHT
The following procedure applies to all of the SWITCH
brake hoses and brake hose clamps.
NOTE:
1. Check:
Brake hoses 1 The rear brake light switch is operated by move-
Cracks/damage/wear Replace. ment of the brake pedal. The rear brake light
switch is properly adjusted when the brake light
comes on just before the braking effect starts.
1
1. Check:
Rear brake light operation timing
1 Incorrect Adjust.
2. Adjust:
Rear brake light operation timing

a. Hold the main body 1 of the rear brake light
switch so that it does not rotate and turn the
2. Check: adjusting nut 2 in direction a or b until the
Brake hose clamp rear brake light comes on at the proper time.
Loose Tighten the clamp bolt.
3. Hold the vehicle upright and apply the brake Direction a
Brake light comes on sooner.
several times.
Direction b
4. Check: Brake light comes on later.
Brake hoses
Brake fluid leakage Replace the damaged
hose.
Refer to FRONT BRAKE on page 4-22.
EAS21290
1
CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE HOSES 2
1. Check:
Brake hoses 1 a b
Cracks/damage/wear Replace.

EAS21350
BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC BRAKE

SYSTEM
EWA13100
1 WARNING
Bleed the hydraulic brake system whenever:
the system is disassembled.
3-22
CHASSIS
a brake hose is loosened, disconnected or A

replaced.
the brake fluid level is very low.
brake operation is faulty.
1. Remove:
Rider seat
2
Sub-fuel tank cover
2. Remove: 1
Brake fluid reservoir bolt 1
B
1
2
NOTE: A. Front
Remove the brake fluid reservoir bolt, and then B. Rear
remove the brake fluid reservoir cap screws. d. Put the other end of the hose into an open
Be careful not to spill any brake fluid or allow container.
the brake master cylinder reservoir or brake e. Slowly apply the brake several times.
fluid reservoir to overflow. f. Fully pull the brake lever or fully press down
When bleeding the hydraulic brake system, the brake pedal and hold it in position.
make sure there is always enough brake fluid g. Loosen the bleed screw.
before applying the brake. Ignoring this pre-
NOTE:
caution could allow air to enter the hydraulic
brake system, considerably lengthening the Loosening the bleed screw will release the pres-
bleeding procedure. sure and cause the brake lever to contact the
If bleeding is difficult, it may be necessary to let throttle grip or the brake pedal to fully extend.
the brake fluid settle for a few hours. Repeat h. Tighten the bleed screw and then release the
the bleeding procedure when the tiny bubbles brake lever or brake pedal.
in the hose have disappeared. i. Repeat steps (e) to (h) until all of the air bub-
3. Install: bles have disappeared from the brake fluid in
Brake fluid reservoir the plastic hose.
j. Tighten the bleed screw to specification.
NOTE:
Install the brake fluid reservoir temporarily. Bleed screw (front brake caliper)
6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)
T.
4. Bleed:
R
Bleed screw (rear brake caliper)

Hydraulic brake system 6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)
a. Fill the brake master cylinder reservoir or k. Fill the brake master cylinder reservoir or
brake fluid reservoir to the proper level with
brake fluid reservoir to the proper level with
the recommended brake fluid.
the recommended brake fluid.
b. Install the diaphragm (brake master cylinder Refer to CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID
reservoir or brake fluid reservoir).
LEVEL on page 3-21.
c. Connect a clear plastic hose 1 tightly to the
bleed screw 2.
3-23
CHASSIS
EWA13110
WARNING
After bleeding the hydraulic brake system,
check the brake operation.
a 2 1
1
5. Tighten:
Brake fluid reservoir bolt
b
Bleed fluid reservoir bolt
7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
T.
R
LOCTITE c. Tighten the locknuts to specification.
6. Install: Locknut
Sub-fuel tank cover 8 Nm (0.8 mkg, 5.8 ftlb)
T.
R
Rider seat
Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page 4-1. d. Make sure the installed shift rod length is
within specification.
EAS21380

ADJUSTING THE SHIFT PEDAL
EAS21430
NOTE: ADJUSTING THE DRIVE BELT SLACK
The shift pedal position is determined by the in- NOTE:
stalled shift rod length a.
The drive belt slack must be checked at the tight-
1. Measure: est point on the belt.
Installed shift rod length a ECA14950
Incorrect Adjust. CAUTION:
Installed shift rod length A drive belt that is too tight will overload the
255259 mm (10.0410.20 in) engine and other vital parts, and one that is
too loose can skip and damage the swing-
arm or cause an accident. Therefore, keep
the drive belt slack within the specified lim-
its.
NOTE:
Measure the drive belt slack when the engine is
cold, and when the drive belt is dry.
a EWA13120
WARNING
2. Adjust: Securely support the vehicle so that there is
Installed shift rod length no danger of it falling over.
NOTE:
a. Loosen both locknuts 1.
b. Turn the shift rod 2 in direction a or b to Place the vehicle on the sidestand and or on a
obtain the correct shift rod length. suitable stand so that the rear wheel is elevated.
2. Check:
Direction a Drive belt slack a
Installed shift rod length is increased. Out of specification Adjust.
Direction b
Installed shift rod length is decreased.
3-24
CHASSIS
1
a
b. Loosen both locknuts 2.

Drive belt slack (on the side- c. Turn both adjusting bolts 3 in direction a or
stand) b until the specified drive belt slack is ob-
5.07.0 mm (0.200.28 in) tained.
Drive belt slack (on a suitable
stand) Direction a
4.06.0 mm (0.160.24 in) Drive belt is tightened.
Direction b
Belt tension gauge Drive belt is loosened.
90890-03170
Rear drive belt tension gauge
YM-03170
b
NOTE:
The level marks of the level window on the low-
er drive belt cover are in units of 5 mm (0.20 in). a
Use them as a standard for measuring the 3
drive belt slack. 2
Measure the drive belt slack when the drive
belt has been pushed with 4.5 kg (10 lb) of
pressure using a belt tension gauge 1. NOTE:
Using the alignment marks on each side of the
swingarm, make sure that both belt pullers are in
the same position for proper wheel alignment.
d. Tighten the locknuts to specification.
Locknut
16 Nm (1.6 mkg, 11 ftlb)
T.
R
6 8 10 12 14
1 e. Tighten the rear wheel axle nut to specifica-

tion.
3. Remove: Rear wheel axle nut
Muffler 150 Nm (15.0 mkg, 110 ftlb)
T.
R

4. Adjust:
Drive belt slack 5. Install:
Muffler
NOTE: Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
Place the vehicle on a suitable stand so that the
rear wheel is elevated.
a. Loosen the rear wheel axle nut 1.
3-25
CHASSIS
EAS21510
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE

STEERING HEAD
EWA13120
WARNING
Securely support the vehicle so that there is
no danger of it falling over.
NOTE:
front wheel is elevated.
Steering nut wrench
2. Check: 90890-01403
Steering head Spanner wrench
Grasp the bottom of the front fork legs and YU-33975
gently rock the front fork.
Blinding/looseness Adjust the steering
head. Lower ring nut (initial tightening
torque)
T.
R
52 Nm (5.2 mkg, 37 ftlb)
c. Loosen the lower ring nut 4 completely and

then tighten it to specification with a steering
nut wrench.
EWA13140
WARNING
Do not overtighten the lower ring nut.
Lower ring nut (final tightening

3. Remove: torque)
T.
R
Upper bracket 18 Nm (1.8 mkg, 13 ftlb)

Refer to FRONT FORK on page 4-50.
4. Adjust: d. Check the steering head for looseness or
Steering head binding by turning the front fork all the way in
both directions. If any binding is felt, remove
a. Remove the lock washer 1, the upper ring the lower bracket and check the upper and
nut 2, and the rubber washer 3. lower bearings.
Refer to STEERING HEAD on page 4-59.
e. Install the rubber washer 3.
f. Install the upper ring nut 2.
NOTE:
Install the upper ring nut and lower ring nut with
their sharp-edged sides a facing each other.
g. Finger tighten the upper ring nut 2, and then
align the slots of both ring nuts. If necessary,
hold the lower ring nut and tighten the upper
b. Tighten the lower ring nut 4 to specification ring nut until their slots are aligned.
with a steering nut wrench 5. h. Install the lock washer 1.
NOTE: NOTE:
Set the torque wrench at a right angle to the Make sure the lock washer tabs b sit correctly
steering nut wrench. in the ring nut slots c.
3-26
CHASSIS
Spring preload
ECA13590
CAUTION:
Never go beyond the maximum or minimum
adjustment positions.
1. Remove:
Rear cylinder exhaust pipe
Coolant reservoir cover
2. Disconnect:
Fuel hose 1
5. Install: (from sub-fuel tank)
Upper bracket Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1.
EAS21530
CHECKING THE FRONT FORK 1

EWA13120
WARNING
2. Check:
Inner tube
3. Adjust:
Damage/scratches Replace.
Spring preload
Oil seal

Oil leakage Replace. a. Adjust the spring preload with the special
3. Hold the vehicle upright and apply the front wrench 1 and wrench handle 2 included in
brake. the owners tool kit.
4. Check: b. Turn the adjusting ring 3 in direction a or
Front fork operation b.
Push down hard on the handlebar several c. Align the desired position on the adjusting
times and check if the front fork rebounds ring with the stopper 4.
smoothly.
Rough movement Repair. Direction a
Refer to FRONT FORK on page 4-50. Spring preload is decreased (suspen-
sion is softer).
Direction b
Spring preload is increased (suspen-
sion is harder).
Spring preload adjusting positions

Minimum
1
Standard
4
EAS21590 Maximum
ADJUSTING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER 9
ASSEMBLY
EWA13120
WARNING
3-27
CHASSIS
Tire air pressure (measured on

cold tires)
4 56 7
8 9
Loading condition
1 3 12 34
090 kg (0198 lb)

3
Front
b 2 250 kPa (36 psi) (2.50 kgf/cm)
a
Rear
280 kPa (41 psi) (2.80 kgf/cm)
Loading condition
XVS13AW(C) 90210 kg (198
463 lb)
XVS13CTW(C) 90190 kg (198
4. Connect:
419 lb)
Fuel hose Front
Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1. 250 kPa (36 psi) (2.50 kgf/cm)
5. Install: Rear
Rear cylinder exhaust pipe 280 kPa (41 psi) (2.80 kgf/cm)
Coolant reservoir cover Maximum load
Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1. XVS13AW(C) 210 kg (463 lb)
XVS13CTW(C) 190 kg (419 lb)
EAS21650
CHECKING THE TIRES * Total weight of rider, passenger, cargo

The following procedure applies to both of the and accessories
tires. EWA13190
1. Check: WARNING
Tire pressure It is dangerous to ride with a worn-out tire.
Out of specification Regulate. When the tire tread reaches the wear limit, re-
place the tire immediately.
2. Check:
Tire surfaces
Damage/wear Replace the tire.
EWA13180
WARNING
The tire pressure should only be checked
and regulated when the tire temperature
equals the ambient air temperature.
The tire pressure and the suspension must 1. Tire tread depth
be adjusted according to the total weight 2. Side wall
(including cargo, rider, passenger and ac- 3. Wear indicator
cessories) and the anticipated riding
speed. Wear limit (front)
Operation of an overloaded vehicle could 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
cause tire damage, an accident or an injury. Wear limit (rear)
NEVER OVERLOAD THE VEHICLE. 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
3-28
CHASSIS
EWA14080
WARNING Rear tire

Do not use a tubeless tire on a wheel de- Size
signed only for tube tires to avoid tire fail- 170/70B 16M/C 75H
ure and personal injury from sudden Manufacturer/model
deflation. DUNLOP/K555
Manufacturer/model
When using a tube tire, be sure to install the
BRIDGESTONE/EXEDRA G722
correct tube. G
Always replace a new tube tire and a new
tube as a set. EWA13210
To avoid pinching the tube, make sure the WARNING

wheel rim band and tube are centered in the New tires have a relatively low grip on the
wheel groove. road surface until they have been slightly
Patching a punctured tube is not recom- worn. Therefore, approximately 100 km
mended. If it is absolutely necessary to do should be traveled at normal speed before
so, use great care and replace the tube as any high-speed riding is done.
soon as possible with a good quality re-
placement. NOTE:
For tires with a direction of rotation mark 1:
Install the tire with the mark pointing in the di-
rection of wheel rotation.
Align the mark 2 with the valve installation
point.
A. Tire
B. Wheel
Tube wheel Tube tire only

Tubeless wheel Tube or tubeless tire
EAS21670
EWA14090
CHECKING THE WHEELS
WARNING The following procedure applies to both of the
After extensive tests, the tires listed below wheels.
have been approved by Yamaha Motor Co., 1. Check:
Ltd. for this model. The front and rear tires Wheel
should always be by the same manufacturer Damage/out-of-round Replace.
and of the same design. No guarantee con- EWA13260
cerning handling characteristics can be giv- WARNING

en if a tire combination other than one Never attempt to make any repairs to the
approved by Yamaha is used on this vehicle. wheel.
NOTE:
Front tire
After a tire or wheel has been changed or re-
Size
130/9016M/C 67H placed, always balance the wheel.
Manufacturer/model
DUNLOP/D404F X EAS21690
Manufacturer/model CHECKING AND LUBRICATING THE

BRIDGESTONE/EXEDRA G721 CABLES
The following procedure applies to all of the in-
ner and outer cables.
3-29
CHASSIS
EWA13270
WARNING
Damaged outer cable may cause the cable to
corrode and interfere with its movement. Re-
place damaged outer cable and inner cables
as soon as possible.
1. Check:
Outer cable
Damage Replace.
2. Check:
Cable operation
Rough movement Lubricate.
Recommended lubricant
Engine oil or a suitable cable lu-
bricant
NOTE:
Hold the cable end upright and pour a few drops
of lubricant into the cable sheath or use a suit-
able lubricating device.
EAS21700
LUBRICATING THE LEVERS

Lubricate the pivoting points and metal-to-metal
moving parts of the levers.
Lithium-soap-based grease
EAS21710
LUBRICATING THE PEDAL

Lubricate the pivoting point and metal-to-metal
moving parts of the pedal.
EAS21720
LUBRICATING THE SIDESTAND

Lubricate the pivoting point and metal-to-metal
moving parts of the sidestand.
EAS21740
LUBRICATING THE REAR SUSPENSION

Lubricate the pivoting points and metal-to-metal
moving parts of the rear suspension.
Molybdenum disulfide grease
3-30
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
EAS21750
6. Remove:
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Headlight bulb 6
EAS21760
CHECKING AND CHARGING THE BATTERY

Refer to ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS on
page 8-67.
EAS21770
CHECKING THE FUSES 5

Refer to ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS on
page 8-67. 6
EAS21790
REPLACING THE HEADLIGHT BULB EWA13320
1. Remove: WARNING
Turn signal light bracket cover 1 Since the headlight bulb gets extremely hot,
keep flammable products and your hands
away from the bulb until it has cooled down.
7. Install:
Headlight bulb New
1 Secure the new headlight bulb with the head-
light bulb holder.
ECA13690
CAUTION:
Avoid touching the glass part of the head-
2. Remove: light bulb to keep it free from oil, otherwise
Headlight lens unit 2 the transparency of the glass, the life of the
bulb and the luminous flux will be adversely
2 affected. If the headlight bulb gets soiled,
thoroughly clean it with a cloth moistened
with alcohol or lacquer thinner.
8. Attach:
Headlight bulb holder
9. Install:
Bulb cover
10.Connect:
Headlight coupler
3. Disconnect: 11.Install:
Headlight coupler 3 Headlight lens unit
4. Remove: Turn signal light bracket cover
Bulb cover 4
5. Detach:
Headlight bulb holder 5
3-31
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
EAS21810
ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHT BEAM

1. Adjust:
Headlight beam (vertically)
a. Turn the adjusting screw 1 with a screw

driver in direction a or b.
Direction a
Headlight beam is raised.
Direction b
Headlight beam is lowered.
b a
2. Adjust:
Headlight beam (horizontally)
a. Turn the adjusting screw 1 with a screw

driver in direction a or b.
Direction a
Headlight beam moves to the left.
Direction b
Headlight beam moves to the right.
b a
3-32
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
3-33
CHASSIS
GENERAL CHASSIS ...................................................................................... 4-1
FRONT WHEEL .............................................................................................. 4-9

REMOVING THE FRONT WHEEL ......................................................... 4-11
DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT WHEEL................................................ 4-11
CHECKING THE FRONT WHEEL .......................................................... 4-11
ASSEMBLING THE FRONT WHEEL...................................................... 4-12
ADJUSTING THE FRONT WHEEL STATIC BALANCE ......................... 4-12
INSTALLING THE FRONT WHEEL (FRONT BRAKE DISC) ................. 4-13
REAR WHEEL............................................................................................... 4-15

REMOVING THE REAR WHEEL (DISC)................................................ 4-20
DISASSEMBLING THE REAR WHEEL .................................................. 4-20
CHECKING THE REAR WHEEL ............................................................ 4-20
CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER BRACKET........................... 4-20
CHECKING THE REAR WHEEL DRIVE HUB........................................ 4-20
CHECKING AND REPLACING THE REAR WHEEL PULLEY ............... 4-20
ASSEMBLING THE REAR WHEEL ........................................................ 4-21
ADJUSTING THE REAR WHEEL STATIC BALANCE ........................... 4-21
INSTALLING THE REAR WHEEL (REAR BRAKE DISC) ...................... 4-21
4
FRONT BRAKE............................................................................................. 4-22
INTRODUCTION..................................................................................... 4-27
CHECKING THE FRONT BRAKE DISCS............................................... 4-27
REPLACING THE FRONT BRAKE PADS .............................................. 4-28
REMOVING THE FRONT BRAKE CALIPERS ....................................... 4-29
DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT BRAKE CALIPERS ............................. 4-29
CHECKING THE FRONT BRAKE CALIPERS........................................ 4-29
ASSEMBLING THE FRONT BRAKE CALIPERS ................................... 4-30
INSTALLING THE FRONT BRAKE CALIPERS...................................... 4-30
REMOVING THE FRONT BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER....................... 4-31
CHECKING THE FRONT BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER ....................... 4-31
ASSEMBLING THE FRONT BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER ................... 4-31
INSTALLING THE FRONT BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER ..................... 4-32
REAR BRAKE............................................................................................... 4-34

INTRODUCTION..................................................................................... 4-40
CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE DISC ................................................... 4-40
REPLACING THE REAR BRAKE PADS ................................................ 4-40
REMOVING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER ............................................ 4-41
DISASSEMBLING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER .................................. 4-41
CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER............................................. 4-42
ASSEMBLING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER ........................................ 4-42
INSTALLING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER........................................... 4-42
REMOVING THE REAR BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER ......................... 4-43
CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER.......................... 4-43
ASSEMBLING THE REAR BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER ..................... 4-44
INSTALLING THE REAR BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER........................ 4-44
HANDLEBAR ................................................................................................ 4-45
REMOVING THE HANDLEBAR.............................................................. 4-47
CHECKING THE HANDLEBAR .............................................................. 4-47
INSTALLING THE HANDLEBAR ............................................................ 4-47
FRONT FORK ............................................................................................... 4-50

REMOVING THE FRONT FORK LEGS.................................................. 4-54
DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT FORK LEGS........................................ 4-54
CHECKING THE FRONT FORK LEGS .................................................. 4-55
ASSEMBLING THE FRONT FORK LEGS.............................................. 4-55
INSTALLING THE FRONT FORK LEGS ................................................ 4-57
STEERING HEAD ......................................................................................... 4-59

REMOVING THE LOWER BRACKET .................................................... 4-61
CHECKING THE STEERING HEAD....................................................... 4-61
INSTALLING THE STEERING HEAD..................................................... 4-61
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY .................................................... 4-63

HANDLING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER........................................ 4-65
DISPOSING OF A REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ..................................... 4-65
REMOVING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY .................. 4-65
CHECKING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY ................... 4-65
CHECKING THE CONNECTING ARM AND RELAY ARM..................... 4-66
INSTALLING THE RELAY ARM ............................................................. 4-66
INSTALLING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY ................. 4-66
SWINGARM .................................................................................................. 4-68

REMOVING THE SWINGARM ............................................................... 4-70
CHECKING THE SWINGARM ................................................................ 4-70
INSTALLING THE SWINGARM .............................................................. 4-70
BELT DRIVE ................................................................................................. 4-72

REMOVING THE DRIVE BELT AND DRIVE PULLEY ........................... 4-73
CHECKING THE DRIVE BELT ............................................................... 4-73
INSTALLING THE DRIVE BELT AND DRIVE PULLEY.......................... 4-73
GENERAL CHASSIS
EAS21830
GENERAL CHASSIS
Removing the windshield (for XVS13CT)
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib) 48 Nm (4.8 m kg, 35 ft Ib)

T
T
R
R
1
2
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

T
R
Order Job/Parts to remove Qty Remarks

Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page
Turn signal light bracket cover 4-1.
1 Windshield 1
2 Windshield bracket (left and right) 2
For installation, reverse the removal proce-
dure.
4-1
GENERAL CHASSIS
Removing the sidebags and backrest (for XVS13CT)

23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

R
R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
R
4 (4)
(4)
LT
6
5 1
2
6
3
LT
4
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

T
5
R
18 Nm (1.8 m kg, 13 ft Ib)

(4)
R
1
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
R
(4)
18 Nm (1.8 m kg, 13 ft Ib)

R
NOTE:
Water can be harmful to untreated leather.
Use Yamaha Saddle Soap or another quality
brand according to the manufacturers direc-
1 Sidebag (left and right) 2 tions to clean the leather on the sidebags.
Polish the dry leather with a soft cloth, and
then treat with Yamaha Mink Oil or another
high-quality leather protectant for increased
water resistance.
2 Backrest 1
3 Passenger footrest (left and right) 2
4 Sidebag bracket plate 2
5 Sidebag bracket (left and right) 2
6 Backrest bracket (left and right) 2
dure.
4-2
GENERAL CHASSIS
Removing the rider seat and left side cover
16 Nm (1.6 m kg, 11 ft Ib)
R
1 2
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
R
3
6
5
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

R
4 Nm (0.4 m kg, 2.9 ft Ib)

7
T
R

1 Rider seat 1
2 Passenger seat 1
3 Sub-fuel tank cover 1
4 Relay cover 1
5 Seat lock cable 1 Disconnect.
6 Seat lock bracket 1
7 Left side cover 1
dure.
4-3
GENERAL CHASSIS
Removing the headlight
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
T
R
4
8
6 5
3
7
1
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

R

1 Turn signal light bracket cover 1
2 Headlight lens unit 1
3 Headlight coupler 1 Disconnect.
4 Turn signal light coupler 2 Disconnect.
5 Meter assembly coupler 3 Disconnect.
6 Main switch coupler 2 Disconnect.
7 Plastic band bracket 1
8 Headlight body 1
dure.
4-4
GENERAL CHASSIS
Removing the battery
1 6
8
2 5
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib) 7

R
3
(4) 15
11 12
14
4
10 13
9
9

Rider seat/Sub-fuel tank cover 4-1.
1 Battery cover band 1
2 Battery cover 1
3 Tool kit 1
4 Tool kit tray 1
5 Negative battery lead 1 Disconnect.
6 Positive battery lead 1 Disconnect.
7 Battery 1
8 Battery band 1
9 ECU coupler 2 Disconnect.
10 ECU (engine control unit) 1
11 Fuse box 1
12 Main fuse 1
13 Relay unit 1
14 Rear brake fluid reservoir bolt 1
4-5
GENERAL CHASSIS
Removing the battery
1 6
8
2 5
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib) 7

R
3
(4) 15
11 12
14
4
10 13
9
9

15 Battery box 1
dure.
4-6
GENERAL CHASSIS
Removing the air filter case
4 Nm (0.4 m kg, 2.9 ft Ib)

T
R
New
5
New 2
(4) 1
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
T
R

1 Air filter case cover 1
2 Air filter element 1
3 Air filter case bracket 1
4 Crankcase breather hose 1 Disconnect.
5 Air filter case 1
dure.
4-7
GENERAL CHASSIS
Removing the relays
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
R
3
4 1
2
10 9
8
5
6
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib) 11

R

Rider seat/Sub-fuel tank cover/Battery box 4-1.
1 Positive battery lead 1 Disconnect.
2 Starter motor lead 1 Disconnect.
3 Starter relay coupler 1 Disconnect.
4 Starter relay 1
5 Crankshaft position sensor coupler 1 Disconnect.
6 Tail/brake light wire harness coupler 1 Disconnect.
7 Stator coil coupler 1 Disconnect.
8 Turn signal relay 1
9 Radiator fan motor relay 1
10 Headlight relay 1
11 Relay bracket 1
dure.
4-8
FRONT WHEEL
EAS21870
FRONT WHEEL
Removing the front wheel and brake discs
40 Nm (4.0 m kg, 29 ft Ib)

R
59 Nm (5.9 m kg, 43 ft Ib)

R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

R
20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib) 1

T
R
LT
6
(6) 2
1
5
40 Nm (4.0 m kg, 29 ft Ib)
T
R
6
LT
(6)
4 23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
R
NOTE:
Place the vehicle on a suitable stand so that
the front wheel is elevated.
Reflectors Refer to FRONT BRAKE on page 4-22.

1 Front brake caliper 2
2 Front wheel axle pinch bolt 1 Loosen.
3 Front wheel axle 1
4 Front wheel 1
5 Collar 2
6 Front brake disc 2
dure.
4-9
FRONT WHEEL
Disassembling the front wheel
New 1
2
LS
3
2
1 New
LS

1 Oil seal 2
2 Wheel bearing 2
3 Spacer 1
For assembly, reverse the disassembly pro-
cedure.
4-10
FRONT WHEEL
EAS21900
REMOVING THE FRONT WHEEL

EWA13120
WARNING
2. Remove:
Front brake calipers
NOTE:
Do not apply the brake lever when removing the
brake calipers. EAS21920
CHECKING THE FRONT WHEEL

3. Elevate:
1. Check:
Front wheel
Wheel axle
NOTE: Roll the wheel axle on a flat surface.
Place the vehicle on a suitable stand so that the Bends Replace.
front wheel is elevated. EWA13460
WARNING
EAS21910 Do not attempt to straighten a bent wheel ax-
DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT WHEEL le.
1. Remove:
Oil seals
Wheel bearings
a. Clean the outside of the front wheel hub.

b. Remove the oil seals 1 with a flathead
screwdriver.
NOTE:
To prevent damaging the wheel, place a rag 2
between the screwdriver and the wheel surface.
2. Check:
Tire
Front wheel
Damage/wear Replace.
Refer to CHECKING THE TIRES on page
3-28 and CHECKING THE WHEELS on
page 3-29.
3. Measure:
Radial wheel runout 1
Lateral wheel runout 2
c. Remove the wheel bearings 3 with a gener- Over the specified limits Replace.
al bearing puller.
Radial wheel runout limit
1.0 mm (0.04 in)
Lateral wheel runout limit
0.5 mm (0.02 in)
4-11
FRONT WHEEL
4. Check:
Wheel bearings EAS21970
Front wheel turns roughly or is loose Re- ADJUSTING THE FRONT WHEEL STATIC
place the wheel bearings. BALANCE
Oil seals NOTE:
After replacing the tire, wheel or both, the front
wheel static balance should be adjusted.
Adjust the front wheel static balance with the
brake discs installed.
1. Remove:
Balancing weight(s)
2. Find:
Front wheels heavy spot
NOTE:
Place the front wheel on a suitable balancing
EAS21960
stand.
ASSEMBLING THE FRONT WHEEL
1. Install:
a. Spin the front wheel.
Wheel bearings New b. When the front wheel stops, put an X1 mark
Oil seals New at the bottom of the wheel.
a. Install the new wheel bearings and oil seals in

the reverse order of disassembly.
ECA3D81004
CAUTION:
Do not contact the wheel bearing inner race
1 or balls 2. Contact should be made
only with the outer race 3.
NOTE:
Use a socket 4 that matches the diameter of
the wheel bearing outer race and oil seal. c. Turn the front wheel 90 so that the X1 mark
is positioned as shown.
d. Release the front wheel.
e. When the wheel stops, put an X2 mark at
the bottom of the wheel.
4-12
FRONT WHEEL

a. Turn the front wheel and make sure it stays at
each position shown.
f. Repeat steps (c) through (e) several times

until all the marks come to rest at the same
spot.
g. The spot where all the marks come to rest is b. If the front wheel does not remain stationary
the front wheels heavy spot X. at all of the positions, rebalance it.

3. Adjust: EAS22000
Front wheel static balance INSTALLING THE FRONT WHEEL (FRONT
BRAKE DISC)
a. Install a balancing weight 1 onto the rim ex- The following procedure applies to both of the
actly opposite the heavy spot X. brake discs.
1. Install:
Front brake disc
Front brake disc bolt

23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
T.
R
LOCTITE
NOTE:
Tighten the brake disc bolts in stages and in a
crisscross pattern.
NOTE:
Start with the lightest weight.
b. Turn the front wheel 90 so that the heavy
spot is positioned as shown.
2. Check:
Front brake discs
Refer to CHECKING THE FRONT BRAKE
DISCS on page 4-27.
3. Lubricate:
c. If the heavy spot does not stay in that posi- Oil seal lips
tion, install a heavier weight.
d. Repeat steps (b) and (c) until the front wheel Recommended lubricant
is balanced. Lithium-soap-based grease
4. Check: 4. Install:
Front wheel static balance Front wheel
4-13
FRONT WHEEL
NOTE:
Install the tire and wheel with the marks 1
pointing in the direction of wheel rotation.
5. Tighten:
Front wheel axle
Front wheel axle pinch bolt
Front wheel axle

59 Nm (5.9 mkg, 43 ftlb)
T.
R
Front wheel axle pinch bolt

20 Nm (2.0 mkg, 14 ftlb)
ECA3D81011
CAUTION:
Before tightening the wheel axle, push down
hard on the handlebar several times and
check if the front fork rebounds smoothly.
6. Install:
Front brake calipers
Front brake caliper bolt

40 Nm (4.0 mkg, 29 ftlb)
T.
R
EWA3D81008
WARNING
Make sure the brake hoses are routed prop-
erly.
4-14
REAR WHEEL
EAS22020
REAR WHEEL
Removing the rear fender
16 Nm (1.6 m kg, 11 ft Ib)
T
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
R
6 4
1 5

Rider seat/Passenger seat/Seat lock brack- Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page
et/Tool kit tray 4-1.
1 Tail/brake light wire harness coupler 1 Disconnect.
2 Rear fender bracket 2
3 Passenger seat bracket 1
4 Passenger seat guide 1
5 Rear fender assembly 1
6 Mudguard 1
dure.
4-15
REAR WHEEL
Removing the rear wheel
27 Nm (2.7 m kg, 19 ft Ib)
T
R
16 Nm (1.6 m kg, 11 ft Ib)
T
150 Nm (15.0 m kg, 110 ft lb)
T
R
4
5
7 6
9
LS
4
16 Nm (1.6 m kg, 11 ft Ib) 5
R
8 10 2
1
LS
3
11
3
12
LS
14
13
27 Nm (2.7 m kg, 19 ft Ib)

T
R
NOTE:
Place the vehicle on a suitable stand so that
the rear wheel is elevated.
Muffler Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.

1 Rear brake caliper 1
2 Rear brake pad 2
3 Brake pad spring 2
4 Drive belt adjusting locknut 2 Loosen.
5 Drive belt adjusting bolt 2 Loosen.
6 Rear wheel axle nut 1
7 Washer 1
8 Rear wheel axle 1
9 Right drive belt puller 1
10 Left drive belt puller 1
11 Rear brake caliper bracket 1
12 Collar 1 Black
13 Collar 1 Silver
4-16
REAR WHEEL
Removing the rear wheel
27 Nm (2.7 m kg, 19 ft Ib)
T
R
16 Nm (1.6 m kg, 11 ft Ib)
T
150 Nm (15.0 m kg, 110 ft lb)
T
R
4
5
7 6
9
LS
4
16 Nm (1.6 m kg, 11 ft Ib) 5
R
8 10 2
1
LS
3
11
3
12
LS
14
13
27 Nm (2.7 m kg, 19 ft Ib)

T
R

14 Rear wheel 1
dure.
4-17
REAR WHEEL
Removing the rear brake disc and rear wheel drive hub
T
R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
LT
2
(6)
1 LS
10
6
7
11 8
5
9
4
3

1 Rear brake disc 1
2 Rear wheel pulley 1
3 Oil seal 1
4 Circlip 1
5 Rear wheel drive hub 1
6 Circlip 1
7 Bearing 1
8 Collar 1
9 Bearing 1
10 Rear wheel drive hub damper 6
11 Rear wheel 1
dure.
4-18
REAR WHEEL
Disassembling the rear wheel
New 3 4 New
5
6
LS
2
1

1 Collar 1
2 Bearing 1
3 Oil seal 1
4 Circlip 1
5 Bearing 1
6 Spacer 1
cedure.
4-19
REAR WHEEL
EAS28760
Oil seals
REMOVING THE REAR WHEEL (DISC)
Refer to CHECKING THE FRONT WHEEL
EWA13120
on page 4-11.
WARNING 2. Check:
Securely support the vehicle so that there is Tire
no danger of it falling over. Rear wheel
NOTE: Refer to CHECKING THE TIRES on page
Place the vehicle on a suitable stand so that the 3-28 and CHECKING THE WHEELS on
rear wheel is elevated. page 3-29.
3. Measure:
2. Remove: Radial wheel runout
Rear brake caliper Lateral wheel runout
NOTE: Refer to CHECKING THE FRONT WHEEL
Do not depress the brake pedal when removing on page 4-11.
the brake caliper.
Radial wheel runout limit
3. Loosen: 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
Drive belt adjusting locknuts 1 Lateral wheel runout limit
Drive belt adjusting bolts 2 0.5 mm (0.02 in)
EAS3D81016
CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER

BRACKET
1. Check:
Rear brake caliper bracket
1 2
EAS22110
CHECKING THE REAR WHEEL DRIVE HUB

1. Check:
4. Remove: Rear wheel drive hub
Rear wheel axle nut Cracks/damage Replace.
Rear wheel axle Rear wheel drive hub dampers
Rear wheel Damage/wear Replace.
NOTE: EAS22130
Push the rear wheel forward and remove the CHECKING AND REPLACING THE REAR
drive belt from the rear wheel pulley. WHEEL PULLEY
1. Check:
EAS22080 Rear wheel pulley
DISASSEMBLING THE REAR WHEEL Surface plating has come off Replace the
1. Remove: rear wheel pulley.
Oil seals Bent teeth Replace the rear wheel pulley.
Wheel bearings 2. Replace:
Refer to DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT Rear wheel pulley
WHEEL on page 4-11.
a. Remove the self-locking nuts and the rear
EAS22090
CHECKING THE REAR WHEEL wheel pulley.

1. Check: b. Clean the rear wheel drive hub with a clean
Rear wheel axle cloth, especially the surfaces that contact the
Rear wheel pulley.
Wheel bearings c. Install the new rear wheel pulley.
4-20
REAR WHEEL
Rear wheel pulley self-locking Rear brake disc bolt

T. nut 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
T.
R
R
95 Nm (9.5 mkg, 68 ftlb) LOCTITE
NOTE: NOTE:
Tighten the self-locking nuts in stages and in a Apply locking agent (LOCTITE) to the
crisscross pattern. threads of the brake disc bolts.
crisscross pattern.
LT
EAS22140
ASSEMBLING THE REAR WHEEL 3. Check:

1. Install: Rear brake disc
Wheel bearings New Refer to CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE
Oil seals New DISC on page 4-40.
Refer to ASSEMBLING THE FRONT 4. Install:
WHEEL on page 4-12. Rear wheel axle
Washer
EAS22150 Rear wheel axle nut
ADJUSTING THE REAR WHEEL STATIC
NOTE:
BALANCE
Temporarily tighten the wheel axle nut.
NOTE:
After replacing the tire, wheel or both, the rear 5. Adjust:
wheel static balance should be adjusted. Drive belt slack
Adjust the rear wheel static balance with the Refer to ADJUSTING THE DRIVE BELT
brake disc and rear wheel drive hub installed. SLACK on page 3-24.
6. Tighten:
1. Adjust: Rear wheel axle nut
Rear wheel static balance
Refer to ADJUSTING THE FRONT WHEEL Rear wheel axle nut
STATIC BALANCE on page 4-12. 150 Nm (15.0 mkg, 110 ftlb)
T.
R
EAS28770
7. Install:
INSTALLING THE REAR WHEEL (REAR
Rear brake caliper
BRAKE DISC)
1. Lubricate: Rear brake caliper
Rear wheel axle 27 Nm (2.7 mkg, 19 ftlb)
T.
R
Oil seal lips

EWA13500
Recommended lubricant WARNING

Lithium-soap-based grease Make sure the brake hose is routed properly.
2. Install:
Rear brake disc
4-21
FRONT BRAKE
EAS22210
FRONT BRAKE
Removing the front brake pads
3
6 Nm (0.6 m kg, 4.3 ft Ib)
T
R
27 Nm (2.7 m kg, 19 ft Ib)

2
LS
4
2
27 Nm (2.7 m kg, 19 ft Ib) 4

T
R
6
5

The following procedure applies to both of
the front brake calipers.
1 Reflector 1
2 Front brake caliper retaining bolt 2
4 Front brake pad 2
5 Brake pad shim 1
6 Front brake pad spring 1
7 Front brake pad support 2
dure.
4-22
FRONT BRAKE
Removing the front brake master cylinder

10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
T
R
2 11
7
1
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
R
12
LS 6
New 9 13
5
8
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
T
R
30 Nm (3.0 m kg, 22 ft Ib) 10

T
R

Drain.
Brake fluid Refer to BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC
BRAKE SYSTEM on page 3-22.
1 Right rearview mirror 1
2 Brake master cylinder reservoir cap 1
Brake master cylinder reservoir diaphragm hold-
3 1
er
4 Brake master cylinder reservoir diaphragm 1
5 Brake lever 1
6 Spring 1
7 Front brake light switch connector 2 Disconnect.
8 Front brake hose union bolt 1
9 Copper washer 2
10 Front brake hose 1
11 Front brake master cylinder holder 1
12 Front brake master cylinder 1
13 Front brake light switch 1
dure.
4-23
FRONT BRAKE
Disassembling the front brake master cylinder
3 New
2 New

1 Dust boot 1
2 Circlip 1
3 Brake master cylinder kit 1
4 Brake master cylinder body 1
cedure.
4-24
FRONT BRAKE
Removing the front brake calipers
4 3
40 Nm (4.0 m kg, 29 ft Ib)

R
1 30 Nm (3.0 m kg, 22 ft Ib)

4 5 2 New
T
R

Reflector Refer to FRONT BRAKE on page 4-22.
Drain.
1 Front brake hose union bolt 1
2 Copper washer 2
3 Front brake hose 1
4 Front brake caliper bracket bolt 2
dure.
4-25
FRONT BRAKE
Disassembling the front brake calipers
6 Nm (0.6 m kg, 4.3 ft Ib) LS

R
LS 5
LS 7 New
8
LS
1
27 Nm (2.7 m kg, 19 ft Ib)

3
T
R
4
7 New
8

1 Front brake caliper retaining bolt 2
3 Brake pad 2
4 Brake pad shim 1
5 Brake pad support 2
6 Brake caliper bracket 1
7 Brake caliper piston seal 4
8 Brake caliper piston 2
9 Bleed screw 1
cedure.
4-26
FRONT BRAKE
EAS22220
INTRODUCTION Brake disc deflection limit

EWA14100
0.12 mm (0.0047 in)
WARNING
Disc brake components rarely require disas-
sembly. Therefore, always follow these pre- a. Place the vehicle on a suitable stand so that
ventive measures: the front wheel is elevated.
Never disassemble brake components un- b. Before measuring the front brake disc deflec-
less absolutely necessary. tion, turn the handlebar to the left or right to
If any connection on the hydraulic brake ensure that the front wheel is stationary.
system is disconnected, the entire brake c. Remove the brake caliper.
system must be disassembled, drained, d. Hold the dial gauge at a right angle against
cleaned, properly filled, and bled after reas- the brake disc surface.
sembly. e. Measure the deflection 2 mm (0.08 in) below
Never use solvents on internal brake com- the edge of the brake disc.
ponents.
Use only clean or new brake fluid for clean- 4. Measure:
ing brake components. Brake disc thickness
Brake fluid may damage painted surfaces Measure the brake disc thickness at a few dif-
and plastic parts. Therefore, always clean ferent locations.
up any spilt brake fluid immediately. Out of specification Replace.
Avoid brake fluid coming into contact with
the eyes as it can cause serious injury. Brake disc thickness limit
FIRST AID FOR BRAKE FLUID ENTERING 4.5 mm (0.18 in)
THE EYES:
Flush with water for 15 minutes and get im-
mediate medical attention.
EAS22240
CHECKING THE FRONT BRAKE DISCS

The following procedure applies to both brake
discs.
1. Remove:
Front wheel
Refer to FRONT WHEEL on page 4-9.
2. Check: 5. Adjust:
Brake disc Brake disc deflection
Damage/galling Replace.
3. Measure: a. Remove the brake disc.
Brake disc deflection b. Rotate the brake disc by one bolt hole.
Out of specification Correct the brake disc c. Install the brake disc.
deflection or replace the brake disc.
Brake disc bolt
23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
T.
R
LOCTITE
NOTE:
crisscross pattern.
4-27
FRONT BRAKE
2. Install:
Brake pads
Brake pad spring
NOTE:
Always install new brake pads and a new brake
pad spring as a set.

a. Connect a clear plastic hose 1 tightly to the
bleed screw 2. Put the other end of the hose
into an open container.
d. Measure the brake disc deflection.
e. If out of specification, repeat the adjustment
steps until the brake disc deflection is within 2
specification.
f. If the brake disc deflection cannot be brought
within specification, replace the brake disc.
1
6. Install:
Front wheel
Refer to FRONT WHEEL on page 4-9.
EAS22260 b. Loosen the bleed screw and push the brake
REPLACING THE FRONT BRAKE PADS caliper pistons into the brake caliper with your
NOTE: finger.
When replacing the brake pads, it is not neces- c. Tighten the bleed screw to specification.
sary to disconnect the brake hose or disassem-
Bleed screw
ble the brake caliper. 6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)
T.
R
1. Measure:
Brake pad wear limit a d. Install a new brake pad shim, new brake
Out of specification Replace the brake pads, and a new brake pad spring.
pads as a set.
3. Lubricate:
Brake pad lining thickness (in- Front brake caliper retaining bolts
ner)
6.0 mm (0.24 in) Recommended lubricant
Limit Lithium-soap-based grease
0.8 mm (0.03 in)
Brake pad lining thickness (out- ECA14150
er) CAUTION:
6.0 mm (0.24 in) Do not allow grease to contact the brake
Limit pads.
0.8 mm (0.03 in) Remove any excess grease.
4. Install:
Brake caliper retaining bolts
Brake caliper retaining bolt

27 Nm (2.7 mkg, 19 ftlb)
T.
R
a
5. Check:
Brake fluid level
Below the minimum level mark a Add the
recommended brake fluid to the proper level.
4-28
FRONT BRAKE
Refer to CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID

LEVEL on page 3-21. 2 New
1
LOWER
a
2 New
1

a. Blow compressed air into the brake hose joint
6. Check: opening a to force out the piston from the
Brake lever operation brake caliper.
EWA3D81009
Soft or spongy feeling Bleed the brake sys- WARNING
tem.
Refer to BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC Cover the brake caliper pistons with a rag.
BRAKE SYSTEM on page 3-22. Be careful not to get injured when the pis-
ton are expelled from the brake caliper.
EAS22300 Never try to pry out the brake caliper pis-
REMOVING THE FRONT BRAKE CALIPERS ton.
The following procedure applies to both of the
brake calipers.
NOTE:
Before removing the brake caliper, drain the a
brake fluid from the entire brake system.
1. Remove:
Front brake hose union bolt 1
Copper washers
Front brake hose 2
b. Remove the brake caliper piston seals.

2
EAS22390
CHECKING THE FRONT BRAKE CALIPERS

Recommended brake component replace-
ment schedule
1 Brake pads If necessary
Piston seals Every two years
NOTE: Brake hoses Every four years
Put the end of the brake hose into a container Every two years and
and pump out the brake fluid carefully. Brake fluid whenever the brake
is disassembled
EAS22350
DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT BRAKE 1. Check:

CALIPERS Brake caliper pistons 1
The following procedure applies to both of the Rust/scratches/wear Replace the brake
brake calipers. caliper pistons.
1. Remove: Brake caliper cylinders 2
Brake caliper pistons 1 Scratches/wear Replace the brake caliper
Brake caliper piston seals 2 assembly.
4-29
FRONT BRAKE
Brake caliper body 3

Cracks/damage Replace the brake caliper Front brake hose union bolt
assembly. 30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb)
T.
R
Brake fluid delivery passages EWA13530
(brake caliper body) WARNING

Obstruction Blow out with compressed air. Proper brake hose routing is essential to in-
EWA13600
WARNING sure safe vehicle operation. Refer to CABLE

ROUTING on page 2-43.
Whenever a brake caliper is disassembled,
ECA14170
replace the piston seals.
CAUTION:
When installing the brake hose onto the
brake caliper 1, make sure the brake pipe
a touches the projection b on the brake
caliper.
2
a
1 b
2. Check:
Brake caliper bracket
3
EAS22410
ASSEMBLING THE FRONT BRAKE

CALIPERS 2. Remove:
EWA13620 Front brake caliper
WARNING 3. Install:
Before installation, all internal brake com- Brake pad supports
ponents should be cleaned and lubricated Brake pads
with clean or new brake fluid. Brake pad spring
Never use solvents on internal brake com- Front brake caliper
ponents as they will cause the piston seals
Front brake caliper retaining bolt
to swell and distort.
27 Nm (2.7 mkg, 19 ftlb)
T.

R
Front brake caliper bracket bolt

replace the brake caliper piston seals. 40 Nm (4.0 mkg, 29 ftlb)
Recommended fluid Refer to REPLACING THE FRONT BRAKE

DOT 4 PADS on page 4-28.
4. Fill:
EAS22440
Brake master cylinder reservoir
INSTALLING THE FRONT BRAKE CALIPERS (with the specified amount of the recom-
The following procedure applies to both of the mended brake fluid)
brake calipers.
1. Install: Recommended fluid
Front brake caliper 1 DOT 4
(temporarily)
EWA3D81010
Copper washers New WARNING
Front brake hose 2
brake performance.
4-30
FRONT BRAKE
Refill with the same type of brake fluid that NOTE:

is already in the system. Mixing brake fluids To collect any remaining brake fluid, place a
may result in a harmful chemical reaction, container under the master cylinder and the end
leading to poor brake performance. of the brake hose.
When refilling, be careful that water does
not enter the brake master cylinder reser-
voir. Water will significantly lower the boil- 2
ing point of the brake fluid and could cause
vapor lock.
ECA13540
CAUTION: 3
Brake fluid may damage painted surfaces 1
and plastic parts. Therefore, always clean up
any spilt brake fluid immediately.
5. Bleed: EAS22500
Brake system CHECKING THE FRONT BRAKE MASTER
Refer to BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC CYLINDER
BRAKE SYSTEM on page 3-22. 1. Check:
6. Check: Brake master cylinder
Brake fluid level Damage/scratches/wear Replace.
Below the minimum level mark a Add the Brake fluid delivery passages
recommended brake fluid to the proper level. (brake master cylinder body)
Refer to CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID Obstruction Blow out with compressed air.
LEVEL on page 3-21. 2. Check:
Brake master cylinder kit
Damage/scratches/wear Replace.
3. Check:
Brake master cylinder reservoir
LOWER Cracks/damage Replace.
a
Brake master cylinder reservoir diaphragm
4. Check:
Brake hoses
7. Check:
EAS22520
Brake lever operation ASSEMBLING THE FRONT BRAKE MASTER
Soft or spongy feeling Bleed the brake sys- CYLINDER
tem. EWA13520
Refer to BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC WARNING

BRAKE SYSTEM on page 3-22. Before installation, all internal brake com-
EAS22490
ponents should be cleaned and lubricated
REMOVING THE FRONT BRAKE MASTER with clean or new brake fluid.
CYLINDER Never use solvents on internal brake com-
NOTE: ponents.
Before removing the front brake master cylinder,
drain the brake fluid from the entire brake sys- Recommended fluid
tem. DOT 4
1. Remove:
Copper washers 2
Front brake hose 3
4-31
FRONT BRAKE
EAS22530
INSTALLING THE FRONT BRAKE MASTER

CYLINDER
1. Install:
Brake master cylinder 1
Front brake master cylinder holder 2 3050

er bolt 2
T.
R
10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)

1
NOTE: 3. Fill:
Install the brake master cylinder holder with the Brake master cylinder reservoir
UP mark facing up. (with the specified amount of the recom-
Align the end of the brake master cylinder hold- mended brake fluid)
er with the punch mark a on the handlebar.
First, tighten the upper bolt, then the lower bolt. Recommended fluid
DOT 4
EWA13540
1 WARNING
brake performance.
a 2 is already in the system. Mixing brake fluids
2. Install: leading to poor brake performance.
Copper washers New not enter the brake master cylinder reser-
Front brake hose 1 voir. Water will significantly lower the boil-
Front brake hose union bolt 2 ing point of the brake fluid and could cause
vapor lock.
Front brake hose union bolt
30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb) ECA13540
T.
R
CAUTION:
EWA13530
Brake fluid may damage painted surfaces
WARNING
and plastic parts. Therefore, always clean up
Proper brake hose routing is essential to in- any spilt brake fluid immediately.
sure safe vehicle operation. Refer to CABLE
ROUTING on page 2-43. 4. Bleed:
Brake system
NOTE: Refer to BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC
Install the brake hose to the front brake master BRAKE SYSTEM on page 3-22.
cylinder within the angle shown in the illustra- 5. Check:
tion. Brake fluid level
While holding the brake hose, tighten the union Below the minimum level mark a Add the
bolt. recommended brake fluid to the proper level.
Turn the handlebar to the left and right to make Refer to CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID
sure the brake hose does not touch other parts LEVEL on page 3-21.
(e.g., wire harness, cables, and leads). Correct
if necessary.
4-32
FRONT BRAKE
LOWER
a
6. Check:
Brake lever operation
Soft or spongy feeling Bleed the brake sys-
tem.
Refer to BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC
4-33
REAR BRAKE
EAS22550
REAR BRAKE
Removing the rear brake pads
6 Nm (0.6 m kg, 4.3 ft Ib) 4

T
R
2
LS
1
27 Nm (2.7 m kg, 19 ft Ib)
T
R

1 Rear brake caliper retaining bolt 2
3 Rear brake pad 2
dure.
4-34
REAR BRAKE
Removing the rear brake master cylinder
1 13
2
3 10 6
7
11
LT
12 16 Nm (1.6 m kg, 11 ft Ib)
T
R
New 9
4 8
5
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

T
R

T
T
R
R

Drain.
Sub-fuel tank cover 4-1.
1 Brake fluid reservoir cap 1
2 Brake fluid reservoir diaphragm holder 1
3 Brake fluid reservoir diaphragm 1
4 Brake fluid reservoir 1
5 Brake fluid reservoir hose 1
6 Locknut (rear brake master cylinder) 1 Loosen.
7 Brake pedal adjusting bolt 1 Loosen.
8 Rear brake hose union bolt 1
9 Copper washer 2
10 Rear brake hose 1
11 Rear brake master cylinder bracket 1
12 Rear brake master cylinder cover 1
4-35
REAR BRAKE
Removing the rear brake master cylinder
1 13
2
3 10 6
7
11
LT
12 16 Nm (1.6 m kg, 11 ft Ib)
T
R
New 9
4 8
5
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

T
R

T
T
R
R

13 Rear brake master cylinder 1
dure.
4-36
REAR BRAKE
Disassembling the rear brake master cylinder
1
2 New
4 New
3 New
5
6 New
LS

1 Dust boot 1
2 Circlip 1
3 Brake master cylinder kit 1
4 Circlip 1
5 Brake hose joint 1
6 O-ring 1
7 Brake master cylinder body 1
cedure.
4-37
REAR BRAKE
Removing the rear brake caliper
LS
4
3
1
4 2 New
30 Nm (3.0 m kg, 22 ft Ib)
R
27 Nm (2.7 m kg, 19 ft Ib)

T
R

Drain.
1 Rear brake hose union bolt 1
2 Copper washer 2
3 Rear brake hose 1
4 Rear brake caliper retaining bolt 2
dure.
4-38
REAR BRAKE
Disassembling the rear brake caliper
New 2
T
R
6 Nm (0.6 m kg, 4.3 ft Ib)
LS

1 Brake caliper piston 1
2 Brake caliper piston seal 2
3 Bleed screw 1
cedure.
4-39
REAR BRAKE
EAS22560
INTRODUCTION
EWA14100
DISCS on page 4-27.
WARNING
Brake disc thickness limit
Disc brake components rarely require disas- 5.5 mm (0.22 in)
sembly. Therefore, always follow these pre-
ventive measures: 5. Adjust:
Never disassemble brake components un- Brake disc deflection
less absolutely necessary. Refer to CHECKING THE FRONT BRAKE
If any connection on the hydraulic brake DISCS on page 4-27.
system is disconnected, the entire brake
system must be disassembled, drained, Brake disc bolt
cleaned, properly filled, and bled after reas- 23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
T.
R
sembly. LOCTITE
Never use solvents on internal brake com-
ponents. 6. Install:
Use only clean or new brake fluid for clean- Rear wheel
ing brake components. Refer to REAR WHEEL on page 4-15.
Brake fluid may damage painted surfaces EAS22580
and plastic parts. Therefore, always clean REPLACING THE REAR BRAKE PADS
up any spilt brake fluid immediately. NOTE:
Avoid brake fluid coming into contact with When replacing the brake pads, it is not neces-
the eyes as it can cause serious injury. sary to disconnect the brake hose or disassem-
FIRST AID FOR BRAKE FLUID ENTERING ble the brake caliper.
THE EYES:
Flush with water for 15 minutes and get im- 1. Measure:
mediate medical attention. Brake pad wear limit a
Out of specification Replace the brake
EAS22570 pads as a set.
CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE DISC
1. Remove: Brake pad lining thickness (in-
Rear wheel ner)
5.8 mm (0.23 in)
Refer to REAR WHEEL on page 4-15.
Limit
2. Check: 0.8 mm (0.03 in)
Brake disc Brake pad lining thickness (out-
Damage/galling Replace. er)
3. Measure: 5.8 mm (0.23 in)
Brake disc deflection Limit
Out of specification Correct the brake disc 0.8 mm (0.03 in)
deflection or replace the brake disc.
DISCS on page 4-27.
Brake disc deflection limit

a
0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
NOTE:
Measure the deflection 1.5 mm (0.06 in) below
the edge of the brake disc.
4. Measure:
2. Install:
Brake disc thickness
Brake pads
Measure the brake disc thickness at a few dif-
Brake pad springs
ferent locations.
Out of specification Replace.
4-40
REAR BRAKE
NOTE: Refer to BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC

Always install new brake pads and brake pad BRAKE SYSTEM on page 3-22.
springs as a set. EAS22590
REMOVING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER
a. Connect a clear plastic hose 1 tightly to the NOTE:

bleed screw 2. Put the other end of the hose Before removing the brake caliper, drain the
into an open container. brake fluid from the entire brake system.
b. Loosen the bleed screw and push the brake
1. Remove:
caliper piston into the brake caliper with your
Rear brake hose union bolt 1
fingers.
Copper washers 2
2 Rear brake hose 3
NOTE:
Put the end of the brake hose into a container
1 and pump out the brake fluid carefully.
c. Tighten the bleed screw to specification.
Bleed screw
6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)
T.
2
R
1 3
EAS22600
3. Install:
DISASSEMBLING THE REAR BRAKE
Rear brake caliper
CALIPER
Rear brake caliper retaining bolt 1. Remove:
27 Nm (2.7 mkg, 19 ftlb) Brake caliper piston
T.
R
Brake caliper piston seals

4. Check:
Brake fluid level a. Blow compressed air into the brake hose joint
Below the minimum level mark a Add the opening a to force out the piston from the
recommended brake fluid to the proper level. brake caliper.
EWA13550
Refer to CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID WARNING
LEVEL on page 3-21.
Cover the brake caliper piston with a rag.
Be careful not to get injured when the pis-
ton is expelled from the brake caliper.
a
UP
Never try to pry out the brake caliper pis-
LOWER
ton.
5. Check:
Brake pedal operation
tem. a
4-41
REAR BRAKE
b. Remove the brake caliper piston seals. Whenever a brake caliper is disassembled,
replace the brake caliper piston seals.
EAS22640
CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER Recommended fluid

Recommended brake component replace- DOT 4
ment schedule
EAS22670
Brake pads If necessary INSTALLING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER

Piston seals Every two years 1. Install:
Rear brake caliper 1
Brake hoses Every four years (temporarily)
Every two years and Copper washers New
Brake fluid whenever the brake Rear brake hose 2
is disassembled
Rear brake hose union bolt 3
1. Check:
Rear brake hose union bolt
Brake caliper piston 1
30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb)
Rust/scratches/wear Replace the brake
T.
R
caliper piston. EWA13530
Brake caliper cylinder 2 WARNING

Scratches/wear Replace the brake caliper Proper brake hose routing is essential to in-
assembly. sure safe vehicle operation. Refer to CABLE
Brake caliper body 3 ROUTING on page 2-43.
Cracks/damage Replace the brake caliper ECA14170
assembly. CAUTION:
Brake fluid delivery passages
(brake caliper body)
brake caliper 1, make sure the brake pipe
Obstruction Blow out with compressed air.
EWA13610
a touches the projection b on the brake
WARNING caliper.
replace the brake caliper piston seals.
b
3
1
1
3 a 2
2 2. Remove:
Rear brake caliper
3. Install:
EAS22650
ASSEMBLING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER Brake pads

EWA13620 Brake pad springs
WARNING Rear brake caliper
Before installation, all internal brake com- Refer to REPLACING THE REAR BRAKE
ponents should be cleaned and lubricated PADS on page 4-40.
with clean or new brake fluid.
Never use solvents on internal brake com- Rear brake caliper retaining bolt
27 Nm (2.7 mkg, 19 ftlb)
T.
ponents as they will cause the piston seals

R
to swell and distort.
4-42
REAR BRAKE
4. Fill: EAS22700
REMOVING THE REAR BRAKE MASTER

Brake fluid reservoir
CYLINDER
mended brake fluid) NOTE:
Before removing the rear brake master cylinder,
Recommended fluid drain the brake fluid from the entire brake sys-
DOT 4 tem.
EWA13090 1. Remove:
WARNING Rear brake hose union bolt 1
Use only the designated brake fluid. Other Copper washers 2
brake fluids may cause the rubber seals to Rear brake hose 3
deteriorate, causing leakage and poor NOTE:
brake performance. To collect any remaining brake fluid, place a
Refill with the same type of brake fluid that container under the master cylinder and the end
is already in the system. Mixing brake fluids of the brake hose.
not enter the brake fluid reservoir. Water
will significantly lower the boiling point of
ECA13540
CAUTION:
Brake fluid may damage painted surfaces 2
and plastic parts. Therefore, always clean up 3 1
any spilt brake fluid immediately.
EAS22720
5. Bleed: CHECKING THE REAR BRAKE MASTER
Brake system CYLINDER
Refer to BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC 1. Check:
BRAKE SYSTEM on page 3-22. Brake master cylinder
6. Check: Damage/scratches/wear Replace.
Brake fluid level Brake fluid delivery passages
Below the minimum level mark a Add the (brake master cylinder body)
recommended brake fluid to the proper level. Obstruction Blow out with compressed air.
Refer to CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID 2. Check:
LEVEL on page 3-21. Brake master cylinder kit
Damage/scratches/wear Replace.
3. Check:
UP
Brake fluid reservoir
a LOWER
Brake fluid reservoir diaphragm
4. Check:
Brake hoses
7. Check:
Brake pedal operation
tem.
Refer to BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC
4-43
REAR BRAKE
EAS22730 EWA13090
ASSEMBLING THE REAR BRAKE MASTER WARNING

CYLINDER Use only the designated brake fluid. Other
EWA13520
WARNING brake fluids may cause the rubber seals to

Before installation, all internal brake com-
brake performance.
ponents should be cleaned and lubricated
with clean or new brake fluid.
is already in the system. Mixing brake fluids
Never use solvents on internal brake com-
ponents.
Recommended fluid not enter the brake fluid reservoir. Water
DOT 4 will significantly lower the boiling point of
EAS22750
INSTALLING THE REAR BRAKE MASTER ECA13540
CYLINDER CAUTION:
1. Install: Brake fluid may damage painted surfaces
Copper washers 1 New and plastic parts. Therefore, always clean up
Rear brake hose 2 any spilt brake fluid immediately.
Rear brake hose union bolt 3 3. Bleed:
Brake system
Rear brake hose union bolt Refer to BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC
30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb) BRAKE SYSTEM on page 3-22.
T.
R
EWA13530 4. Check:
WARNING Brake fluid level
Proper brake hose routing is essential to in- Below the minimum level mark a Add the
sure safe vehicle operation. Refer to CABLE recommended brake fluid to the proper level.
ROUTING on page 2-43. Refer to CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL on page 3-21.
ECA3D81005
CAUTION:
brake master cylinder, make sure the brake a
P
pipe touches the projection a on the brake LOWER
caliper bracket as shown.
5. Check:
Brake lever operation
tem.
1 New Refer to BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC
2 3
2. Fill: 6. Adjust:
Brake fluid reservoir Brake pedal adjusting bolt position
(with the specified amount of the recom- Refer to ADJUSTING THE REAR DISC
mended brake fluid) BRAKE on page 3-20.
Recommended fluid
DOT 4
4-44
HANDLEBAR
EAS22840
HANDLEBAR
Removing the handlebar
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

5
T
R
16
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
1
R
28 Nm (2.8 m kg, 20 ft Ib)
T
R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
17
T
R
1
2 7
LT
20
13
6 7
14 LS 18 4
2 LS
LS
18 3
10 9
15 21 8
6
LT 19 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
T
R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
R
11 11
12
8 32 Nm (3.2 m kg, 23 ft Ib)

T
R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

T
R

1 Rearview mirror 2
2 Plastic clamp 4
3 Front brake light switch connector 2 Disconnect.
4 Front brake master cylinder holder 1
5 Front brake master cylinder assembly 1
6 Right handlebar switch 1
7 Throttle cable 2 Disconnect.
8 Grip end 2
9 Throttle grip 1
10 Clutch switch coupler 1 Disconnect.
11 Left handlebar switch 1
12 Handlebar grip 1
13 Clutch cable 1 Disconnect.
14 Clutch lever 1
15 Clutch switch 1
16 Meter assembly cover 1
4-45
HANDLEBAR
Removing the handlebar
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

5
T
R
16
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
1
R
28 Nm (2.8 m kg, 20 ft Ib)
T
R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
17
T
R
1
2 7
LT
20
13
6 7
14 LS 18 4
2 LS
LS
18 3
10 9
15 21 8
6
LT 19 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
T
R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
R
11 11
12
8 32 Nm (3.2 m kg, 23 ft Ib)

T
R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

T
R

17 Meter assembly cover bracket 1
18 Front handlebar holder 2
19 Handlebar 1
20 Meter assembly 1
21 Rear handlebar holder 1
dure.
4-46
HANDLEBAR
EAS22860
Turn the handlebar all the way to the left
REMOVING THE HANDLEBAR
and right. If there is any contact with the
EWA13120
fuel tank, adjust the handlebar position.
WARNING NOTE:
Securely support the vehicle so that there is Align the punch mark a on the handlebar with
no danger of it falling over. the match mark b on the rear handlebar holder.
2. Remove:
Handlebar grip 1 2
NOTE:
1
Blow compressed air between the handlebar
and the handlebar grip, and gradually push the a
grip off the handlebar.
b
3. Install:
Clutch lever 1
Clutch cable 2
Clutch lever bolt

7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
T.
R
EAS22880
CHECKING THE HANDLEBAR NOTE:

1. Check: Align the mating surfaces of the clutch lever with
Handlebar the punch mark a on the handlebar.
Bends/cracks/damage Replace.
EWA13690
WARNING 1
Do not attempt to straighten a bent handle-
bar as this may dangerously weaken it. 2
EAS22930
INSTALLING THE HANDLEBAR

EWA13120
a
WARNING
4. Install:
Left handlebar switch 1
2. Install: NOTE:
Handlebar 1 Align the mating surfaces of the left handlebar
Front handlebar holders 2 switch with the punch mark a on the handlebar.
Front handlebar holder bolt
28 Nm (2.8 mkg, 20 ftlb)
T.
R
ECA3D81006
CAUTION:
First, tighten the bolts on the lower side of
the front handlebar holder, and then on the
upper side.
4-47
HANDLEBAR
1
a
1
5. Install: 7. Install:
Handlebar grip 1 Right handlebar switch 1
NOTE:
a. Apply a thin coat of rubber adhesive onto the
Align the projection a on the right handlebar
left end of the handlebar.
switch with the hole b in the handlebar.
b. Slide the handlebar grip over the left end of
the handlebar.
c. Wipe off any excess rubber adhesive with a
1
clean rag.
EWA13700 b
WARNING
Do not touch the handlebar grip until the rub-
ber adhesive has fully dried.
NOTE:
There should be less than 3 mm (0.12 in) of a 1
clearance a between the handlebar grip and
left handlebar switch. 8. Install:
Front brake master cylinder 1
Front brake master cylinder holder 2

er bolt
T.
R
10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
NOTE:
1 Install the front brake master cylinder holder
a with the UP mark facing up.
Align the end of the front brake master cylinder
holder with the punch mark a on the handle-
6. Connect: bar.
Throttle cable (decelerator cable) 1 First, tighten the upper bolt, then the lower bolt.
(to the right handlebar switch 2)
NOTE:
1
Rotate the right handlebar switch and screw it
onto the end of the throttle cable.
a 2
4-48
HANDLEBAR
9. Adjust:
Refer to ADJUSTING THE CLUTCH LEVER
FREE PLAY on page 3-13.

5.010.0 mm (0.200.39 in)
10.Adjust:
Refer to ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE CA-
BLE FREE PLAY on page 3-8.

4.06.0 mm (0.160.24 in)
4-49
FRONT FORK
EAS22950
FRONT FORK
Removing the front fork legs
110 Nm (11.0 m kg, 80 ft lb) 8 18 Nm (1.8 m kg, 13 ft Ib)
T
T
R
R
6 9
10
20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)
R
11
6 12
5
13
20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)
T
R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
R
7 14
4
2
1
3
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

T
R
2
3
15
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
R
1
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib) 23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
R
T
R

the front fork legs.
For XVS13CT only
Windshield bracket (left and right) Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page
4-1.
Headlight body 4-1.
Front wheel Refer to FRONT WHEEL on page 4-9.
Rear handlebar holder Refer to HANDLEBAR on page 4-45.
1 Front reflector 2
2 Brake hose guide 2
3 Reflector bracket 2
4 Front fender 1
5 Main switch coupler 2 Disconnect.
6 Upper bracket pinch bolt 2 Loosen.
7 Cap bolt 1 Loosen.
8 Steering stem nut 1
4-50
FRONT FORK
Removing the front fork legs

110 Nm (11.0 m kg, 80 ft lb) 8 18 Nm (1.8 m kg, 13 ft Ib)
T
T
R
R
6 9
10
20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)
R
11
6 12
5
13
20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)
T
R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
R
7 14
4
2
1
3
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

T
R
2
3
15
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
R
1
T
R
T
R

9 Upper bracket 1
10 Upper front fork cover 1
11 Upper front fork cover spacer 1
12 Lower front fork cover bolt 2
13 Lower bracket pinch bolt 2 Loosen.
14 Lower front fork cover 1
15 Front fork leg 1
dure.
4-51
FRONT FORK
Disassembling the front fork legs
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
1
R
LS
New 2
3
12
6 New
4
7 New
13 New
5
14
15 New
16 New 19
10
17
18
11
9 New
LT 30 Nm (3.0 m kg, 22 ft Ib)

T
R

the front fork legs.
1 Cap bolt 1
2 O-ring 1
3 Spacer 1
4 Spring seat 1
5 Fork spring 1
6 Dust seal 1
7 Oil seal clip 1
8 Damper rod bolt 1
9 Copper washer 1
10 Damper rod 1
11 Rebound spring 1
12 Inner tube 1
13 Oil seal 1
14 Washer 1
15 Outer tube bushing 1
16 Inner tube bushing 1
4-52
FRONT FORK
Disassembling the front fork legs
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
1
R
LS
New 2
3
12
6 New
4
7 New
13 New
5
14
15 New
16 New 19
10
17
18
11
9 New
LT 30 Nm (3.0 m kg, 22 ft Ib)

T
R

17 Spring 1
18 Oil flow stopper 1
19 Outer tube 1
cedure.
4-53
FRONT FORK
EAS22960
REMOVING THE FRONT FORK LEGS

front fork legs.
EWA13120
WARNING
NOTE:
Place the vehicle on a suitable stand so that the 3. Remove:
front wheel is elevated. Damper rod bolt 1
2. Loosen: Copper washer
Lower bracket pinch bolts NOTE:
EWA3D81004
While holding the damper rod with the damper
WARNING
rod holder 2 and T-handle 3, loosen the
Before loosening the lower bracket pinch damper rod bolt.
bolts, support the front fork leg.
EAS22980
Damper rod holder
DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT FORK LEGS 90890-01460
The following procedure applies to both of the T-handle
front fork legs. 90890-01326
1. Drain:
YM-01326
Fork oil
NOTE:
Stroke the outer tube several times while drain-
ing the fork oil.
4. Remove:
Inner tube

a. Hold the front fork leg horizontally.
2. Remove: b. Securely clamp the brake caliper bracket in a
Dust seal 1 vise with soft jaws.
Oil seal clip 2 c. Separate the inner tube from the outer tube
(with a flathead screwdriver) by pulling the inner tube forcefully but careful-
ECA14180
CAUTION: ly.
ECA14190
Do not scratch the inner tube. CAUTION:

Excessive force will damage the oil seal
and bushing. A damaged oil seal or bush-
ing must be replaced.
Avoid bottoming the inner tube into the out-
er tube during the above procedure, as the
oil flow stopper will be damaged.
4-54
FRONT FORK
ECA14200
CAUTION:
The front fork leg has a built-in damper ad-
justing rod and a very sophisticated inter-
nal construction, which are particularly
sensitive to foreign material.
When disassembling and assembling the
front fork leg, do not allow any foreign ma-
terial to enter the front fork.
EAS23020
ASSEMBLING THE FRONT FORK LEGS

EAS23010 The following procedure applies to both of the
CHECKING THE FRONT FORK LEGS front fork legs.
The following procedure applies to both of the EWA13660
front fork legs. WARNING

1. Check: Make sure the oil levels in both front fork
Inner tube legs are equal.
Outer tube Uneven oil levels can result in poor han-
Bends/damage/scratches Replace. dling and a loss of stability.
EWA13650
WARNING NOTE:
Do not attempt to straighten a bent inner When assembling the front fork leg, be sure to
tube as this may dangerously weaken it. replace the following parts:
Inner tube bushing
2. Measure: Outer tube bushing
Spring free length a Oil seal
Out of specification Replace. Dust seal
Fork spring free length Before assembling the front fork leg, make
345.5 mm (13.60 in) sure all of the components are clean.
Limit 1. Install:
339.4 mm (13.36 in)
Inner tube bushing 1 New
Damper rod 2
Rebound spring
Spring 3
Oil flow stopper 4
ECA3D81007
CAUTION:
Allow the damper rod to slide slowly down
the inner tube 5 until it protrudes from the
bottom of the inner tube. Be careful not to
damage the inner tube.
3. Check:
Damper rod
3
Obstruction Blow out all of the oil passag-
es with compressed air. 4
Oil flow stopper 5
Damage Replace.
2 1 New
4-55
FRONT FORK
2. Lubricate:
Inner tubes outer surface
Recommended oil
Yamaha fork oil 10WT
3. Install:
Inner tube
(in the outer tube)
4. Install:
Copper washer New
Damper rod bolt 7. Install:
5. Tighten: Oil seal 1 New
Damper rod bolt 1 (with the fork seal driver 2)
ECA14220
Damper rod bolt CAUTION:

30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb) Make sure the numbered side of the oil seal
T.
R
LOCTITE faces up.
NOTE: NOTE:
While holding the damper rod assembly with the Before installing the oil seal, lubricate its lips
damper rod holder 2 and T-handle 3, tighten with lithium-soap-based grease.
the damper rod bolt. Lubricate the outer surface of the inner tube
with fork oil.
Before installing the oil seal, cover the top of
Damper rod holder
90890-01460 the front fork leg with a plastic bag to protect
T-handle the oil seal during installation.
90890-01326
YM-01326
6. Install:
Outer tube bushing 1 New
Washer 2
(with the fork seal driver 2)
1 New
Fork seal driver
90890-01442
Adjustable fork seal driver (3646
mm) 8. Install:
YM-01442 Oil seal clip 1 New
4-56
FRONT FORK
NOTE:
Level
Adjust the oil seal clip so that it fits into the outer 105.0 mm (4.13 in)
tubes groove.
NOTE:
While filling the front fork leg, keep it upright.
After filling, slowly pump the front fork leg up
and down to distribute the fork oil.
9. Install:
Dust seal 1 New
(with the fork seal driver weight 2)
Fork seal driver 12.Install:

90890-01442
Spring
Adjustable fork seal driver (3646
mm) Spring seat
YM-01442 Spacer
Cap bolt
NOTE:
Before installing the cap bolt, lubricate its O-
ring with grease.
Temporarily tighten the cap bolt.
EAS23050
INSTALLING THE FRONT FORK LEGS

front fork legs.
10.Fill: 1. Install:
Front fork leg Lower front fork cover 1
(with the specified amount of the recom- Front fork leg 2
mended fork oil) Upper bracket 3
Temporarily tighten the upper and lower
Quantity bracket pinch bolts.
490.0 cm (16.57 US oz) (17.28 NOTE:
Imp.oz)
Recommended oil Make sure the inner tube end is flush with the top
Yamaha fork oil 10WT of the upper bracket.
11.Measure:
Front fork leg oil level a
(from the top of the inner tube, with the outer
tube fully compressed and without the fork
spring)
Out of specification Correct.
4-57
FRONT FORK
Cap bolt
3
2 Cap bolt
23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
T.
R
Upper bracket pinch bolt
1 Upper bracket pinch bolt

23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
T.
R
EWA13680
WARNING
2. Tighten:
Make sure the brake hoses are routed prop-
Lower bracket pinch bolts
erly.
Lower bracket pinch bolt
23 Nm (2.3 mkg, 17 ftlb)
T.
R
NOTE:
Tighten the lower bracket pinch bolts to specifi-
cation twice. Tighten the upper and lower bolts
alternately, starting with the upper bolts.
3. Remove:
Upper bracket
4. Tighten:
Lower front fork cover bolts
Lower front fork cover bolt

18 Nm (1.8 mkg, 13 ftlb)
T.
R
5. Install:
Upper front fork cover spacer 1
Upper front fork cover 2
Upper bracket
NOTE:
Align the grooves a in the upper front fork cover
spacer 1, and groove b in the upper front fork
cover 2 with the lower front fork cover bolts 3.
2
b
b
a 1
a
3 3
6. Tighten:
Steering stem nut
Steering stem nut

110 Nm (11.0 mkg, 80 ftlb)
T.
R
4-58
STEERING HEAD
EAS23090
STEERING HEAD
Removing the lower bracket
1st 52 Nm (5.2 m kg, 37 ft lb)

2nd 18 Nm (1.8 m kg, 13 ft lb)
R
7
LS 8
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
T
R
9
LS 10
12
13
4 14
19
15
LT 2 11
3
1
19
6 16
18
5
LT
LS
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib) 17
R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib) LT LT 4

R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

R

Upper bracket/Front fork legs Refer to FRONT FORK on page 4-50.
1 Headlight bracket 1
2 Air temperature sensor coupler 1 Disconnect.
3 Air temperature sensor 1
4 Front turn signal light 2
5 Front brake hose holder 1
6 Front brake hose joint 1
7 Lock washer 1
8 Upper ring nut 1
9 Rubber washer 1
10 Lower ring nut 1
11 Lower bracket 1
12 Upper bearing cover 1
13 Upper bearing inner race 1
14 Upper bearing 1
15 Washer 1
4-59
STEERING HEAD
Removing the lower bracket
1st 52 Nm (5.2 m kg, 37 ft lb)

2nd 18 Nm (1.8 m kg, 13 ft lb)
R
7
LS 8
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
T
R
9
LS 10
12
13
4 14
19
15
LT 2 11
3
1
19
6 16
18
5
LT
LS
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib) 17
R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib) LT LT 4

R
23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

R

16 Lower bearing 1
17 Dust seal 1
18 Lower bearing inner race 1
19 Bearing outer race 2
dure.
4-60
STEERING HEAD
EAS23110

REMOVING THE LOWER BRACKET a. Remove the bearing races from the steering
1. Stand the vehicle on a level surface. head pipe with a long rod 1 and hammer.
EWA13120
b. Remove the bearing race from the lower
WARNING
bracket with a floor chisel 2 and hammer.
Securely support the vehicle so that there is c. Install a new dust seal and new bearing rac-
no danger of it falling over. es.
ECA14270
2. Remove:
CAUTION:
Upper ring nut
Rubber washer If the bearing race is not installed properly,
Lower ring nut 1 the steering head pipe could be damaged.
Lower bracket NOTE:
EWA13730
WARNING Always replace the bearings and bearing races

Securely support the lower bracket so that as a set.
there is no danger of it falling. Whenever the steering head is disassembled,
replace the dust seal.
NOTE:
Remove the lower ring nut with the steering nut
wrench 2.
Steering nut wrench

90890-01403
Spanner wrench
YU-33975
EAS23120
CHECKING THE STEERING HEAD

1. Wash:
Bearings 4. Check:
Bearing races Upper bracket
Lower bracket
Recommended cleaning solvent (along with the steering stem)
Kerosene Bends/cracks/damage Replace.
EAS23140
2. Check:
INSTALLING THE STEERING HEAD
Bearings
1. Lubricate:
Bearing races
Upper bearing
Damage/pitting Replace.
Lower bearing
3. Replace:
Bearing races
Bearings
Bearing races Recommended lubricant
4-61
STEERING HEAD
2. Install:
Lower ring nut 1
Rubber washer 2
Upper ring nut 3
Lock washer 4
Refer to CHECKING AND ADJUSTING
THE STEERING HEAD on page 3-26.
3. Install:
Front brake hose joint 1
Front brake hose holder 2
NOTE:
Make sure that the projection a on the lower
bracket contacts the side b of the front brake
hose joint 1.
Align the projection c on the front brake hose
holder with the hole d in the lower bracket.
a d c
1
b
4. Install:
Front fork legs
Upper bracket
4-62
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY
EAS23160

Removing the rear shock absorber assembly
4
4
48 Nm (4.8 m kg, 35 ft Ib)
48 Nm (4.8 m kg, 35 ft Ib)
R
6
1 11
1 5
10 3
3
7 3
3
2 12
6
59 Nm (5.9 m kg, 43 ft Ib) 9 New
LS
T
R
11
10
New 9 6
LS LS
8
1
Battery box/Relay bracket 4-1.
Muffler/Coolant reservoir cover Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
Drain.
Coolant Refer to CHANGING THE COOLANT on
page 3-17.
Coolant reservoir Refer to RADIATOR on page 6-1.
Sub-fuel tank Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1.
Rear wheel Refer to REAR WHEEL on page 4-15.
1 Connecting arm nut/Washer/Bolt 2/2/2
2 Connecting arm 2
Rear shock absorber assembly lower nut/Wash-
3 1/1/1/1
er/Bolt/Collar
4 Rear shock absorber assembly upper nut/Bolt 1/1
5 Rear shock absorber assembly 1
6 Relay arm nut/Bolt/Spacer/Collar 1/1/1/1
7 Relay arm 1
4-63
Removing the rear shock absorber assembly

4
4
48 Nm (4.8 m kg, 35 ft Ib)
48 Nm (4.8 m kg, 35 ft Ib)
R
6
1 11
1 5
10 3
3
7 3
3
2 12
6
59 Nm (5.9 m kg, 43 ft Ib) 9 New
LS
T
R
11
10
New 9 6
LS
LS
8
1
8 Spacer 1
9 Oil seal 2
10 Bearing 2
11 Bearing 1
12 Bearing 1
dure.
4-64
EAS23180
HANDLING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER NOTE:

EWA13740 Place the vehicle on a suitable stand so that the
WARNING rear wheel is elevated.
This rear shock absorber contains highly 2. Remove:
compressed nitrogen gas. Before handling Connecting arm nuts 1
the rear shock absorber, read and make sure Connecting arm bolts 2
you understand the following information. Connecting arms 3
The manufacturer cannot be held responsi- Rear shock absorber assembly lower nut 4
ble for property damage or personal injury Rear shock absorber assembly lower bolt 5
that may result from improper handling of
NOTE:
the rear shock absorber.
Do not tamper or attempt to open the rear While removing the connecting arm bolts, hold
shock absorber. the swingarm so that it does not drop down.
Do not subject the rear shock absorber to
an open flame or any other source of high 1
heat. High heat can cause an explosion due 2
to excessive gas pressure.
Do not deform or damage the rear shock 3
absorber in any way. Rear shock absorber
damage will result in poor damping perfor- 3
mance.
1 45 2
EAS23190
DISPOSING OF A REAR SHOCK ABSORBER

3. Remove:
1. Gas pressure must be released before dis-
Rear shock absorber assembly upper nut
posing of a rear shock absorber. To release
Rear shock absorber assembly upper bolt 1
the gas pressure, drill a 23 mm (0.080.12
Rear shock absorber assembly 2
in) hole through the rear shock absorber at a
point 1520 mm (0.600.79 in) from its end NOTE:
as shown. Raise the swingarm and then remove the rear
EWA13760 shock absorber assembly from between the
WARNING swingarm and relay arm.
Wear eye protection to prevent eye damage
from released gas or metal chips.
1
EAS23240
CHECKING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER

EAS23230 ASSEMBLY
REMOVING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER 1. Check:
ASSEMBLY Rear shock absorber rod
1. Stand the vehicle on a level surface. Bends/damage Replace the rear shock
EWA13120
absorber assembly.
WARNING
Rear shock absorber
Securely support the vehicle so that there is Gas leaks/oil leaks Replace the rear shock
no danger of it falling over. absorber assembly.
4-65
Spring
Damage/wear Replace the rear shock ab-
sorber assembly. a
Bushing
3
Spacer 4
Damage/scratches Replace. 4
Bolts
Bends/damage/wear Replace.
EAS23260 B A
CHECKING THE CONNECTING ARM AND
RELAY ARM
1. Check:
2 2
Connecting arms
Relay arm
2. Check:
Bearings 1
Oil seals a
Damage/pitting Replace.
3. Check:
Spacers A. Left side
Damage/scratches Replace. B. Right side
EAS23270 EAS23310
INSTALLING THE RELAY ARM INSTALLING THE REAR SHOCK

1. Lubricate: ABSORBER ASSEMBLY
Spacers 1. Lubricate:
Bearings Spacer
Recommended lubricant Recommended lubricant

Lithium-soap-based grease Lithium-soap-based grease
2. Install: 2. Tighten:
Bearings 1, 2, and 3 Relay arm nut
(to the relay arm)
Relay arm nut
Oil seals 4 New 48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)
T.
R
(to the relay arm)

3. Install:
Installed depth of bearing a Rear shock absorber assembly
4.5 mm (0.18 in)
NOTE:
Raise the swingarm and then install the rear
shock absorber assembly from between the
swingarm and relay arm.
4. Tighten:
Rear shock absorber assembly upper nut

upper nut
T.
R
48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)
Rear shock absorber assembly lower nut
4-66

T.
R
lower nut
48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)
5. Install:
Connecting arms
NOTE:
When installing the connecting arms, lift up the
swingarm.
4-67
SWINGARM
EAS23330
SWINGARM
Removing the swingarm
LS
15 13
14
14 16 16
13
9
LS
LS
85 Nm (8.5 m kg, 61 ft Ib)

T
R
12
5 4
8 10
11
12 5
2 6 LS
4
3
1
16 Nm (1.6 m kg, 11 ft Ib)

R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

T
R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib) 7

LT
T
R

Refer to REAR SHOCK ABSORBER AS-
Connecting arms SEMBLY on page 4-63.
1 Rectifier/regulator cover 1
2 Rectifier/regulator coupler 2 Disconnect.
3 Rectifier/regulator 1
4 Drive belt adjusting bolt 2
5 Drive belt adjusting locknut 2
6 Drive belt upper guard 1
7 Drive belt lower guard 1
8 Pivot shaft nut 1
9 Pivot shaft 1
10 Swingarm 1
11 Spacer 1
12 Bearing 2
13 Dust cover 2
14 Washer 2
4-68
SWINGARM
Removing the swingarm
LS
15 13
14
14 16 16
13
9
LS
LS
85 Nm (8.5 m kg, 61 ft Ib)

T
R
12
5 4
8 10
11
12 5
2 6 LS
4
3
1
16 Nm (1.6 m kg, 11 ft Ib)

R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

T
R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib) 7

LT
T
R

15 Spacer 1
16 Bearing 2
dure.
4-69
SWINGARM
EAS23350
Bends Replace.
REMOVING THE SWINGARM EWA13770
1. Stand the vehicle on a level surface. WARNING

EWA13120
WARNING Do not attempt to straighten a bent pivot

shaft.
NOTE:
rear wheel is elevated.
2. Measure:
Swingarm side play
Swingarm vertical movement
a. Measure the tightening torque of the pivot

shaft nut. 3. Wash:
Pivot shaft
Pivot shaft nut Dust covers
85 Nm (8.5 mkg, 61 ftlb) Spacers
T.
R
Washers
b. Measure the swingarm side play A by mov-
Bearings
ing the swingarm from side to side.
c. If the swingarm side play is out of specifica- Recommended cleaning solvent
tion, check the spacers, bearings, washers, Kerosene
and dust covers.
4. Check:
Swingarm side play (at the end of Dust covers
the swingarm) Spacer
1.0 mm (0.04 in)
Washers
d. Check the swingarm vertical movement B Damage/wear Replace.
by moving the swingarm up and down. 5. Check:
If the swingarm vertical movement is not Bearings
smooth or if there is binding, check the spac- Damage/pitting Replace.
ers, bearings, washers, and dust covers. 6. Check:
Spacers
Damage/scratches Replace.
EAS28780
INSTALLING THE SWINGARM

B 1. Lubricate:
Bearings
Spacers
Dust covers
Pivot shaft
A
EAS23360
CHECKING THE SWINGARM 2. Install:

1. Check: Bearings 1
Swingarm
Bends/cracks/damage Replace.
2. Check:
Pivot shaft
Roll the pivot shaft on a flat surface.
4-70
SWINGARM
1 2 1
A B
a a
2. Swingarm
A. Left side
B. Right side
Installed depth a
01.0 mm (00.04 in)
3. Install:
Pivot shaft nut
Pivot shaft nut

85 Nm (8.5 mkg, 61 ftlb)
T.
R
4. Install:
Rectifier/regulator
NOTE:
When installing the rectifier/regulator, first tight-
en the upper bolt, then the lower bolt.
Rectifier/regulator bolt
7 Nm (0.7 mkg, 5.1 ftlb)
T.
R
5. Adjust:
Drive belt slack
Refer to ADJUSTING THE DRIVE BELT
SLACK on page 3-24.
4-71
BELT DRIVE
EAS23510
BELT DRIVE
Removing the drive belt
4 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
R
New 3
140 Nm (14.0 m kg, 100 ft lb)

R
LT
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

T
R
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

Rear wheel Refer to REAR WHEEL on page 4-15.
Swingarm Refer to SWINGARM on page 4-68.
1 Drive pulley cover 1
2 Drive belt 1
3 Drive pulley nut 1
4 Drive pulley 1
dure.
4-72
BELT DRIVE
EAS23520
REMOVING THE DRIVE BELT AND DRIVE

PULLEY
NOTE:
Loosen the drive pulley nut before removing the
rear wheel.
1. Loosen:
Drive pulley nut
NOTE:
When loosening the drive pulley nut, press down 3. Check:
on the brake pedal so the drive pulley does not Drive pulley
move. Rear wheel pulley
Bent teeth Replace the drive belt and pul-
EAS23530
leys as a set.
CHECKING THE DRIVE BELT
1. Clean: EAS23540
Drive belt INSTALLING THE DRIVE BELT AND DRIVE

PULLEY
a. Wipe the drive belt with a clean cloth. 1. Install:
b. Put the drive belt in a mixture of mild deter- Drive belt
gent and water. Then, remove any dirt from ECA14710
the drive belt. CAUTION:

c. Remove the drive belt from the mixture and Install the drive belt facing the same way it
rinse it off with clean water. Then, let the drive was removed.
belt thoroughly dry. Do not twist the drive belt when installing it.
2. Install:
Swingarm
Refer to SWINGARM on page 4-68.
Rear wheel
Refer to REAR WHEEL on page 4-15.
3. Tighten:
Drive pulley nut
Drive pulley nut

140 Nm (14.0 mkg, 100 ftlb)
T.
R
LOCTITE
2. Check:
Drive belt NOTE:
ECA14690
Stake the drive pulley nut at the cutouts a in
CAUTION: the drive axle.
To protect the drive belt from damage, han- When tightening the drive pulley nut, press
dle it with care. down on the brake pedal so the drive pulley
The drive belt can not be bent smaller than does not move.
127 mm (5 in) a.
The removed drive belt can not be twisted
inside out.
4-73
BELT DRIVE
4. Tighten:
Drive pulley cover plate bolt
NOTE:
Tighten the drive pulley cover plate bolts tempo-
rarily, and then tighten them in proper tightening
sequence as shown.
3 2
4
5. Adjust:
Drive belt slack
Refer to ADJUSTING THE DRIVE BELT
SLACK on page 3-24.
4-74
BELT DRIVE
4-75
ENGINE
ENGINE REMOVAL ........................................................................................ 5-1

INSTALLING THE EXHAUST PIPE COVER SCREW CLAMPS .............. 5-2
INSTALLING THE CYLINDER COVERS.................................................. 5-5
INSTALLING THE SHIFT ARM................................................................. 5-5
INSTALLING THE ENGINE .................................................................... 5-10
CAMSHAFTS ................................................................................................ 5-12

REMOVING THE CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLIES ........................................ 5-15
REMOVING THE ROCKER ARMS AND CAMSHAFTS ......................... 5-16
CHECKING THE CAMSHAFTS .............................................................. 5-17
CHECKING THE CAMSHAFT SPROCKETS ......................................... 5-17
CHECKING THE ROCKER ARMS AND ROCKER ARM SHAFTS ........ 5-17
CHECKING THE TIMING CHAIN TENSIONERS ................................... 5-18
INSTALLING THE CAMSHAFTS AND ROCKER ARMS........................ 5-19
INSTALLING THE CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLIES....................................... 5-20
INSTALLING THE CYLINDER HEAD COVERS..................................... 5-23
CYLINDER HEADS....................................................................................... 5-24

REMOVING THE CYLINDER HEADS .................................................... 5-25
CHECKING THE CYLINDER HEADS..................................................... 5-25
INSTALLING THE CYLINDER HEADS................................................... 5-25
VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS ................................................................. 5-27

REMOVING THE VALVES ..................................................................... 5-28
CHECKING THE VALVES AND VALVE GUIDES .................................. 5-28
5
CHECKING THE VALVE SEATS............................................................ 5-30
CHECKING THE VALVE SPRINGS ....................................................... 5-31
INSTALLING THE VALVES .................................................................... 5-32
CYLINDERS AND PISTONS ........................................................................ 5-34

REMOVING THE PISTONS.................................................................... 5-35
CHECKING THE CYLINDERS AND PISTONS ...................................... 5-35
CHECKING THE PISTON RINGS .......................................................... 5-36
CHECKING THE PISTON PINS ............................................................. 5-37
INSTALLING THE PISTONS AND CYLINDERS .................................... 5-38
GENERATOR AND STARTER CLUTCH ..................................................... 5-40

REMOVING THE GENERATOR............................................................. 5-43
REMOVING THE STARTER CLUTCH ................................................... 5-43
CHECKING THE STARTER CLUTCH.................................................... 5-43
CHECKING THE TORQUE LIMITER...................................................... 5-44
INSTALLING THE STARTER CLUTCH.................................................. 5-44
INSTALLING THE GENERATOR ........................................................... 5-44
CLUTCH ........................................................................................................ 5-46
REMOVING THE CLUTCH ..................................................................... 5-51
REMOVING THE PRIMARY DRIVE GEAR ............................................ 5-51
CHECKING THE FRICTION PLATES .................................................... 5-51
CHECKING THE CLUTCH PLATES....................................................... 5-52
CHECKING THE CLUTCH SPRING PLATE .......................................... 5-52
CHECKING THE CLUTCH HOUSING.................................................... 5-52
CHECKING THE CLUTCH BOSS........................................................... 5-52
CHECKING THE PRESSURE PLATE .................................................... 5-53
CHECKING THE PRIMARY DRIVE GEAR............................................. 5-53
CHECKING THE PRIMARY DRIVEN GEAR .......................................... 5-53
CHECKING THE PULL LEVER SHAFT AND PULL ROD ...................... 5-53
CHECKING THE OIL/WATER PUMP DRIVE SPROCKET AND
OIL/WATER PUMP DRIVE CHAIN ........................................................ 5-53
INSTALLING THE PRIMARY DRIVE GEAR........................................... 5-53
INSTALLING THE CLUTCH.................................................................... 5-54
SHIFT SHAFT ............................................................................................... 5-57

CHECKING THE SHIFT SHAFT ............................................................. 5-58
CHECKING THE STOPPER LEVER ...................................................... 5-58
INSTALLING THE SHIFT SHAFT ........................................................... 5-58
BALANCER GEARS..................................................................................... 5-59

CHECKING THE RIGHT BALANCER GEARS ....................................... 5-61
CHECKING THE LEFT BALANCER GEARS ......................................... 5-61
INSTALLING THE RIGHT BALANCER GEARS ..................................... 5-61
INSTALLING THE LEFT BALANCER GEARS ....................................... 5-61
ELECTRIC STARTER................................................................................... 5-62

CHECKING THE STARTER MOTOR ..................................................... 5-64
ASSEMBLING THE STARTER MOTOR................................................. 5-65
CRANKCASE................................................................................................ 5-66
DISASSEMBLING THE CRANKCASE ................................................... 5-70
CHECKING THE CRANKCASE.............................................................. 5-70
CHECKING THE BEARINGS AND OIL SEAL ........................................ 5-70
CHECKING THE OIL DELIVERY PIPES AND COOLANT DELIVERY
PIPE ....................................................................................................... 5-70
CHECKING THE TIMING CHAINS ......................................................... 5-70
CHECKING THE OIL/WATER PUMP DRIVEN SPROCKET.................. 5-70
CHECKING THE OIL NOZZLES............................................................. 5-70
INSTALLING THE BEARING RETAINERS ............................................ 5-71
ASSEMBLING THE CRANKCASE ......................................................... 5-71
OIL PUMP ..................................................................................................... 5-73

CHECKING THE OIL PUMP ................................................................... 5-74
CHECKING THE RELIEF VALVE ........................................................... 5-74
CHECKING THE OIL STRAINER ........................................................... 5-75
ASSEMBLING THE OIL PUMP .............................................................. 5-75
INSTALLING THE OIL/WATER PUMP ASSEMBLY............................... 5-75
CRANKSHAFT.............................................................................................. 5-76
REMOVING THE CONNECTING RODS ................................................ 5-77
CHECKING THE CRANKSHAFT AND CONNECTING RODS............... 5-77
INSTALLING THE CONNECTING RODS............................................... 5-79
INSTALLING THE CRANKSHAFT ASSEMBLY ..................................... 5-80
TRANSMISSION ........................................................................................... 5-81

CHECKING THE SHIFT FORKS ............................................................ 5-85
CHECKING THE SHIFT DRUM ASSEMBLY.......................................... 5-85
CHECKING THE TRANSMISSION......................................................... 5-85
ASSEMBLING THE MAIN AXLE AND DRIVE AXLE.............................. 5-86
INSTALLING THE SHIFT FORKS AND SHIFT DRUM ASSEMBLY ...... 5-86
ENGINE REMOVAL
EAS23710
ENGINE REMOVAL
Removing the muffler and exhaust pipes
R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
44 Nm (4.4 m kg, 32 ft Ib)
T
4 Nm (0.4 m kg, 2.9 ft Ib)
R
T
R
1 6 Nm (0.6 m kg, 4.3 ft Ib)
T
R
(3)
11
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
R
10
2
3 New
6 New
4 20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)
R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

5 R
7
New
New New
R 6 Nm (0.6 m kg, 4.3 ft Ib)
New
New 6 New
(3) 9 8
New
53 Nm (5.3 m kg, 38 ft Ib)
R
35 Nm (3.5 m kg, 25 ft Ib)

R
12 Nm (1.2 m kg, 8.7 ft Ib)

T
R
20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)

R

1 Coolant reservoir cap cover 1
2 O2 sensor coupler 1 Disconnect.
3 Muffler 1
4 Gasket 1
5 Rear cylinder exhaust pipe 1
6 Gasket 2
7 Gasket 1
8 Front cylinder exhaust pipe 1
9 Muffler bracket 1
10 O2 sensor 1
11 Coolant reservoir cover 1
dure.
5-1
ENGINE REMOVAL
EAS3D81019
INSTALLING THE EXHAUST PIPE COVER

SCREW CLAMPS
1. Install:
Exhaust pipe cover screw clamps New
Exhaust pipe cover screw clamp

6 Nm (0.6 mkg, 4.3 ftlb)
T.
R
NOTE:
Do not retighten the exhaust pipe cover screw
clamps; always replace them with new ones if
they are loosened.
5-2
ENGINE REMOVAL
Removing the sidestand and drive pulley housing

64 Nm (6.4 m kg, 46 ft Ib) 8 Nm (0.8 m kg, 5.8 ft Ib)
T
R
R
7 11
8 Nm (0.8 m kg, 5.8 ft Ib)
R
6
9 8 Nm (0.8 m kg, 5.8 ft Ib)
T
R
10
LT
24 Nm (2.4 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
R
1
12
8 Nm (0.8 m kg, 5.8 ft Ib) 13
T
R
8 (5)
LT
5 2
LT
4

T
T
R
R

T
R
T
R

Drive belt Refer to BELT DRIVE on page 4-72.
Rear brake master cylinder Refer to REAR BRAKE on page 4-34.
California only.
Canister Refer to THROTTLE BODIES on page 7-7.
1 Sidestand switch coupler 1 Disconnect.
2 Sidestand 1
3 Shift arm 1
4 Shift rod 1
5 Left footrest assembly 1
6 Rear brake light switch 1
7 Right footrest assembly 1
8 Front cylinder left cover 1
9 Front cylinder right cover 1
10 Rear cylinder left cover 1
11 Rear cylinder right cover 1
12 Ground lead 1 Disconnect.
5-3
ENGINE REMOVAL
Removing the sidestand and drive pulley housing

T
R
R
7 11
8 Nm (0.8 m kg, 5.8 ft Ib)
R
6
9 8 Nm (0.8 m kg, 5.8 ft Ib)
T
R
10
LT
24 Nm (2.4 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
R
1
12
8 Nm (0.8 m kg, 5.8 ft Ib) 13
T
R
8 (5)
LT
5 2
LT
4

T
T
R
R

T
R
T
R

13 Drive pulley housing 1
dure.
5-4
ENGINE REMOVAL
EAS3D81039
INSTALLING THE CYLINDER COVERS

1. Install:
Rear cylinder right cover 1
Rear cylinder left cover 2
Front cylinder right cover 3
Front cylinder left cover 4
Cylinder cover bolt

8 Nm (0.8 mkg, 5.8 ftlb)
T.
R
NOTE:
Tighten the cover bolts temporarily, and then
tighten the front bolt, then the rear bolt, to spec-
ification.
2
3
EAS3D81018
INSTALLING THE SHIFT ARM

1. Install:
Shift arm 1
Shift arm bolt

10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
T.
R
NOTE:
Align the I mark a in the shift shaft with the
punch mark b in the shift arm.
a
b
1
2. Adjust:
Shift rod length
Refer to ADJUSTING THE SHIFT PEDAL
on page 3-24.
5-5
ENGINE REMOVAL
Disconnecting the leads and hoses
7
6
4 5
9 8
11
9
10

Sub-fuel tank cover 4-1.
Radiator Refer to RADIATOR on page 6-1.
Thermostat Refer to THERMOSTAT on page 6-4.
Intake manifold assembly Refer to THROTTLE BODIES on page 7-7.
Refer to ELECTRIC STARTER on page
Starter motor 5-62.
1 Oil level switch coupler 1 Disconnect.
2 Spark plug cap 2 Disconnect.
3 Crankcase breather hose 1
6 Speed sensor coupler 1 Disconnect.
7 Neutral switch coupler 1 Disconnect.
8 Neutral switch connector 1 Disconnect.
9 Horn connector 2 Disconnect.
10 Horn 1
5-6
ENGINE REMOVAL
Disconnecting the leads and hoses
7
6
4 5
9 8
11
9
10

11 Rubber cover 1
For assembly, reverse the removal proce-
dure.
5-7
ENGINE REMOVAL
Removing the down tube and engine

16
T
T
R
R
88 Nm (8.8 m kg, 64 ft Ib)
R
48 Nm (4.8 m kg, 35 ft Ib)

R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib) 9

T
R
1
11
LT
12
13
(4)
LT
8 19
18
2
15
14
10 17
LT 20
LT
LT
LT 5 30 Nm (3.0 m kg, 22 ft Ib)
R
6 5
7 48 Nm (4.8 m kg, 35 ft Ib)
R
6
48 Nm (4.8 m kg, 35 ft Ib)
3
R

T
R

1 Sub-fuel tank bracket bolt 2
2 Coolant reservoir cover bracket 1
3 Engine mounting nut (front lower side) 1
4 Engine mounting bolt (front lower side) 1
5 Down tube bolt (front side) 2
6 Down tube bolt (rear side) 2
7 Down tube 1
8 Engine mounting nut (rear upper side) 1
9 Engine mounting bolt (rear upper side) 1
10 Engine mounting nut (rear lower side) 1
11 Engine mounting bolt (rear lower side) 1
12 Engine bracket bolt (rear upper side) 2
13 Engine bracket (rear upper side) 1
14 Engine bracket bolt (rear lower side) 2
15 Engine bracket (rear lower side) 1
16 Engine mounting bolt (front left upper side) 2
17 Engine mounting bolt (front right upper side) 2
5-8
ENGINE REMOVAL
Removing the down tube and engine

16
T
T
R
R
88 Nm (8.8 m kg, 64 ft Ib)
R
48 Nm (4.8 m kg, 35 ft Ib)

R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib) 9

T
R
1
11
LT
12
13
(4)
LT
8 19
18
2
15
14
10 17
LT 20
LT
LT
LT 5 30 Nm (3.0 m kg, 22 ft Ib)
R
6 5
7 48 Nm (4.8 m kg, 35 ft Ib)
R
6
48 Nm (4.8 m kg, 35 ft Ib)
3
R

T
R

18 Engine 1
19 Engine bracket bolt (front upper side) 4
20 Engine bracket (front upper side) 1
dure.
5-9
ENGINE REMOVAL
EAS23720
INSTALLING THE ENGINE

1. Install: 12
Engine bracket (front upper side) 1 5
LT
Engine bracket bolts (front upper side) 2
17
Engine bracket bolt (front upper
side) 8 10
T.
R
30 Nm (3.0 mkg, 22 ftlb) 9
13 (4)
2
7
6
4
LT
LT LT
1 11 LT 3
16
15
2. Install: 18 14
Engine 3
Engine mounting bolts (front right upper side) 3. Tighten:
4 Engine bracket bolts (rear lower side) 7
Engine mounting bolts (front left upper side) Engine bracket bolts (rear upper side) 9
5 Down tube bolts (front side) 15
Engine bracket (rear lower side) 6 Down tube bolts (rear side) 16
Engine bracket bolts (rear lower side) 7
Engine bracket (rear upper side) 8 Engine bracket bolt (rear lower
Engine bracket bolts (rear upper side) 9 side)
T.
R
48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)

Engine mounting bolt (rear lower side) 10
LOCTITE
Engine mounting nut (rear lower side) 11 Engine bracket bolt (rear upper
Engine mounting bolt (rear upper side) 12 side)
Engine mounting nut (rear upper side) 13 48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)
Down tube 14 LOCTITE
Down tube bolts (rear side) 15 Down tube bolt (front side)
Down tube bolts (front side) 16 48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)
Engine mounting bolt (front lower side) 17 LOCTITE
Engine mounting nut (front lower side) 18 Down tube bolt (rear side)
NOTE:
48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)
LOCTITE
Apply locking agent (LOCTITE) to the
threads of the engine mounting bolts (front
right upper side), engine bracket bolts (rear
lower side), engine bracket bolts (rear upper
side), down tube bolts (front side), and down
tube bolts (rear side).
Do not tighten the bolts and nuts. 9 15
7
16
5-10
ENGINE REMOVAL
4. Tighten:
Engine mounting bolts (front right upper side)
4
Engine mounting bolts (front left upper side)
5
Engine mounting nut (rear lower side) 11
Engine mounting nut (rear upper side) 13
Engine mounting nut (front lower side) 16
Engine mounting bolt (front right

upper side)
T.
R
48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)

LOCTITE
Engine mounting bolt (front left
upper side)
48 Nm (4.8 mkg, 35 ftlb)
LOCTITE
Engine mounting nut (rear lower
side)
88 Nm (8.8 mkg, 64 ftlb)
Engine mounting nut (rear upper
side)
88 Nm (8.8 mkg, 64 ftlb)
Engine mounting nut (front lower
side)
88 Nm (8.8 mkg, 64 ftlb)
13 4
11 16
5-11
CAMSHAFTS
EAS23740
CAMSHAFTS
Removing the cylinder head covers
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib) 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
R
R
T
R
6 Nm (0.6 m kg, 4.3 ft Ib)
T
R
7 New 1 LS
LS
9 1 2
6
7 8 New 3
6 4 2
3
8 LS
1 6 New 5
6 Nm (0.6 m kg, 4.3 ft Ib)

New
R
LS
3 1
New
New
LS 11
4
New 12
13 LS
13
13 10
12 New
13
FWD
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

T
R

Engine Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
1 Tappet cover 4
2 Front cylinder head cover bolt 2 l = 55 mm (2.17 in)
5 Front cylinder head cover bracket 1
6 Rear cylinder head cover bolt 7 l = 45 mm (1.77 in)
9 Rear cylinder head cover bracket 1
10 Front cylinder head cover 1
11 Rear cylinder head cover 1
12 Cylinder head cover gasket 2
13 Dowel pin 4
dure.
5-12
CAMSHAFTS
Removing the camshaft assemblies
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

T
R
20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)
T
R
(4) 9 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
R
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
R
(4)
E
7
10 8 New E
2
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
T
R
13 Nm (1.3 m kg, 9.4 ft Ib) New 3

T
5
R
2 3 New 11
1 9
4 5 6 New
FWD
20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)

T
R
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

T
R
13 Nm (1.3 m kg, 9.4 ft Ib)

T
R

1 Spark plug 2
2 Timing chain tensioner 2
3 Timing chain tensioner gasket 2
4 Rear cylinder timing chain tensioner housing 1
5 Pin 2
Rear cylinder timing chain tensioner housing
6 1
gasket
7 Front cylinder timing chain tensioner housing 1
Front cylinder timing chain tensioner housing
8 1
gasket
9 Camshaft sprocket 2
10 Rear cylinder camshaft assembly 1
11 Front cylinder camshaft assembly 1
dure.
5-13
CAMSHAFTS
Removing the rocker arms and camshafts

14 Nm (1.4 m kg, 10 ft Ib) 1
R
2
1 14 Nm (1.4 m kg, 10 ft Ib)
T
R
5
2
10
3 1
1
8 M 2 2
E
New 7
EX IN
6
M
9
4 E
IN EX

the camshaft assemblies
1 Locknut 4 Loosen.
2 Valve clearance adjusting screw 4
3 Intake rocker arm shaft 1
4 Exhaust rocker arm shaft 1
5 Intake rocker arm 1
6 Exhaust rocker arm 1
7 Circlip 1
8 Front cylinder camshaft 1
9 Rear cylinder camshaft 1
10 Camshaft carrier 1
dure.
5-14
CAMSHAFTS
EAS3D81020
REMOVING THE CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLIES

1. Align:
I mark on the front cylinder camshaft
sprocket
(with the arrow mark on the front cylinder 1
camshaft carrier)
Front cylinder
a. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise.
b. When the front cylinder piston is at TDC on 3. Remove:
the compression stroke, align the TDC mark Front cylinder camshaft sprocket
a on the generator rotor with the slot b in NOTE:
the generator cover. While holding the camshaft sprocket with the
NOTE: rotor holding tool 1, loosen the camshaft
To position the front cylinder piston at TDC on sprocket bolts 2.
the compression stroke, align the I mark c on To prevent the timing chain from falling into the
the camshaft sprocket with the arrow mark d crankcase, fasten it with a wire.
on the front cylinder camshaft carrier.
Rotor holding tool
b a 90890-01235
YU-01235
2
1
1
d
c
4. Remove:
Front cylinder camshaft assembly
NOTE:
Loosen the bolts in the proper sequence as
shown.
A
2. Remove:
Front cylinder timing chain tensioner 1 4
NOTE: 2
Never remove a timing chain tensioner when the
engine is mounted. 3
1
B
A. Intake side
B. Exhaust side
5-15
CAMSHAFTS
5. Align: EAS3D81034
REMOVING THE ROCKER ARMS AND

I mark on the rear cylinder camshaft sprock-
CAMSHAFTS
et
(with the arrow mark on the rear cylinder
rocker arms and camshafts.
camshaft carrier)
1. Remove:
Intake rocker arm shaft

Rear cylinder Exhaust rocker arm shaft
a. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise from Intake rocker arm
the front cylinder piston TDC by 300 degrees. Exhaust rocker arm
b. When the rear cylinder piston is at TDC on NOTE:
the compression stroke, align the TDC mark Remove the rocker arm shafts with the slide
a on the generator rotor with the slot b in hammer bolt 1 and weight 2.
NOTE: Slide hammer bolt
To position the rear cylinder piston at TDC on 90890-01083
the compression stroke, align the I mark c on Slide hammer bolt 6 mm
the camshaft sprocket with the arrow mark d YU-01083-1
on the rear cylinder camshaft carrier. Weight
90890-01084
YU-01083-3
b a
2
1
d
c 2. Remove:
Circlip 1
Camshaft 2
NOTE:
Position the camshaft as shown in the illustration
so that the camshaft lobes will not catch on the
camshaft carrier during removal.
6. Remove:
1
Rear cylinder timing chain tensioner
Rear cylinder camshaft sprocket
Rear cylinder camshaft assembly
NOTE:
Never remove a timing chain tensioner when
the engine is mounted. 2
Remove the parts using the same procedure
as for the front cylinder camshaft assembly.
5-16
CAMSHAFTS
EAS23840 EAS23870
CHECKING THE CAMSHAFTS CHECKING THE CAMSHAFT SPROCKETS

1. Check: 1. Check:
Camshaft lobes Camshaft sprockets
Blue discoloration/pitting/scratches Re- More than 1/4 tooth wear a Replace the
place the camshaft. camshaft sprocket and the timing chain as a
2. Measure: set.
Camshaft lobe dimensions a and b
Out of specification Replace the camshaft.
Camshaft lobe dimensions

Intake A
42.98843.088 mm (1.6924
1.6964 in)
Limit
42.888 mm (1.6885 in)
Intake B
37.04537.145 mm (1.4585
1.4624 in) a. 1/4 tooth
Limit b. Correct
36.945 mm (1.4545 in) 1. Timing chain roller
Exhaust A 2. Camshaft sprocket
43.15643.256 mm (1.6991
1.7030 in) EAS23880
Limit CHECKING THE ROCKER ARMS AND

43.056 mm (1.6951 in) ROCKER ARM SHAFTS
Exhaust B The following procedure applies to all of the
37.11837.218 mm (1.4613 rocker arms and rocker arm shafts.
1.4653 in) 1. Check:
Limit Rocker arm
37.018 mm (1.4574 in) Rocker arm roller
2. Check:
Rocker arm shaft
Blue discoloration/excessive wear/pit-
ting/scratches Replace or check the lubri-
cation system.
3. Measure:
Rocker arm inside diameter
Rocker arm inside diameter

12.00012.018 mm (0.4724
0.4731 in)
3. Check:
Camshaft oil passage
5-17
CAMSHAFTS
4. Measure:
Rocker arm shaft outside diameter a 1 3
Out of specification Replace. 2
5
Rocker arm shaft outside diame-
ter
11.97611.991 mm (0.4715
0.4721 in)
4 6 7
1. Timing chain tensioner rod

2. Timing chain tensioner spring seat
3. Timing chain tensioner inner spring
4. Timing chain tensioner clip 1
5. Timing chain tensioner clip 2
6. Timing chain tensioner outer spring
7. Timing chain tensioner housing
2. Check:
5. Calculate: Timing chain tensioner housing
Rocker-arm-to-rocker-arm-shaft clearance Timing chain tensioner rod
NOTE: Timing chain tensioner spring seat
Calculate the clearance by subtracting the rock- Timing chain tensioner springs
er arm shaft outside diameter from the rocker Timing chain tensioner clips
arm inside diameter. Damage/wear Replace the as a set.
3. Assemble:
Out of specification Replace the defective
Timing chain tensioner
part(s).
NOTE:
Rocker-arm-to-rocker-arm-shaft Prior to installing the timing chain tensioner rod,
clearance drain the engine oil from the timing chain ten-
0.0090.042 mm (0.00040.0017 sioner housing.
in)
Limit
0.095 mm (0.0037 in) a. Install the timing chain tensioner outer spring,
timing chain tensioner clip 2 1, and clip 1 2.
EAS23970 NOTE:
CHECKING THE TIMING CHAIN Be sure to face the ends of timing chain tension-
TENSIONERS er clip 2 1 in the direction shown in the illustra-
The following procedure applies to all of the tim- tion and to fit timing chain tensioner clip 1 2 in
ing chain tensioners. the groove a in the timing chain tensioner
1. Disassemble: housing.
Timing chain tensioner
NOTE:
2
Squeeze timing chain tensioner clip 2 5, and
then remove the timing chain tensioner springs
and timing chain tensioner rod. a
5-18
CAMSHAFTS
b. Install the timing chain tensioner inner spring, EAS24040
INSTALLING THE CAMSHAFTS AND

timing chain tensioner spring seat, and timing
ROCKER ARMS
chain tensioner rod.
c. Squeeze timing chain tensioner clip 2 1,
rocker arms and camshafts.
and then push the timing chain tensioner rod
1. Lubricate:
3 into the timing chain tensioner housing.
Camshaft
NOTE:
Do not release timing chain tensioner clip 2 while Recommended lubricant
pushing the rod into the housing, otherwise the Camshaft
rod may be ejected. Molybdenum disulfide oil
Camshaft bearing
Engine oil
2. Install:
3
Camshaft 1
1
Circlip 2 New
NOTE:
Position the camshaft as shown in the illustra-
tion so that the camshaft lobes will not catch on
the camshaft carrier during installation.
d. Align the groove b in the timing chain ten- Position the opening between the ends of the
sioner rod with timing chain tensioner clip 1 circlip in the 90 range a shown in the illustra-
2, and then squeeze the clip to fit it into the tion.
groove. The front cylinder camshaft is identified by the
punch mark b. The rear cylinder camshaft
NOTE:
does not have a punch mark.
Make sure that the timing chain tensioner rod is
secured by the clip, otherwise the rod may be
ejected. a
New 2
2 b
b
3. Lubricate:
Rocker arm shafts
Engine oil
4. Install:
Rocker arms
Rocker arm shafts
NOTE:
Make sure that the notches a in the rocker arm
shafts are aligned vertically as shown in the illus-
tration.
5-19
CAMSHAFTS
ECA3D81017
CAUTION: A
Make sure the cotouts in the rocker arm
shafts faces inward. 1
3
2
4
B
a
A. Intake side
B. Exhaust side
a
3. Install:
Front cylinder camshaft sprocket
EAS3D81021
INSTALLING THE CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLIES

1. Install: Front cylinder
Front cylinder camshaft assembly 1 a. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise.
NOTE: b. When the front cylinder piston is at TDC on
Be sure to install the camshaft assembly with the compression stroke, align the TDC mark
the punch mark a onto the front cylinder. a on the generator rotor with the slot b in
The rear cylinder camshaft assembly does not the generator cover.
have a punch mark. b a
c. Install the timing chain 1 onto the front cylin-

der camshaft sprocket 2, then install the
2. Tighten: camshaft sprocket onto the camshaft, and
Front cylinder camshaft assembly bolts then finger tighten the camshaft sprocket
NOTE: bolts 3.
ECA13740
Tighten the bolts in the proper sequence as CAUTION:
shown.
Do not turn the crankshaft when installing
the camshaft(s) to avoid damage or improper
Front cylinder camshaft assem- valve timing.
bly bolt
T.
R
10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb) NOTE:

To position the front cylinder piston at TDC on
the compression stroke, align the I mark c
on the camshaft sprocket with the arrow mark
d on the front cylinder camshaft carrier.
The front cylinder camshaft is identified by the
punch mark e. The rear cylinder camshaft
does not have a punch mark.
5-20
CAMSHAFTS
When installing the front cylinder camshaft

sprocket, be sure to keep the timing chain as a
tight as possible on the exhaust side.
d 1 2
3 c
1 New
e
2
3
d. Remove the wire from the timing chain.
4. Tighten:
Front cylinder camshaft sprocket bolts 1
NOTE:
While holding the camshaft sprocket with the ro-
tor holding tool 2, tighten the camshaft sprock- 6. Install:
et bolts. Rear cylinder camshaft assembly 1
NOTE:
Rotor holding tool Be sure to install the camshaft assembly without
90890-01235 a punch mark onto the rear cylinder.
YU-01235
2
1
1
7. Tighten:
Rear cylinder camshaft assembly bolts
5. Install: NOTE:
Front cylinder timing chain tensioner gasket
Tighten the bolts in the proper sequence as
1 New shown.
Front cylinder timing chain tensioner 2
Front cylinder timing chain ten- Rear cylinder camshaft assem-

sioner bolt bly bolt
T.
R
T.
10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)

R
10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
NOTE:
The arrow mark a on the front cylinder timing
chain tensioner should face up.
Push the end of the front cylinder timing chain
guide (intake side) 3 to release the timing
chain tensioner rod.
5-21
CAMSHAFTS
When installing the rear cylinder camshaft

A
sprocket, be sure to keep the timing chain as
tight as possible on the intake side.
1
3
d 1
2 3 c
4
B 2
A. Intake side 3
B. Exhaust side
8. Install:
Rear cylinder camshaft sprocket d. Remove the wire from the timing chain.

9. Tighten:
Rear cylinder Rear cylinder camshaft sprocket bolts 1
a. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise from
NOTE:
the front cylinder piston TDC by 300 degrees.
b. When the rear cylinder piston is at TDC on While holding the camshaft sprocket with the ro-
the compression stroke, align the TDC mark tor holding tool 2, tighten the camshaft sprock-
a on the generator rotor with the slot b in et bolts.
Rotor holding tool
b a 90890-01235
YU-01235
2
1
c. Install the timing chain 1 onto the rear cylin- 1

der camshaft sprocket 2, then install the
camshaft sprocket onto the camshaft, and
then finger tighten the camshaft sprocket
bolts 3.
ECA13740 10.Install:
CAUTION: Rear cylinder timing chain tensioner gasket
Do not turn the crankshaft when installing 1 New
the camshaft(s) to avoid damage or improper Rear cylinder timing chain tensioner 2
valve timing.
Rear cylinder timing chain ten-
NOTE: sioner bolt
T.
R
To position the rear cylinder piston at TDC on 10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
the compression stroke, align the I mark c
on the camshaft sprocket with the arrow mark NOTE:
d on the rear cylinder camshaft carrier. The arrow mark a on the rear timing chain
The rear cylinder camshaft assembly does not tensioner should face up.
have a punch mark. Be sure to install the cam- Push the end of the rear cylinder timing chain
shaft assembly without a punch mark onto the guide (exhaust side) 3 to release the timing
rear cylinder. chain tensioner rod.
5-22
CAMSHAFTS
Front cylinder head cover bracket 1
Front cylinder head cover bolt

10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
T.
a
R
2 Bolts 2: l = 30 mm (1.18 in)
Bolts 3: l = 45 mm (1.77 in)
Bolts 4: l = 55 mm (2.17 in)
1 New
3 A 2 3
4
3 1
4 B 2
A. Intake side
B. Exhaust side
11.Measure:
Valve clearance
Refer to ADJUSTING THE VALVE CLEAR-
ANCE on page 3-4.
EAS3D81035
INSTALLING THE CYLINDER HEAD

COVERS
1. Install:
Rear cylinder head cover
Rear cylinder head cover bracket 1
Rear cylinder head cover bolt

10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
T.
R
Bolts 2: l = 30 mm (1.18 in)

Bolts 3: l = 45 mm (1.77 in)
Bolts 4: l = 55 mm (2.17 in)
A 2
3
3
4
4
1
3 B 2
A. Intake side
B. Exhaust side
2. Install:
Front cylinder head cover
5-23
CYLINDER HEADS
EAS24110
CYLINDER HEADS
Removing the cylinder heads
R
15 Nm (1.5 m kg, 11 ft Ib)
T
R
E
1
E E
(4) 65 Nm (6.5 m kg, 47 ft Ib) New
65 Nm (6.5 m kg, 47 ft Ib) (4)
T
R
E
3 E
4 New
New E
1
2
5
4 New
FWD
15 Nm (1.5 m kg, 11 ft Ib)

R

Camshaft assemblies Refer to CAMSHAFTS on page 5-12.
1 Oil check bolt 2
2 Front cylinder head 1
3 Rear cylinder head 1
4 Cylinder head gasket 2
5 Dowel pin 4
dure.
5-24
CYLINDER HEADS
EAS24150
REMOVING THE CYLINDER HEADS

1. Remove:
Cylinder head bolts
Cylinder head nuts
NOTE:
Loosen the nuts and bolts in the proper se-
quence as shown.
Loosen each nut and bolt 1/2 of a turn at a
time. After all of the bolts and nuts are fully
loosened, remove them. 2. Check:
Cylinder heads
A Damage/scratches Replace.
3. Measure:
4 6
Cylinder head warpage
2
Out of specification Resurface the cylinder
head.
Warpage limit
0.03 mm (0.0012 in)
1
5 3

B a. Place a straightedge 1 and a thickness
3 5 gauge 2 across the cylinder head.
1
1 2
2
6 4

EAS24170
b. Measure the warpage.
CHECKING THE CYLINDER HEADS c. If the limit is exceeded, resurface the cylinder
The following procedure applies to all of the cyl- head as follows.
inder heads. d. Place 400600 grit wet sandpaper on a sur-
1. Eliminate: face plate and resurface the cylinder head
Combustion chamber carbon deposits using a figure-eight sanding pattern.
(with a rounded scraper) NOTE:
NOTE: To ensure an even surface, rotate the cylinder
Do not use a sharp instrument to avoid damag- head several times.
ing or scratching:
Spark plug bore threads
EAS24230
Valve seats INSTALLING THE CYLINDER HEADS
1. Tighten:
Cylinder head nuts
Cylinder head bolts
5-25
CYLINDER HEADS
Cylinder head nut

T.
R
65 Nm (6.5 mkg, 47 ftlb)
Cylinder head bolt
13 Nm (1.3 mkg, 9.4 ftlb)
NOTE:
Lubricate the cylinder head nuts and washers
with engine oil.
Tighten the cylinder head nuts and bolts in the
proper tightening sequence as shown and
torque them in two stages.
3 1
5
6
2 4
B
4 2
6
5
1 3

5-26
VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS
EAS24270

Removing the valves and valve springs
2 1
M
1
1 1 2 New 6
M 2
3 M
2 6 New 6 New
M 3
7 7 3
New 6
3 8 8 7
7 8
E
E
M M
5 4

The following procedure applies to both cyl-
inders.
Cylinder heads Refer to CYLINDER HEADS on page 5-24.
1 Valve cotter 8
2 Upper spring seat 4
3 Valve spring 4
4 Intake valve 2
5 Exhaust valve 2
6 Valve stem seal 4
7 Lower spring seat 4
8 Valve guide 4
dure.
5-27
EAS24280
REMOVING THE VALVES

valves and related components.
NOTE:
Before removing the internal parts of the cylinder
head (e.g., valves, valve springs, and valve
seats), make sure the valves properly seal.
1. Check:
Valve sealing
Leakage at the valve seat Check the valve 3. Remove:
face, valve seat, and valve seat width. Upper spring seat 1
Refer to CHECKING THE VALVE SEATS Valve spring 2
on page 5-30. Valve 3
Valve stem seal 4
a. Pour a clean solvent a into the intake and Lower spring seat 5
exhaust ports. NOTE:
b. Check that the valves properly seal. Identify the position of each part very carefully so
NOTE: that it can be reinstalled in its original place.
There should be no leakage at the valve seat 1.
EAS24290
CHECKING THE VALVES AND VALVE

2. Remove: GUIDES
Valve cotters The following procedure applies to all of the
NOTE: valves and valve guides.
Remove the valve cotters by compressing the 1. Measure:
valve spring with the valve spring compressor Valve-stem-to-valve-guide clearance
1 and the valve spring compressor attachment Out of specification Replace the valve
2. guide.
Valve-stem-to-valve-guide clearance =
Valve guide inside diameter a -
Valve spring compressor
Valve stem diameter b
90890-04019
YM-04019
Valve spring compressor attach-
ment
90890-01243
Valve spring compressor adapt-
er (26 mm)
YM-01253-1
5-28
b. Install the new valve guide with the valve

Valve-stem-to-valve-guide clear- guide installer 2 and valve guide remover
ance (intake) 1.
0.0100.037 mm (0.00040.0015
in) Valve guide position
Limit 14.514.9 mm (0.5710.587 in)
0.080 mm (0.0032 in)
Valve-stem-to-valve-guide clear-
ance (exhaust)
0.0250.052 mm (0.00100.0020
in)
Limit
0.100 mm (0.0039 in)
a. Valve guide position

c. After installing the valve guide, bore the valve
guide with the valve guide reamer 3 to ob-
tain the proper valve-stem-to-valve-guide
clearance.
NOTE:
2. Replace: After replacing the valve guide, reface the valve
Valve guide seat.
NOTE:
To ease valve guide removal and installation, Valve guide remover (6)
and to maintain the correct fit, heat the cylinder 90890-04064
head to 100 C (212 F) in an oven. Valve guide remover (6.0 mm)
YM-04064-A
a. Remove the valve guide with the valve guide Valve guide installer (6)
remover 1. 90890-04065
Valve guide installer (6.0 mm)
YM-04065-A
Valve guide reamer (6)
90890-04066
Valve guide reamer (6.0 mm)
YM-04066

3. Eliminate:
Carbon deposits
(from the valve face and valve seat)
5-29
4. Check: 1. Eliminate:
Valve face Carbon deposits
Pitting/wear Grind the valve face. (from the valve face and valve seat)
Valve stem end 2. Check:
Mushroom shape or diameter larger than the Valve seat
body of the valve stem Replace the valve. Pitting/wear Replace the cylinder head.
5. Measure: 3. Measure:
Valve margin thickness a Valve seat width a
Out of specification Replace the valve. Out of specification Replace the cylinder
head.
Valve margin thickness D (intake)
1.151.45 mm (0.04530.0571 in) Valve seat width C (intake)
Valve margin thickness D (ex- 1.001.20 mm (0.03940.0472 in)
haust) Valve seat width C (exhaust)
1.151.45 mm (0.04530.0571 in) 1.001.20 mm (0.03940.0472 in)
6. Measure:
Valve stem runout a. Apply Mechanics blueing dye (Dykem) b
Out of specification Replace the valve. onto the valve face.
NOTE:
When installing a new valve, always replace
the valve guide.
If the valve is removed or replaced, always re-
place the valve stem seal.
Valve stem runout

0.010 mm (0.0004 in)
b. Install the valve into the cylinder head.

c. Press the valve through the valve guide and
onto the valve seat to make a clear impres-
sion.
d. Measure the valve seat width.
NOTE:
Where the valve seat and valve face contacted
one another, the blueing will have been re-
moved.
EAS24300

CHECKING THE VALVE SEATS
The following procedure applies to all of the 4. Lap:
valves and valve seats. Valve face
Valve seat
5-30
NOTE: e. Apply a fine lapping compound to the valve

After replacing the cylinder head or replacing the face and repeat the above steps.
valve and valve guide, the valve seat and valve f. After every lapping procedure, be sure to
face should be lapped. clean off all of the lapping compound from the
valve face and valve seat.
g. Apply Mechanics blueing dye (Dykem) b
a. Apply a coarse lapping compound a to the
onto the valve face.
valve face.
ECA13790
CAUTION:
Do not let the lapping compound enter the
gap between the valve stem and the valve
guide.
h. Install the valve into the cylinder head.

i. Press the valve through the valve guide and
onto the valve seat to make a clear impres-
sion.
j. Measure the valve seat width c again. If the
valve seat width is out of specification, reface
b. Apply molybdenum disulfide oil onto the and lap the valve seat.
valve stem.

c. Install the valve into the cylinder head. EAS24310
d. Turn the valve until the valve face and valve CHECKING THE VALVE SPRINGS
seat are evenly polished, then clean off all of The following procedure applies to all of the
the lapping compound. valve springs.
NOTE: 1. Measure:
For the best lapping results, lightly tap the valve Valve spring free length a
seat while rotating the valve back and forth be- Out of specification Replace the valve
tween your hands. spring.
Free length (intake)

42.43 mm (1.67 in)
Limit
40.31 mm (1.59 in)
Free length (exhaust)
42.43 mm (1.67 in)
Limit
40.31 mm (1.59 in)
5-31
2. Measure: EAS24340
Compressed valve spring force a INSTALLING THE VALVES

Out of specification Replace the valve The following procedure applies to all of the
spring. valves and related components.
1. Deburr:
Installed compression spring Valve stem end
force (intake) (with an oil stone)
171197 N (38.4444.29 lbf)
(17.4420.09 kgf)
Installed compression spring
force (exhaust)
171197 N (38.4444.29 lbf)
(17.4420.09 kgf)
Installed length (intake)
35.00 mm (1.38 in)
Installed length (exhaust)
35.00 mm (1.38 in)
2. Lubricate:
Valve stem 1
Valve stem seal 2
(with the recommended lubricant)
Molybdenum disulfide oil
3. Lubricate:
Valve stem end
b. Installed length
3. Measure: Engine oil
Valve spring tilt a
Out of specification Replace the valve
spring.
Spring tilt (intake)

2.5/1.9 mm
Spring tilt (exhaust)
2.5/1.9 mm
4. Install:
Lower spring seat 1
5-32
Valve stem seal 2 New

Valve 3
Valve spring 4
Upper spring seat 5
(into the cylinder head)
NOTE:
Make sure each valve is installed in its original
place.
Install the valve springs with the larger pitch a
facing up. 6. To secure the valve cotters onto the valve
stem, lightly tap the valve tip with a soft-face
hammer.
ECA13800
CAUTION:
Hitting the valve tip with excessive force
could damage the valve.
b. Smaller pitch
5. Install:
Valve cotters
NOTE:
Install the valve cotters by compressing the
valve spring with the valve spring compressor
1 and the valve spring compressor attachment
2.
Valve spring compressor

90890-04019
YM-04019
Valve spring compressor attach-
ment
90890-01243
Valve spring compressor adapt-
er (26 mm)
YM-01253-1
5-33
CYLINDERS AND PISTONS
EAS24360

Removing the cylinders and pistons
1
3
New 5
10
10
11
1 11
E 12 6
9 New 7
12 New 9
New 7 E
7 8
8 7 New
6
2
E
New 4
6
D
FW

Cylinder heads Refer to CYLINDER HEADS on page 5-24.
1 Timing chain guide 2
2 Front cylinder 1
3 Rear cylinder 1
4 Front cylinder gasket 1
5 Rear cylinder gasket 1
6 Dowel pin 4
7 Circlip 4
8 Piston pin 2
9 Piston 2
10 Top ring 2
11 2nd ring 2
12 Oil ring 2
dure.
5-34
EAS24380
REMOVING THE PISTONS NOTE:

The following procedure applies to all of the pis- When removing a piston ring, open the end gap
tons. with your fingers and lift the other side of the ring
1. Remove: over the piston crown.
Piston pin clips 1
Piston pin 2
Piston 3
ECA13810
CAUTION:
Do not use a hammer to drive the piston pin
out.
NOTE:
Before removing the piston pin clips, cover the
crankcase opening with a clean rag to prevent
the piston pin clips from falling into the crank- EAS24410
case. CHECKING THE CYLINDERS AND PISTONS

Before removing the piston pin, deburr the pis- The following procedure applies to all of the cyl-
ton pin clips groove and the pistons pin bore inders and pistons.
area. If both areas are deburred and the piston 1. Check:
pin is still difficult to remove, remove it with the Piston wall
piston pin puller set 4. Cylinder wall
Vertical scratches Rebore or replace the
cylinder, and replace the piston and piston
Piston pin puller set rings as a set.
90890-01304 2. Measure:
Piston pin puller
Piston-to-cylinder clearance
YU-01304

a. Measure the cylinder bore C with the cylin-
der bore gauge.
NOTE:
3
1 Measure the cylinder bore C by taking side-to-
side and front-to-back measurements of the cyl-
inder. Then, find the average of the measure-
2
ments.
Bore
100.000100.010 mm (3.9370
3.9374 in)
Taper limit
0.050 mm (0.0020 in)
Out of round limit
0.050 mm (0.0020 in)
C = maximum of D1D6
T = maximum of D1 or D2 - maximum of D5
or D6
R = maximum of D1, D3 or D5 - minimum of
2. Remove: D2, D4 or D6
Top ring
2nd ring
Oil ring
5-35
EAS24430
CHECKING THE PISTON RINGS

The following procedure applies to all of the pis-
ton rings.
1. Measure:
Piston ring side clearance
Out of specification Replace the piston
and piston rings as a set.
NOTE:
Before measuring the piston ring side clearance,
b. If out of specification, rebore or replace the eliminate any carbon deposits from the piston
cylinder, and replace the piston and piston ring grooves and piston rings.
rings as a set.
c. Measure the piston skirt diameter D a with Piston ring
the micrometer. Top ring
Ring side clearance
Piston 0.0300.080 mm (0.0012
Diameter D 0.0032 in)
99.95599.970 mm (3.9352 Limit
3.9358 in) 0.130 mm (0.0051 in)
2nd ring
Ring side clearance
0.0300.070 mm (0.0012
0.0028 in)
Limit
0.130 mm (0.0051 in)
b. 8 mm (0.31 in) from the bottom edge of the

piston
d. If out of specification, replace the piston and
piston rings as a set.
e. Calculate the piston-to-cylinder clearance
with the following formula. 2. Install:
Piston-to-cylinder clearance = Piston ring
Cylinder bore C - (into the cylinder)
Piston skirt diameter P NOTE:
Level the piston ring in the cylinder with the pis-
Piston-to-cylinder clearance ton crown.
0.0300.055 mm (0.00120.0022
in)
Limit
0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
f. If out of specification, rebore or replace the

cylinder, and replace the piston and piston
rings as a set.
5-36
Piston pin outside diameter

22.99123.000 mm (0.9052
0.9055 in)
Limit
22.971 mm (0.9044 in)
a. 10 mm (0.39 in)
3. Measure:
Piston ring end gap
Out of specification Replace the piston
ring.
NOTE:
3. Measure:
The oil ring expander spacer end gap cannot be
Piston pin bore diameter b
measured. If the oil ring rails gap is excessive,
Out of specification Replace the piston.
replace all three piston rings.
Piston pin bore inside diameter
Piston ring 23.00423.015 mm (0.9057
Top ring 0.9061 in)
End gap (installed) Limit
0.200.35 mm (0.00790.0138 23.045 mm (0.9073 in)
in)
Limit
0.60 mm (0.0236 in)
2nd ring
End gap (installed)
0.450.60 mm (0.01770.0236
in)
Limit
0.95 mm (0.0374 in)
Oil ring
End gap (installed)
0.200.70 mm (0.00790.0276
in) 4. Calculate:
Piston-pin-to-piston-pin-bore clearance
EAS24440 Out of specification Replace the piston pin
CHECKING THE PISTON PINS and piston as a set.
The following procedure applies to all of the pis- Piston-pin-to-piston-pin-bore clearance =
ton pins. Piston pin bore diameter b -
1. Check: Piston pin outside diameter a
Piston pin
Blue discoloration/grooves Replace the
piston pin and then check the lubrication sys- Piston-pin-to-piston-pin-bore
tem. clearance
0.0040.024 mm (0.00016
2. Measure:
0.00094 in)
Piston pin outside diameter a
Out of specification Replace the piston pin.
5-37
EAS24460
INSTALLING THE PISTONS AND

CYLINDERS
The following procedure applies to all of the pis-
tons and cylinders.
1. Install:
Top ring 1
2nd ring 2
Oil ring expander 3 b
Lower oil ring rail 4 3 New
Upper oil ring rail 5
NOTE: 3. Lubricate:
Piston
Be sure to install the piston rings so that the
Piston rings
manufacturers marks or numbers face up.
Cylinder
Engine oil
4. Offset:
Piston ring end gaps
A d.e
2. Install:
Piston 1 90
Piston pin 2
Piston pin clips 3 New c
20
NOTE: a.b 90
Apply engine oil onto the piston pin.
Make sure the arrow mark a on the piston fac- a. Top ring
es towards the front side of the cylinder. b. Upper oil ring rail
Before installing the piston pin clips, cover the c. Oil ring expander
crankcase opening with a clean rag to prevent d. Lower oil ring rail
the clips from falling into the crankcase. e. 2nd ring
Install the piston pin clips so that the clip ends A. forward
are 3 mm (0.12 in) b or more from the cutout 5. Install:
in the piston. Rear cylinder gasket 1
Reinstall each piston into its original cylinder. Front cylinder gasket 2
A A
1 B 2 B
A. Intake side
B. Exhaust side
5-38
6. Install:
Cylinder 1
NOTE:
While compressing the piston rings with one
hand, install the cylinder with the other hand.
Pass the timing chain and timing chain guide
through the timing chain cavity.
5-39
GENERATOR AND STARTER CLUTCH
EAS24480

Removing the stator coil
2
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
R
9
1
LT
LT 10
7 New
8 11
8
6
LT
LS
LS
5
New
(12)
New
(6) New
E
LS
4 3
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib) 6 Nm (0.6 m kg, 4.3 ft Ib) 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
T
T
R
R

Left side cover 4-1.
Drain.
Engine oil Refer to CHANGING THE ENGINE OIL on
page 3-12.
For California only.
Canister Refer to THROTTLE BODIES on page 7-7.
Drive pulley cover Refer to BELT DRIVE on page 4-72.
Left footrest assembly/Sidestand Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
3 Damper cover 1
4 Generator cover damper 1
5 Left side cover bracket 1
6 Generator cover 1
7 Generator cover gasket 1
8 Dowel pin 2
5-40
Removing the stator coil
2
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
R
9
1
LT
LT 10
7 New
8 11
8
6
LT
LS
LS
5
New
(12)
New
(6) New
E
LS
4 3
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib) 6 Nm (0.6 m kg, 4.3 ft Ib) 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
T
T
R
R

Crankshaft position sensor/stator assembly lead
9 1
holder
10 Crankshaft position sensor 1
11 Stator coil 1
dure.
5-41
Removing the generator rotor and starter clutch
4 90 Nm (9.0 m kg, 65 ft Ib)
R
24 Nm (2.4 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
T
2
R
1
LT
7 (6)
5
6 E
E
E E

1 Generator rotor 1
2 Starter clutch 1
3 Woodruff key 1
4 Starter clutch gear 1
5 Torque limiter 1
6 Starter clutch idle gear shaft 1
7 Starter clutch idle gear 1
dure.
5-42
EAS24490
REMOVING THE GENERATOR 1

1. Remove:
Generator rotor bolt 1
Washer
Starter clutch bolts 2
NOTE:
While holding the generator rotor 3 with the
sheave holder 4, loosen the generator rotor 2
bolt.
Do not allow the sheave holder to touch the EAS24560
projection on the generator rotor. REMOVING THE STARTER CLUTCH
1. Remove:
Sheave holder Starter clutch bolts
90890-01701 Starter clutch
Primary clutch holder NOTE:
YS-01880-A
sheave holder 2, loosen the starter clutch
3 bolts.
Sheave holder
2 90890-01701
1 YS-01880-A
2
2. Remove:
Generator rotor 1
(with the flywheel puller 2)
Woodruff key
ECA13880
1 2
CAUTION:
To protect the end of the crankshaft, place an
appropriate sized socket between the fly-
wheel puller sets center bolt and the crank- EAS24570
shaft. CHECKING THE STARTER CLUTCH

1. Check:
NOTE: Starter clutch rollers
Install the flywheel puller bolts to the threaded Damage/wear Replace.
holes of the starter clutch. 2. Check:
Make sure the flywheel puller is centered over Starter clutch idle gear
the generator rotor. Starter clutch gear
Burrs/chips/roughness/wear Replace the
Flywheel puller defective part(s).
90890-01362 3. Check:
Heavy duty puller Starter clutch gears contacting surfaces
YU-33270-B Damage/pitting/wear Replace the starter
clutch gear.
4. Check:
Starter clutch operation
5-43
a. Install the starter clutch gear 1 onto the gen-

erator rotor 2 and hold the generator rotor.
b. When turning the starter clutch gear clock-
wise A, the starter clutch and the starter
clutch gear should engage, otherwise the
starter clutch is faulty and must be replaced.
c. When turning the starter clutch gear counter- 1 2
clockwise B, it should turn freely, otherwise
the starter clutch is faulty and must be re-
placed.
EAS24500
INSTALLING THE GENERATOR

A 1 1. Install:
Generator rotor
Washer
Generator rotor bolt
NOTE:
Clean the tapered portion of the crankshaft and
B
the generator rotor hub.
2 When installing the generator rotor, make sure
the woodruff key is properly seated in the key-
way of the crankshaft.

EAS3D81022
Lubricate the generator rotor bolt threads and
CHECKING THE TORQUE LIMITER
washer mating surfaces with engine oil.
1. Check:
Torque limiter 2. Tighten:
Damage/wear Replace. Generator rotor bolt 1
NOTE:
Generator rotor bolt
Do not disassemble the torque limiter. 90 Nm (9.0 mkg, 65 ftlb)
T.
R
EAS24600
NOTE:
INSTALLING THE STARTER CLUTCH
1. Install: While holding the generator rotor 2 with the
Starter clutch sheave holder 3, tighten the generator rotor
bolt.
Starter clutch bolt
24 Nm (2.4 mkg, 17 ftlb) Sheave holder
T.
R
LOCTITE 90890-01701
NOTE: YS-01880-A
sheave holder 2, tighten the starter clutch
bolts. 2
Sheave holder
90890-01701
1
YS-01880-A
5-44
3. Apply:
Sealant
(onto the crankshaft position sensor/stator
assembly lead grommet)
Yamaha bond No. 1215

90890-85505
5-45
CLUTCH
EAS25060
CLUTCH
Removing the clutch cover
8 New
9
7
9
2
5
(8)
1
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib) 4

T
R
New
3
(6)
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
T
R

Drain.
Engine oil Refer to CHANGING THE ENGINE OIL on
page 3-12.
1 Clutch cable holder 1
2 Clutch cable 1 Disconnect.
3 Pull lever 1
4 Pull lever spring 1
5 Damper cover 1
6 Clutch cover damper 1
7 Clutch cover 1
8 Clutch cover gasket 1
9 Dowel pin 2
dure.
5-46
CLUTCH
Removing the pull lever shaft
LS
New
5
4
3 New
E
2
LS

1 Circlip 1
2 Pull lever shaft 1
3 Oil seal 1
4 Bearing 1
5 Bearing 1
dure.
5-47
CLUTCH
Removing the clutch
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

22
T
R
21
E 19
23
18 E
E
17 125 Nm (12.5 m kg, 90 ft lb)
20 16
T
R
LT 15
14 13
12 11 New
New
9
8
7
6
5 10
E
E
(6)
LS
4
E
3
2 1
8 Nm (0.8 m kg, 5.8 ft Ib)
T
R

1 Clutch spring plate retainer 1
2 Clutch spring plate 1
3 Clutch spring plate seat 1
4 Pressure plate 1
5 Pull rod 1
6 Friction plate 1 1 Inside diameter: 124 mm (4.88 in)
7 Clutch plate 7
9 Clutch boss nut 1
10 Conical spring washer 1
11 Wire circlip 1
12 Clutch plate 1
14 Clutch damper spring 1
15 Clutch damper spring seat 1
16 Clutch boss 1
17 Thrust washer 1 1
5-48
CLUTCH
Removing the clutch
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

22
T
R
21
E 19
23
18 E
E
17 125 Nm (12.5 m kg, 90 ft lb)
20 16
T
R
LT 15
14 13
12 11 New
New
9
8
7
6
5 10
E
E
(6)
LS
4
E
3
2 1
8 Nm (0.8 m kg, 5.8 ft Ib)
T
R

18 Clutch housing 1
19 Collar 1
20 Oil/water pump drive chain guide 1
21 Oil/water pump drive chain 1
22 Oil/water pump drive sprocket 1
23 Thrust washer 2 1
dure.
5-49
CLUTCH
Removing the primary drive gear
100 Nm (10.0 m kg, 72 ft lb)
R
7
6
LS
5 New
3
4
New New
LS
3
LT
1
E
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

R
New 2
(12)
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

T
R

Air filter case 4-1.
Rear brake master cylinder Refer to REAR BRAKE on page 4-34.
Right footrest assembly/Rear brake light Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
switch/Horn/Down tube
Refer to GENERATOR AND STARTER
Generator cover CLUTCH on page 5-40.
1 Primary drive gear cover 1
2 Primary drive gear cover gasket 1
3 Dowel pin 3
4 Primary drive gear nut 1
5 Lock washer 1
6 Spacer 1
7 Primary drive gear 1
dure.
5-50
CLUTCH
EAS25080
Do not allow the sheave holder to touch the
REMOVING THE CLUTCH
projection on the generator rotor.
1. Loosen:
Clutch boss nut 1
Sheave holder
NOTE:
90890-01701
While holding the clutch boss 2 with the univer- Primary clutch holder
sal clutch holder 3, loosen the clutch boss nut. YS-01880-A
Universal clutch holder

90890-04086
YM-91042 1
2
1
3
3
2. Remove:
Clutch boss nut 1
Conical spring washer 2
Clutch boss assembly 3
NOTE:
4
There is a built-in damper between the clutch
boss and the clutch plate. It is not necessary to
EAS25100
remove the wire circlip 4 and disassemble the CHECKING THE FRICTION PLATES
built-in damper unless there is serious clutch The following procedure applies to all of the fric-
chattering. tion plates.
1. Check:
3 Friction plate
Damage/wear Replace the friction plates
as a set.
4 2. Measure:
Friction plate thickness
2 Out of specification Replace the friction
1 plates as a set.
NOTE:
Measure each friction plate at four places.
EAS25090
REMOVING THE PRIMARY DRIVE GEAR Friction plate 1, 3 thickness

1. Straighten the lock washer tab. 2.903.10 mm (0.1140.122 in)
2. Remove: Wear limit
Primary drive gear nut 1 2.80 mm (0.1102 in)
Lock washer 2
NOTE:
sheave holder 4, loosen the primary drive
gear nut.
5-51
CLUTCH
EAS25130
A B CHECKING THE CLUTCH SPRING PLATE

1. Check:
Clutch spring plate
Damage Replace.
2. Check:
Clutch spring plate seat
Damage Replace.
EAS25150
CHECKING THE CLUTCH HOUSING

C 1. Check:
Clutch housing dogs
Damage/pitting/wear Deburr the clutch
housing dogs or replace the clutch housing.
NOTE:
Pitting on the clutch housing dogs will cause er-
ratic clutch operation.
A. Friction plate 1
B. Friction plate 2
C. Friction plate 3
EAS25110
CHECKING THE CLUTCH PLATES

clutch plates.
1. Check:
Clutch plate 2. Check:
Damage Replace the clutch plates as a Bearing
set. Damage/wear Replace the bearing and
2. Measure: clutch housing.
Clutch plate warpage
(with a surface plate and thickness gauge 1) EAS25160
Out of specification Replace the clutch CHECKING THE CLUTCH BOSS

plates as a set. 1. Check:
Clutch boss splines
Warpage limit Damage/pitting/wear Replace the clutch
0.20 mm (0.0079 in) boss.
NOTE:
Pitting on the clutch boss splines will cause er-
ratic clutch operation.
5-52
CLUTCH
Pull rod teeth 2

Damage/wear Replace the pull rod and
pull lever shaft pinion gear as a set.
EAS25170
CHECKING THE PRESSURE PLATE

1. Check:
Pressure plate 2. Check:
Cracks/damage Replace. Pull rod bearing
Bearing Damage/wear Replace.
EAS3D81028
EAS25200 CHECKING THE OIL/WATER PUMP DRIVE

CHECKING THE PRIMARY DRIVE GEAR SPROCKET AND OIL/WATER PUMP DRIVE
1. Check: CHAIN
Primary drive gear 1. Check:
Damage/wear Replace the primary drive Oil/water pump drive sprocket
and primary driven gears as a set. Cracks/damage/wear Replace the oil/wa-
Excessive noise during operation Replace ter pump drive chain, and oil/water pump
the primary drive and primary driven gears as drive and driven sprockets as a set.
a set. 2. Check:
EAS25210
Oil/water pump drive chain
CHECKING THE PRIMARY DRIVEN GEAR Damage/stiffness Replace the oil/water
1. Check: pump drive chain, and oil/water pump drive
Primary driven gear 1 and driven sprockets as a set.
Damage/wear Replace the primary drive EAS25230
and primary driven gears as a set. INSTALLING THE PRIMARY DRIVE GEAR
Excessive noise during operation Replace 1. Install:
the primary drive and primary driven gears as Primary drive gear 1
a set. Spacer 2
Lock washer 3
1 Primary drive gear nut
Primary drive gear nut

100 Nm (10.0 mkg, 72 ftlb)
T.
R
NOTE:
Make sure that the side of the primary drive
gear 1 with the groove a is facing outward.
Align the tab b on the lock washer 3 with the
EAS25220
groove c in the spacer 2.
CHECKING THE PULL LEVER SHAFT AND While holding the generator rotor 4 with the
PULL ROD sheave holder 5, tighten the primary drive
1. Check: gear nut.
Pull lever shaft pinion gear teeth 1 Do not allow the sheave holder to touch the
projection on the generator rotor.
5-53
CLUTCH
Lubricate the primary drive gear nut threads

a
with engine oil.
2
Sheave holder 1
90890-01701
YS-01880-A a 3
a c
2. Install:
b
Clutch housing 1
NOTE:
1 Fit the projections a on the oil/water pump
drive sprocket into the grooves b in the clutch
3 housing.
2 Lubricate the clutch housing bearing with en-
gine oil.
Make sure that the primary driven gear teeth
4 and primary drive gear teeth mesh correctly.
After installing the clutch housing, make sure
that the primary drive gear 2 and clutch hous-
ing primary driven gear 3 are aligned as
shown in the illustration.
a
b 1
5
2. Bend lock washer tab along a flat side of the

nut.
EAS25240
INSTALLING THE CLUTCH

1. Install: b
Oil/water pump drive sprocket 1 a
Oil/water pump drive chain 2
Oil/water pump drive chain guide 3
NOTE: 3 2
Install the oil/water pump drive sprocket with its
projections a facing outward.
Oil/water pump drive chain guide

bolt
T.
R
10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)

LOCTITE
3. Install:
Clutch boss assembly 1
NOTE:
Install the clutch damper spring 2 with the
OUTSIDE mark facing out.
If the wire circlip 3 has been removed, care-
fully install a new one.
5-54
CLUTCH
6. Install:
1 Friction plates 2 1
Clutch plates
Friction plate 1 2
NOTE:
First, install a friction plate and then alternate
between a clutch plate and a friction plate.
2 Align the cutout in the tab of each friction plate
New 3 2 1 with the mark a on the clutch hous-
ing and align the cutout in the tab of friction
4. Install: plate 1 2 with the punch mark b on the hous-
Clutch boss 1 ing.
Washer
Conical spring washer 2
b
Clutch boss nut 3 b
Clutch boss nut 2 a
125 Nm (12.5 mkg, 90 ftlb) a
T.
R
NOTE:
Lubricate the clutch boss nut threads and con-
ical spring washer mating surfaces with engine 1
oil.
Install the conical spring washer 2 with the 7. Install:
OUT mark a facing out. Clutch spring plate
While holding the clutch boss with the univer- Clutch spring plate retainer
sal clutch holder 4, tighten the clutch boss
nut. Clutch spring plate retainer bolt
Stake the clutch boss nut 3 at cutouts b in 8 Nm (0.8 mkg, 5.8 ftlb)
T.
R
the main axle.

NOTE:
Universal clutch holder Tighten the clutch spring plate retainer bolts in
90890-04086 stages and in a crisscross pattern.
YM-91042
8. Install:
Pull lever spring 1
b Pull lever 2
2
Washer
1 Circlip New
a NOTE:
3 Make sure that the mark a on the pull lever is
facing forward.
b When installing the pull lever, push it and
4 check that its punch mark b aligns with the
mark c on the clutch cover. Make sure that
5. Lubricate: the pull rod teeth and pull lever shaft pinion
Friction plates gear are engaged.
Clutch plates
Engine oil
5-55
CLUTCH
b
c
1
a
2
9. Adjust:
Refer to ADJUSTING THE CLUTCH LEVER
FREE PLAY on page 3-13.
5-56
SHIFT SHAFT
EAS25410
SHIFT SHAFT
Removing the shift shaft and stopper lever
LS
New
New E E
3
4
5
6 2
22 Nm (2.2 m kg, 16 ft Ib)

R
7 LT

Drive pulley cover Refer to BELT DRIVE on page 4-72.
Shift arm Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
Primary drive gear cover Refer to CLUTCH on page 5-46.
1 Shift shaft 1
2 Stopper lever spring 1
3 Circlip 1
4 Stopper lever 1
5 Collar 1
6 Shift shaft spring 1
7 Shift shaft spring stopper 1
dure.
5-57
SHIFT SHAFT
EAS25420
CHECKING THE SHIFT SHAFT

1. Check:
Shift shaft
Bends/damage/wear Replace.
Shift shaft spring
EAS25430
CHECKING THE STOPPER LEVER

1. Check:
Stopper lever
Bends/damage Replace.
Roller turns roughly Replace the stopper
lever.
EAS25450
INSTALLING THE SHIFT SHAFT

1. Install:
Stopper lever 1
Stopper lever spring 2
Shift shaft 3
NOTE:
Lubricate the oil seal lips with lithium-soap-
based grease.
Hook the ends of the stopper lever spring onto
the stopper lever and the crankcase boss 4.
Mesh the stopper lever with the shift drum seg-
ment assembly.
Hook the end of the shift shaft spring onto the
shift shaft spring stopper 5.
1
4
2
3
5
5-58
BALANCER GEARS
EAS3D81023
BALANCER GEARS
Removing the right balancer assembly
12 Nm (1.2 m kg, 8.7 ft Ib)
R
E LT
LT
3
2
1 LT
12 Nm (1.2 m kg, 8.7 ft Ib)

R

Primary drive gear Refer to CLUTCH on page 5-46.
1 Straight key 1
2 Right balancer drive gear 1
3 Right balancer assembly 1
dure.
5-59
BALANCER GEARS
Removing the left balancer assembly
1
E
New
12 Nm (1.2 m kg, 8.7 ft Ib)
T
R
12 Nm (1.2 m kg, 8.7 ft Ib)

T
R

Refer to GENERATOR AND STARTER
Generator rotor/Starter clutch idle gear CLUTCH on page 5-40.
1 Left balancer drive gear 1
2 Left balancer assembly 1
dure.
5-60
BALANCER GEARS
EAS3D81024
2. Install:
CHECKING THE RIGHT BALANCER GEARS
Left balancer drive gear 1
1. Check:
Right balancer drive gear NOTE:
Right balancer driven gear Align the punch mark a in the left balancer
Right balancer driven gear bearing driven gear with the punch mark b in the left
Damage/wear Replace the right balancer balancer drive gear.
assembly. Align the projection c on the left balancer
drive gear with the punch mark d on the
EAS3D81025
crankshaft when installing the gear.
CHECKING THE LEFT BALANCER GEARS
1. Check:
Left balancer drive gear
Left balancer driven gear 1
Left balancer driven gear bearing c
Damage/wear Replace the left balancer
assembly. d
EAS3D81026
INSTALLING THE RIGHT BALANCER b

GEARS a
1. Install:
Right balancer assembly
Right balancer assembly bolt

12 Nm (1.2 mkg, 8.7 ftlb)
T.
R
LOCTITE
2. Install:
Right balancer drive gear 1
Straight key 2
NOTE:
Align the punch mark a in the right balancer
driven gear with the punch mark b in the right
balancer drive gear.
a
1
EAS3D81027
INSTALLING THE LEFT BALANCER GEARS

1. Install:
Left balancer assembly
Left balancer assembly bolt

12 Nm (1.2 mkg, 8.7 ftlb)
T.
R
LOCTITE
5-61
ELECTRIC STARTER
EAS24780
ELECTRIC STARTER
Removing the starter motor
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

R
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

R

1 Starter motor lead 1 Disconnect.
2 Starter motor 1
dure.
5-62
ELECTRIC STARTER
Disassembling the starter motor
9
12
13
11 New 10
14
New
8
7
10
LS
E
4
3
New 5 LS
6
1 New
2

1 O-ring 1
2 Starter motor front cover 1
3 Lock washer 1
4 Washer set 1
5 Oil seal 1
6 Bearing 1
7 Armature assembly 1
8 Washer set 1
9 Starter motor rear cover 1
10 Gasket 2
11 Brush set (along with the brushes) 1
12 Brush holder (along with the brushes) 1
13 Brush holder bracket 1
14 Starter motor yoke 1
cedure.
5-63
ELECTRIC STARTER
EAS24790
CHECKING THE STARTER MOTOR Pocket tester

1. Check: 90890-03112
Commutator Analog pocket tester
Dirt Clean with 600 grit sandpaper. YU-03112-C
2. Measure:
Commutator diameter 1
Out of specification Replace the starter Armature coil
Commutator resistance 1
motor.
0.010.02 at 20 C (68 F)
Limit Insulation resistance 2
27.0 mm (1.06 in) Above 1 M at 20 C (68 F)
b. If any resistance is out of specification, re-

place the starter motor.
3. Measure:
Mica undercut a
Out of specification Scrape the mica to the
proper measurement with a hacksaw blade 5. Measure:

that has been grounded to fit the commutator. Brush length a
Out of specification Replace the brushes
Mica undercut (depth) as a set.
0.70 mm (0.03 in)
Limit
NOTE: 5.00 mm (0.20 in)
The mica of the commutator must be undercut to
ensure proper operation of the commutator.
6. Measure:
Brush spring force
4. Measure: Out of specification Replace the brush
Armature assembly resistances (commutator springs as a set.
and insulation)
Out of specification Replace the starter Brush spring force
motor. 7.6510.01 N (27.5436.03 oz)
(7801021 gf)
a. Measure the armature assembly resistances
with the pocket tester.
5-64
ELECTRIC STARTER
b a b
2 1 3
7. Check:
Gear teeth
Damage/wear Replace the gear.
8. Check:
Bearing
Damage/wear Replace the defective
part(s).
EAS24800
ASSEMBLING THE STARTER MOTOR

1. Install:
Brush seat
NOTE:
Align the tab a on the brush seat with the slot
b in the starter motor yoke.
1 a
2. Install:
Starter motor yoke 1
Starter motor front cover 2
Starter motor rear cover 3
NOTE:
Align the match marks a on the starter motor
yoke with the match marks b on the starter mo-
tor front and rear covers.
5-65
CRANKCASE
EAS25540
CRANKCASE
Removing the oil delivery pipes and timing chains
T
R
R
20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)
T
R
New New 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
8 4
R
5
LS LT
New
6 3
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib) 7
9
T
R
New
LT
18 New
LT
17
New
LT
(4) LS
LS
20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)
R
11 New New
LS
LT
LT New 5
LT 6
16
(9) 14 10
13 15
New New
LS
1 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
2
T
R
LS 17 Nm (1.7 m kg, 12 ft Ib)

T
R
LT 12 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib) 70 Nm (7.0 m kg, 50 ft lb)

T
R
15 Nm (1.5 m kg, 11 ft Ib) 43 Nm (4.3 m kg, 31 ft Ib) 20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)

T
T
R

Engine Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
Refer to CYLINDERS AND PISTONS on
Pistons page 5-34.
Shift shaft Refer to SHIFT SHAFT on page 5-57.
Refer to BALANCER GEARS on page
Balancer assemblies 5-59.
1 Oil level switch 1
2 Engine oil drain bolt 1
3 Neutral switch 1
4 Oil delivery pipe 1 1
5 Timing chain guide 2
6 Timing chain 2
7 Coolant delivery pipe 1
8 Speed sensor 1
9 Spacer 1
10 Oil filter cartridge 1
5-66
CRANKCASE
Removing the oil delivery pipes and timing chains

T
R
R
20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)
T
R
New New 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
8 4
R
5
LS LT
New
6 3
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib) 7
9
T
R
New
LT
18 New
LT
17
New
LT
(4) LS
LS
20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)
R
11 New New
LS
LT
LT New 5
LT 6
16
(9) 14 10
13 15
New New
LS
1 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
2 T
R
LS 17 Nm (1.7 m kg, 12 ft Ib)

T
R
LT 12 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib) 70 Nm (7.0 m kg, 50 ft lb)

T
R
15 Nm (1.5 m kg, 11 ft Ib) 43 Nm (4.3 m kg, 31 ft Ib) 20 Nm (2.0 m kg, 14 ft Ib)

T
T
R

13 Coolant delivery cover 1 1
14 Coolant delivery cover 1 gasket 1
15 Oil/water pump driven sprocket 1
16 Circlip 1
17 Coolant delivery cover 2 1
18 Coolant delivery cover 2 gasket 1
dure.
5-67
CRANKCASE
Separating the crankcase

10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
T
R
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib) LT
T
R
(5)
LT
36 Nm (3.6 m kg, 25 ft Ib)
T
R
LT
1
7 New
6
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
R
LT
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
T
R
8 LT
3
3
New LS (19)
LS
4 LS
New New 5
LS
New 2
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

R

1 Oil baffle plate 1 1
2 Left crankcase 1
3 Dowel pin 2
4 Joint pipe 1 1
5 Joint pipe 2 1
6 Oil baffle plate 2 1
7 Gasket 1
8 Right crankcase 1
dure.
5-68
CRANKCASE
Removing the oil seal and bearings
E
4
3
LS
New
LS
E 12 Nm (1.2 m kg, 8.7 ft Ib)
T
R
LT
4
3 LS
E
3
2 New
New
1
LT
3
E 1 E
LT
12 Nm (1.2 m kg, 8.7 ft Ib)

T
R
LT

Oil/water pump assembly Refer to OIL PUMP on page 5-73.
Crankshaft Refer to CRANKSHAFT on page 5-76.
Transmission Refer to TRANSMISSION on page 5-81.
1 Bearing retainer 2
2 Oil seal 1
3 Bearing 7
4 Oil nozzle 2
dure.
5-69
CRANKCASE
EAS25560 EAS25580
DISASSEMBLING THE CRANKCASE CHECKING THE CRANKCASE

1. Remove: 1. Thoroughly wash the crankcase halves in a
Crankcase bolts mild solvent.
NOTE: 2. Thoroughly clean all the gasket surfaces and
Loosen each bolt 1/4 of a turn at a time, in stag- crankcase mating surfaces.
es and in a crisscross pattern. After all of the 3. Check:
bolts are fully loosened, remove them. Crankcase
M10 110 mm bolts 1 Oil delivery passages
M6 120 mm bolts 2 Obstruction Blow out with compressed air.
M6 80 mm bolts 3
EAS3D81029
A CHECKING THE BEARINGS AND OIL SEAL
1 1. Check:
Bearings
2 Clean and lubricate the bearings, then rotate
the inner race with your finger.
Rough movement Replace.
Oil seals
EAS25600
CHECKING THE OIL DELIVERY PIPES AND

B 3
COOLANT DELIVERY PIPE
The following procedure applies to all of the oil
delivery pipes and joint pipe.
1. Check:
3
Oil delivery pipe
Joint pipe
Damage Replace.
3 Obstruction Wash and blow out with com-
3 pressed air.
2. Check:
A. Right crankcase
Coolant delivery pipe
B. Left crankcase
2. Remove:
EAS25620
Left crankcase CHECKING THE TIMING CHAINS
ECA13900
CAUTION: 1. Check:
Timing chains
Tap on one side of the crankcase with a soft- Damage/stiffness Replace the timing
face hammer. Tap only on reinforced por- chain and camshaft sprocket as a set.
tions of the crankcase, not on the crankcase
mating surfaces. Work slowly and carefully EAS3D81030
and make sure the crankcase halves sepa- CHECKING THE OIL/WATER PUMP DRIVEN
rate evenly. SPROCKET
1. Check:
Oil/water pump driven sprocket
Cracks/damage/wear Replace the oil/wa-
ter pump driven sprocket and the oil/water
pump drive chain as a set.
EAS3D81036
CHECKING THE OIL NOZZLES

The following procedure applies to all of the oil
nozzles.
5-70
CRANKCASE
1. Check:
Oil nozzle
Damage/wear Replace the oil nozzle.
Oil passage
EAS3D81031
INSTALLING THE BEARING RETAINERS

1. Install:
Bearing retainers 1
NOTE:
Install each bearing retainer 1 with its OUT 3. Install:
mark a facing outward. Left crankcase
Apply locking agent (LOCTITE) to the (onto the right crankcase)
threads of the bearing retainer bolt. NOTE:
Tap lightly on the left crankcase with a soft-face
Bearing retainer bolt hammer.
12 Nm (1.2 mkg, 8.7 ftlb)
4. Install:
T.
R
LOCTITE
Crankcase bolts (M10)
Crankcase bolts (M6)
Crankcase bolt (M10)

a T.
R
36 Nm (3.6 mkg, 25 ftlb)
Crankcase bolt (M6)
10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
1
NOTE:
Apply locking agent (LOCTITE) to the
threads of the bolts 2.
Tighten each bolt 1/4 of a turn at a time, in stag-
EAS25700 es and in a crisscross pattern.
ASSEMBLING THE CRANKCASE
1. Thoroughly clean all the gasket mating sur- M10 110 mm bolts: 1
faces and crankcase mating surfaces. M6 120 mm bolts: 2
2. Apply: M6 80 mm bolts: 3
Sealant
(onto the crankcase mating surfaces)

90890-85505
NOTE:
Do not allow any sealant to come into contact
with the oil gallery.
5-71
CRANKCASE
A
1
B 3
3
3
A. Right crankcase
B. Left crankcase
5. Apply:
Engine oil
(onto the crankshaft pin bearings and oil de-
livery holes)
6. Check:
Crankshaft and transmission operation
Rough movement Repair.
5-72
OIL PUMP
EAS24910
OIL PUMP
Removing the oil/water pump assembly
24 Nm (2.4 m kg, 17 ft Ib)
R
8
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
T
R
8 LS
New
4
12
LS New
5
LS
New
New LS
6
7
1
9 10
2 11
New 3
LS New

R
R
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

R

Separate.
Crankcase Refer to CRANKCASE on page 5-66.
1 Drain cock 1
2 Relief valve assembly 1
3 Oil/water pump assembly 1
4 Dowel pin 2
5 Joint pipe 1
6 Oil pump housing 1
7 Bearing 1
8 Pin 2
9 Oil pump outer rotor 1
10 Oil pump inner rotor 1
11 Pin 1
12 Water pump housing 1
dure.
5-73
OIL PUMP
EAS24960
CHECKING THE OIL PUMP

1. Check:
Oil pump housing
Water pump housing
Cracks/damage/wear Replace the defec-
tive part(s).
2. Measure:
Inner-rotor-to-outer-rotor-tip clearance a
Outer-rotor-to-oil-pump-housing clearance
b
Oil-pump-housing-to-inner-rotor-and-outer-
rotor clearance c
Out of specification Replace the oil/water
pump assembly.
Inner-rotor-to-outer-rotor-tip
clearance
Less than 0.12 mm (0.0047 in)
Limit
0.20 mm (0.0079 in)
Outer-rotor-to-oil-pump-housing
clearance 1. Inner rotor
0.090.19 mm (0.00350.0075 in) 2. Outer rotor
Limit 3. Oil/water pump housing
0.26 mm (0.0102 in)
Oil-pump-housing-to-inner-and- 3. Check:
outer-rotor clearance Oil pump operation
0.060.13 mm (0.00240.0051 in) Rough movement Repeat steps (1) and
Limit (2) or replace the defective part(s).
0.20 mm (0.0079 in)
EAS24970
CHECKING THE RELIEF VALVE

1. Check:
Relief valve body 1
Relief valve 2
Spring 3
Spring retainer 4
Damage/wear Replace the defective
part(s).
5-74
OIL PUMP
4
3
2
1
2 a
3
4 1
a
EAS24990 3. Check:
CHECKING THE OIL STRAINER Oil pump operation
1. Check: Refer to CHECKING THE OIL PUMP on
Oil strainer 1 page 5-74.
Damage Replace.
Contaminants Clean with solvent. EAS25020
INSTALLING THE OIL/WATER PUMP

ASSEMBLY
1. Install:
Oil/water pump assembly
Oil/water pump assembly bolt

T.
R
24 Nm (2.4 mkg, 17 ftlb)
1 ECA3D81020
CAUTION:
After tightening the bolts, make sure the
EAS25000
oil/water pump assembly turns smoothly.
ASSEMBLING THE OIL PUMP
1. Lubricate:
Inner rotor
Outer rotor
Engine oil
2. Install:
Pin 1
Oil pump inner rotor 2
Oil pump outer rotor 3
Pins
Oil pump housing 4
NOTE:
When installing the inner rotor, align the pin in
the impeller shaft with the grooves a in the in-
ner rotor.
Oil pump housing bolt

10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
T.
R
5-75
CRANKSHAFT
EAS25960
CRANKSHAFT
Removing the crankshaft
4 4
5
3 New
E 2
M
3
2
M
M
M
E
New
New
1st 15 Nm (1.5 m kg, 11 ft lb)
T
2nd Specified angle 125135

R

Separate.
1 Crankshaft 1
2 Connecting rod cap 2
3 Big end lower bearing 2
4 Connecting rod 2
5 Big end upper bearing 2
dure.
5-76
CRANKSHAFT
EAS26010
REMOVING THE CONNECTING RODS Oil clearance (using plasti-

1. Remove: gauge)
Connecting rod caps 1 0.0300.054 mm (0.00120.0021
Connecting rods in)
Big end bearings
NOTE: The following procedure applies to all of the
connecting rods.
Identify the position of each big end bearing so ECA13930
that it can be reinstalled in its original place. CAUTION:

Do not interchange the big end bearings and
connecting rods. To obtain the correct
crankshaft-pin-to-big-end-bearing clear-
ance and prevent engine damage, the big
end bearings must be installed in their origi-
1 nal positions.

a. Clean the big end bearings, crankshaft pin,
and the inside of the connecting rod halves.
b. Install the big end upper bearing into the con-
EAS26090 necting rod and the big end lower bearing into
CHECKING THE CRANKSHAFT AND the connecting rod cap.
CONNECTING RODS NOTE:
1. Measure: Align the projections a on the big end bearings
Crankshaft runout with the notches b in the connecting rod and
Out of specification Replace the crank- connecting rod cap.
shaft.
Runout limit C
0.020 mm (0.0008 in)
c. Put a piece of Plastigauge 1 on the crank-

shaft pin.
1
2. Check:
Crankshaft journal surfaces
Crankshaft pin surfaces
Bearing surfaces e
Scratches/wear Replace the crankshaft.
3. Measure:
Crankshaft-pin-to-big-end-bearing clearance
Out of specification Replace the big end
bearings.
d. Assemble the connecting rod halves.
5-77
CRANKSHAFT
NOTE: NOTE:
Do not move the connecting rod or crankshaft The numbers a stamped into the crankshaft
until the clearance measurement has been web and the numbers b on the connecting
completed. rods are used to determine the replacement
Lubricate the bolts threads and nut seats with big end bearing sizes.
molybdenum disulfide grease. P1P2 refer to the bearings shown in the crank-
Make sure the projection c on the connecting shaft illustration.
rod faces towards the left side of the crank-
shaft.
Make sure the characters d on both the con-
necting rod and connecting rod cap are P1 P2
aligned.
c 1 a
e. Tighten the connecting rod bolts.

Refer to INSTALLING THE CONNECTING
RODS on page 5-79.
f. Remove the connecting rod and big end
bearings.
Refer to REMOVING THE CONNECTING
RODS on page 5-77.
g. Measure the compressed Plastigauge
width e on the crankshaft pin.
If the crankshaft-pin-to-big-end-bearing
clearance is out of specification, select re-
placement big end bearings.
For example, if the connecting rod P1 and the

crankshaft web P numbers are 5 and 1 re-
e spectively, then the bearing size for P1 is:
P1 (connecting rod) - P (crankshaft)
=
5 - 1 = 4 (green)
4. Select: Bearing color code

Big end bearings (P1P2) 1.Blue 2.Black 3.Brown 4.Green
5.Yellow
5-78
CRANKSHAFT
5. Measure: NOTE:
Crankshaft journal diameter a Calculate the clearance by subtracting the
Out of specification Replace the crank- crankshaft journal diameter from the crankshaft
shaft. journal bearing inside diameter.
NOTE:
Measure the diameter of each crankshaft journal Crankshaft-journal-to-crankshaft-
at two places. journal-bearing clearance
0.0300.060 mm (0.00120.0024
Crankshaft journal diameter in)
49.96849.980 mm (1.9672
1.9677 in) EAS26150
INSTALLING THE CONNECTING RODS

1. Lubricate:
Bolt threads
a a Molybdenum disulfide grease
2. Lubricate:
Crankshaft pin
Big end bearings
Connecting rod inner surface
6. Measure: (with the recommended lubricant)
Crankshaft journal bearing inside diameter
a Recommended lubricant
Engine oil
Out of specification Replace the crank-
case assembly. 3. Install:
NOTE: Big end bearings
Measure the inside diameter of each crankshaft Connecting rods
journal bearing at two places. Connecting rod caps
(onto the crankshaft pin)
Crankshaft journal bearing inside NOTE:
diameter Align the projections a on the big end bear-
50.01050.030 mm (1.9689 ings with the notches b in the connecting rods
1.9697 in) and connecting rod caps.
Be sure to reinstall each big end bearing in its
original place.
Make sure the projection c on each connect-
ing rod faces towards the left side of the crank-
shaft.
Make sure the characters d on both the con-
necting rod and connecting rod cap are
aligned.
a
7. Calculate:
Crankshaft-journal-to-crankshaft-journal-
bearing clearance
shaft and crankcase as a set.
5-79
CRANKSHAFT
Connecting rod bolt (final)

Specified angle 125135
T.
R
d
EWA3D81006
WARNING
When a bolt is tightened more than the spec-
ified angle, do not loosen and then retighten
c it.
Replace the bolt with a new one and perform
the procedure again.
4. Tighten: ECA3D81012
Connecting rod nuts CAUTION:
EWA3D81005 Do not use a torque wrench to tighten the

WARNING bolt to the specified angle.
Replace the connecting rod bolts and nuts Tighten the bolt until it is at the specified
with new ones. angle.
Clean the connecting rod bolts.

NOTE: EAS26210
Tighten the connecting rod bolts using the fol- INSTALLING THE CRANKSHAFT
lowing procedure. ASSEMBLY
1. Install:
a. Tighten the connecting rod bolts to specifica- Crankshaft assembly
tion with a torque wrench. ECA3D81013
CAUTION:
Connecting rod bolt (1st) To avoid scratching the crankshaft and to
15 Nm (1.5 mkg, 11 ftlb)
T.
ease the installation procedure, lubricate

R
b. Put a mark 1 on the corner of the connecting each bearing with engine oil.
rod bolt 2 and the connecting rod cap 3. NOTE:
Align the right connecting rod with the rear cylin-
der sleeve hole.
c. Tighten the connecting rod bolts further to

reach the specified angle 125135.
5-80
TRANSMISSION
EAS26240
TRANSMISSION
Removing the transmission, shift drum assembly, and shift forks
New
6 LS
5
3
E
2 1

Separate.
1 Long shift fork guide bar 1
2 Short shift fork guide bar 1
3 Shift drum assembly 1
4 Shift fork 1 2
5 Shift fork 2 1
6 Main axle assembly 1
7 Drive axle assembly 1
dure.
5-81
TRANSMISSION
Disassembling the main axle assembly
New 1
2
M
New 3
4
New 5
6
M
7
8

1 Circlip 1
2 2nd pinion gear 1
3 Circlip 1
4 3rd/4th pinion gear 1
5 Circlip 1
6 Toothed washer 1
7 5th pinion gear 1
8 Collar 1
9 Main axle/1st pinion gear 1
cedure.
5-82
TRANSMISSION
Disassembling the drive axle assembly
20
19 18
New M M
New
17
16
M
15
14
13
12
11 10
9
M
8
M 2
7 6
M New 5
4 1
3

1 Washer 1
2 1st wheel gear 1
3 Collar 1
4 5th wheel gear 1
5 Circlip 1
6 Toothed washer 1
7 4th wheel gear 1
8 Toothed spacer 1
9 Toothed lock washer 1
10 Toothed lock washer retainer 1
11 3rd wheel gear 1
12 Toothed spacer 1
13 Toothed washer 1
14 Circlip 1
15 Dog clutch 1
16 Circlip 1
17 Toothed washer 1
5-83
TRANSMISSION
Disassembling the drive axle assembly
20
19 18
New M M
New
17
16
M
15
14
13
12
11 10
9
M
8
M 2
7 6
M New 5
4 1
3

18 2nd wheel gear 1
19 Collar 1
20 Drive axle 1
cedure.
5-84
TRANSMISSION
EAS26260 EAS26270
CHECKING THE SHIFT FORKS CHECKING THE SHIFT DRUM ASSEMBLY

The following procedure applies to all of the shift 1. Check:
forks and shift fork guide bars. Shift drum grooves
1. Check: Damage/scratches/wear Replace the shift
Shift fork cam follower 1 drum assembly.
Shift fork pawls 2 Shift drum segment 1
Bends/damage/scoring/wear Replace the Damage/wear Replace the shift drum as-
shift fork. sembly.
Shift drum bearing 2
Damage/pitting Replace the shift drum as-
sembly.
2. Check:
Shift fork guide bar
Roll the shift fork guide bar on a flat surface.
Bends Replace. EAS26300
EWA12840
CHECKING THE TRANSMISSION
WARNING
1. Measure:
Do not attempt to straighten a bent shift fork Main axle runout
guide bar. (with a centering device and dial gauge 1)
Out of specification Replace the main axle.
Main axle runout limit

0.08 mm (0.0032 in)
3. Check:
Shift fork movement
(along the shift fork guide bar)
Rough movement Replace the shift forks
and shift fork guide bar as a set. 2. Measure:
Drive axle runout
(with a centering device and dial gauge 1)
Out of specification Replace the drive axle.
Drive axle runout limit

0.08 mm (0.0032 in)
5-85
TRANSMISSION
1 New
b
3. Check:
2. Install:
Transmission gears
Toothed lock washer retainer 1
Blue discoloration/pitting/wear Replace
Toothed lock washer 2
the defective gear(s).
Transmission gear dogs NOTE:
Cracks/damage/rounded edges Replace With the toothed lock washer retainer 1 in the
the defective gear(s). groove a in the drive axle, align the projection
c on the retainer with an axle spline b, and
then install the toothed lock washer 2.
Be sure to align the projection on the toothed
lock washer that is between the alignment
marks e with the alignment mark d on the
retainer.
1 d
2
c
b b
4. Check: 1
Transmission gear engagement a
(each pinion gear to its respective wheel 2
gear)
Incorrect Reassemble the transmission e
axle assemblies. e
5. Check:
Transmission gear movement EAS26320
Rough movement Replace the defective INSTALLING THE SHIFT FORKS AND SHIFT
part(s). DRUM ASSEMBLY
1. Install:
EAS3D81032 Shift forks 1 1
ASSEMBLING THE MAIN AXLE AND DRIVE Shift fork 2 2
AXLE Shift drum assembly 3
1. Install: Long shift fork guide bar 4
Toothed washer Short shift fork guide bar 5
Circlip 1 New NOTE:
NOTE: The embossed marks 3D8 on the shift forks
Install the circlip so that both ends a rest on the should face towards the left side of the engine.
sides of a spline b with both axles aligned.
5-86
TRANSMISSION
2
5
4
3
1
2. Check:
Transmission
Rough movement Repair.
NOTE:
Apply engine oil to each gear and bearing thor-
oughly.
Before assembling the crankcase, make sure
that the transmission is in neutral and that the
gears turn freely.
5-87
COOLING SYSTEM
RADIATOR...................................................................................................... 6-1
CHECKING THE RADIATOR.................................................................... 6-3
INSTALLING THE RADIATOR.................................................................. 6-3
THERMOSTAT................................................................................................ 6-4
CHECKING THE THERMOSTAT ............................................................. 6-6
INSTALLING THE THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY ....................................... 6-6
WATER PUMP ................................................................................................ 6-7

DISASSEMBLING THE WATER PUMP ................................................... 6-9
CHECKING THE WATER PUMP.............................................................. 6-9
ASSEMBLING THE WATER PUMP ......................................................... 6-9
6
RADIATOR
EAS26380
RADIATOR
Removing the radiator
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
T
R
T
R
8 9 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
R
New LS
11
15
LT
1 14
2
13
3 16 10
(3)
6
5
LT
4 12
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib) New

T
R
2 Nm (0.2 m kg, 1.4 ft Ib)

T
R
7
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
T
R

Rider seat/Sub-fuel tank cover 4-1.
Fuel tank Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1.
Drain.
page 3-17.
1 Rear brake hose guide 1
2 Rear brake hose holder 1
3 Plastic holder 1
4 Coolant reservoir breather hose 1
5 Coolant reservoir hose 1
6 Coolant reservoir cap 1
7 Coolant reservoir 1
8 Radiator cap 1
9 Radiator fan motor coupler 1 Disconnect.
10 Radiator cover 1
6-1
RADIATOR
Removing the radiator

7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
T
R
T
R
8 9 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
R
New LS
11
15
LT
1 14
2
13
3 16 10
(3)
6
5
LT
4 12
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib) New

T
R
2 Nm (0.2 m kg, 1.4 ft Ib)

T
R
7
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
T
R

11 Radiator inlet hose 1 Disconnect.
12 Coolant drain bolt 1
13 Radiator 1
14 Radiator outlet hose 1
15 Radiator outlet pipe 1
16 Radiator fan 1
dure.
6-2
RADIATOR
EAS26390
CHECKING THE RADIATOR

1. Check:
Radiator fins
Obstruction Clean.
Apply compressed air to the rear of the radia-
tor.
Damage Repair or replace.
NOTE:
Straighten any flattened fins with a thin, flathead
screwdriver. b. Apply the specified pressure for ten seconds
and make sure there is no drop in pressure.

4. Check:
Radiator fan
Damage Replace.
Malfunction Check and repair.
Refer to COOLING SYSTEM on page 8-27.
EAS26400
INSTALLING THE RADIATOR

1. Fill:
2. Check: Cooling system
Radiator hoses (with the specified amount of the recom-
Radiator pipe mended coolant)
Cracks/damage Replace. Refer to CHANGING THE COOLANT on
3. Measure: page 3-17.
Radiator cap opening pressure 2. Check:
Below the specified pressure Replace the Cooling system
radiator cap. Leaks Repair or replace any faulty part.
3. Measure:
Radiator cap opening pressure
93.3122.7 kPa (13.517.8 psi)
(0.931.23 kgf/cm) Below the specified pressure Replace the
radiator cap.
Refer to CHECKING THE RADIATOR on
a. Install the radiator cap tester 1 and radiator page 6-3.
cap tester adapter 2 to the radiator cap 3.
Radiator cap tester

90890-01325
Radiator pressure tester
YU-24460-01
Radiator cap tester adapter
90890-01352
Radiator pressure tester adapter
YU-33984
6-3
THERMOSTAT
EAS26440
THERMOSTAT
Removing the thermostat
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
R
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
New
R
18 Nm (1.8 m kg, 13 ft Ib)
T
R
7 4
LT
3 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
R
LT
6
17 1
8
LT
14 New 16
2
New
18
11
12
New
15
10
9
5
13
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

T
R

Rider seat/Left side cover 4-1.
Muffler/Front cylinder covers Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
Drain.
page 3-17.
1 Front cylinder thermostat inlet hose 1
2 Front cylinder thermostat inlet pipe 1 1
3 Rear cylinder thermostat inlet hose 1
4 Rear cylinder thermostat inlet pipe 1 1
5 Coolant temperature sensor coupler 1 Disconnect.
6 Coolant temperature sensor 1
7 Radiator filler pipe 1
8 Thermostat cover inlet hose 1
9 Thermostat bracket 1
10 Thermostat cover assembly 1
6-4
THERMOSTAT
Removing the thermostat
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

R
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
R
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
New
R
18 Nm (1.8 m kg, 13 ft Ib)
T
R
7 4
LT
3 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
R
LT
6
17 1
8
LT
14 New 16
2
New
18
11
12
New
15
10
9
5
13
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

T
R

11 Thermostat 1
12 Thermostat housing assembly 1
13 Radiator inlet hose 1
14 Thermostat cover inlet pipe 1
15 Thermostat cover 1
16 Front cylinder thermostat inlet pipe 2 1
17 Rear cylinder thermostat inlet pipe 2 1
18 Thermostat housing 1
dure.
6-5
THERMOSTAT
EAS26450
2. Check:
CHECKING THE THERMOSTAT
Thermostat housing cover
1. Check:
Thermostat housing
Thermostat
Thermostat pipes
Does not open at 8295 C (179.6203.0 F)
Thermostat hoses
Replace.
Radiator inlet hose
Radiator filler pipe
EAS26480
INSTALLING THE THERMOSTAT

ASSEMBLY
1. Install:
Thermostat
NOTE:
Install the thermostat with its breather hole a
facing up.
a. Suspend the thermostat 1 in a container 2
filled with water.
b. Slowly heat the water 3.
c. Place a thermometer 4 in the water.
d. While stirring the water, observe the thermo-
stat and thermometers indicated tempera-
ture.
2. Fill:
Cooling system
mended coolant)
Refer to CHANGING THE COOLANT on
page 3-17.
3. Check:
Cooling system
Leaks Repair or replace any faulty part.
4. Measure:
Below the specified pressure Replace the
radiator cap.
Refer to CHECKING THE RADIATOR on
page 6-3.
A. Fully closed
B. Fully open
NOTE:
If the accuracy of the thermostat is in doubt, re-
place it. A faulty thermostat could cause serious
overheating or overcooling.
6-6
WATER PUMP
EAS26500
WATER PUMP
Removing the water pump
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

10
R
2
7 LS
5
6
2 4 New
9
8
LS New
LS
New 3
New 1
LS
New
LS New

T
R
R
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

R

It is not necessary to remove the water
pump unless the coolant level is extremely
low or the coolant contains engine oil.
Separate.
Oil pump rotors Refer to OIL PUMP on page 5-73.
1 Water pump housing cover 1
2 Pin 2
3 O-ring 1
4 Impeller shaft 1
5 Rubber damper holder 1
6 Rubber damper 1
7 Water pump seal 1
8 Oil seal 1
9 Bearing 1
6-7
WATER PUMP
Removing the water pump
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

10
R
2
7 LS
5
6
2 4 New
9
8
LS New
LS
New 3
New 1
LS
New
LS New

T
R
R
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

R

10 Water pump housing 1
dure.
6-8
WATER PUMP
EAS26510 EAS26540
DISASSEMBLING THE WATER PUMP CHECKING THE WATER PUMP

1. Remove: 1. Check:
Rubber damper holder 1 Water pump housing cover
Rubber damper 2 Water pump housing
(from the impeller, with a thin, flathead screw- Impeller shaft
driver) Cracks/damage/wear Replace.
NOTE: 2. Check:
Do not scratch the impeller shaft. Bearing
Rough movement Replace.
EAS26560
ASSEMBLING THE WATER PUMP

1. Install:
Oil seal 1 New
(into the oil/water pump housing)
NOTE:
Before installing the oil seal, apply tap water or
coolant onto its outer surface.
Install the oil seal with a socket that matches its
2. Remove: outside diameter.
Water pump seal 1
NOTE:
Remove the water pump seal from the inside of
the water pump housing.
2. Install:
Water pump seal 1 New
ECA14080
CAUTION:
3. Remove: Never lubricate the water pump seal surface
Oil seal 1 with oil or grease.
Bearing 2
NOTE:
NOTE:
Install the water pump seal with the special
Remove the bearing and oil seal from the inside
tools.
of the water pump housing.
Before installing the water pump seal, apply
Yamaha bond No.1215 (Three Bond
No.1215) 2 to the water pump housing 3.
6-9
WATER PUMP
Mechanical seal installer Impeller shaft tilt limit

90890-04078 0.15 mm (0.006 in)
Water pump seal installer
YM-33221-A
Middle driven shaft bearing driv-
er
90890-04058
Bearing driver 40 mm
YM-04058
90890-85505
1. Straightedge
2. Impeller
A. Push down
4. Mechanical seal installer
5. Middle driven shaft bearing driver
3. Install:
Rubber damper 1 New
Rubber damper holder 2 New
NOTE:
Before installing the rubber damper, apply tap
water or coolant onto its outer surface.
4. Measure:
Impeller shaft tilt
Out of specification Repeat steps (3) and
(4).
ECA14090
CAUTION:
Make sure the rubber damper and rubber
damper holder are flush with the impeller.
6-10
WATER PUMP
6-11
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL TANK .................................................................................................... 7-1

REMOVING THE FUEL TANK.................................................................. 7-5
REMOVING THE FUEL PUMP ................................................................. 7-5
CHECKING THE FUEL COCK.................................................................. 7-5
CHECKING THE FUEL COCK OPERATION ........................................... 7-5
CHECKING THE FUEL PUMP BODY ...................................................... 7-5
CHECKING THE ROLLOVER VALVE ...................................................... 7-5
INSTALLING THE FUEL PUMP................................................................ 7-6
INSTALLING THE FUEL TANK HOSES................................................... 7-6
THROTTLE BODIES....................................................................................... 7-7

CHECKING THE INJECTORS................................................................ 7-11
CHECKING THE THROTTLE BODIES................................................... 7-11
CHECKING THE FUEL PRESSURE ...................................................... 7-11
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ............................. 7-11
INSTALLING THE INTAKE MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY ............................. 7-12
7
FUEL TANK
EAS26620
FUEL TANK
Removing the fuel tank
New 23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

1 6
9 1
10 4
New
New New
8 Nm (0.8 m kg, 5.8 ft Ib)

T
R
2 5
New
3
11
New
New
8
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
R
R

Rider seat/Relay cover 4-1.
1 Fuel tank bolt 2
2 Right side panel 1
3 Left side panel 1
4 Fuel sender coupler 1 Disconnect.
NOTE:
5 Fuel cock hose 1 Before removing the fuel cock hose, turn the
fuel cock to OFF.
6 Air vent hose 1

7 Fuel tank overflow hose 1
8 Fuel tank breather hose (fuel tank to hose joint) 1
9 Fuel tank 1
10 Fuel sender 1
7-1
FUEL TANK
Removing the fuel tank
New 23 Nm (2.3 m kg, 17 ft Ib)

1 6
9 1
10 4
New
New New
8 Nm (0.8 m kg, 5.8 ft Ib)

T
R
2 5
New
3
11
New
New
8
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
R
R

11 Fuel cock 1
dure.
7-2
FUEL TANK
Removing the sub-fuel tank
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
R
(3)
(3)
(3)
5 New
(6)
6 Nm (0.6 m kg, 4.3 ft Ib)
T
R
2
1

Rider seat/Sub-fuel tank cover/Battery box 4-1.
1 Fuel pump coupler 1 Disconnect.
2 Fuel hose 1 Disconnect.
3 Sub-fuel tank 1
4 Fuel pump bracket 1
5 Fuel pump gasket 1
6 Fuel pump 1
dure.
7-3
FUEL TANK
Removing the rollover valve and canister
LT
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)

R

Fuel tank/Side panels Refer to FUEL TANK on page 7-1.
Front cylinder covers Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
1 Canister purge hose 1 California only
Fuel tank breather hose (rollover valve to canis-
2 1 California only
ter)
3 Fuel tank breather hose 1 Except for California
Fuel tank breather hose (hose joint to rollover
4 1
valve)
5 Rollover valve 1
6 Canister 1 California only
7 Canister breather hose 1 California only
dure.
7-4
FUEL TANK
EAS3D81001
2. Check:
REMOVING THE FUEL TANK
Fuel cock strainer
1. Extract the fuel in the fuel tank through the
Obstruction clean.
fuel tank cap with a pump.
Blow out the jets with compressed air.
2. Remove:
Damage Replace.
Fuel cock hose
NOTE: EAS26660
CHECKING THE FUEL COCK OPERATION

Before removing the fuel cock hose, turn the fuel
cock to OFF. NOTE:
After installing the fuel cock, check its operation.
EAS3D81002
1. Check:
REMOVING THE FUEL PUMP
Fuel cock operation
1. Remove:
Out of specification Replace the fuel cock.
Fuel hose
EWA3D81001
WARNING Fuel flows.

Fuel cock is OK.
Cover fuel hose connections with a cloth Fuel does not flow.
when disconnecting them. Residual pres- Replace the fuel cock.
sure in the fuel lines could cause fuel to
spurt out when removing the hoses.
a. Check that the fuel cock lever is turned to
NOTE:
ON.
To remove the fuel hose from the fuel pump, b. Place a container under the end of the fuel
slide the fuel hose connector cover 1 on the cock.
end of the hose in the direction of the arrow
shown, press the two buttons 2 on the sides
of the connector, and then remove the hose.
Remove the fuel hose manually without using
any tools.
Before removing the hose, place a few rags in
the area under where it will be removed.

2 EAS26670
CHECKING THE FUEL PUMP BODY

1. Check:
Fuel pump body
Obstruction Clean.
Cracks/damage Replace the fuel pump
2. Remove: assembly.
Fuel pump
EAS3D81004
ECA3D81001
CAUTION: CHECKING THE ROLLOVER VALVE

1. Check:
Do not drop the fuel pump or give it a strong
Rollover valve 1
shock.
Damage/faulty Replace.
EAS26650
NOTE:
CHECKING THE FUEL COCK Check that air flows smoothly only in the direc-
1. Check: tion of the arrow shown in the illustration.
Fuel cock The rollover valve must be in an upright posi-
Cracks/damage/wear Replace. tion when checking the airflow.
7-5
FUEL TANK
To install the fuel hose onto the fuel pump,

slide the fuel hose connector cover 1 on the
end of the hose in the direction of the arrow
1 shown.
EAS3D81007
INSTALLING THE FUEL PUMP

1. Install:
Fuel pump
Fuel pump bolt EAS3D81040
4 Nm (0.4 mkg, 2.9 ftlb) INSTALLING THE FUEL TANK HOSES

T.
R
1. Install:
NOTE: Fuel tank breather hose (fuel tank to hose
joint) 1
Do not damage the installation surfaces of the
Fuel tank overflow hose 2
sub-fuel tank when installing the fuel pump.
Always use a new fuel pump gasket. NOTE:
Install the fuel pump as shown in the illustra- Install the fuel tank overflow hose and fuel tank
tion. breather hose (fuel tank to hose joint) as shown
Align the projection a on the fuel pump with in the illustration, making sure that they are not
the slot in the fuel pump bracket and the inden- pinched by the fuel tank 3.
tation b in the sub-fuel tank.
Tighten the fuel pump bolts in the proper tight- 3
ening sequence as shown.
b 5 2
3 1 1
a
FWD
2 4
6
2. Install:
Fuel hose
ECA3D81002
CAUTION:
When installing the fuel hose, make sure that
it is securely connected, and that the fuel
hose connector cover on the fuel hose is in
the correct position, otherwise the fuel hose
will not be properly installed.
NOTE:
Install the fuel hose securely onto the fuel
pump until a distinct click is heard.
7-6
THROTTLE BODIES
EAS26970
THROTTLE BODIES
Removing the throttle body and ISC (idle speed control) unit
1
3
New
7
8 6
10 9
5
LS
5
New
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

T
R

Rider seat/Air filter case 4-1.
1 Throttle position sensor coupler 1 Disconnect.
California only
2 Canister purge hose 1 Disconnect.
3 Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor hose 1
4 Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor hose 1
5 Throttle cable 2 Disconnect.
6 ISC (idle speed control) unit coupler 1 Disconnect.
ECA3D81003
CAUTION:
7 Throttle body 1
The throttle body should not be disas-
sembled.
8 Gasket 1
9 ISC (idle speed control) unit 1
7-7
THROTTLE BODIES
Removing the throttle body and ISC (idle speed control) unit
1
3
New
7
8 6
10 9
5
LS
5
New
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

T
R

10 Throttle position sensor 1
dure.
7-8
THROTTLE BODIES
Removing the intake manifold assembly
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)
T
R
6
1
7 Nm (0.7 m kg, 5.1 ft Ib)
T
R
5
2
4
8
3
4 Nm (0.4 m kg, 2.9 ft Ib)

9
T
R
8
E
7
10
4 Nm (0.4 m kg, 2.9 ft Ib)
R
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

R
11 10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

T
R

Left side cover 4-1.
Front cylinder covers Refer to ENGINE REMOVAL on page 5-1.
Front cylinder thermostat inlet hose/Rear cylin- Refer to THERMOSTAT on page 6-4.
der thermostat inlet hose
Throttle body Refer to THROTTLE BODIES on page 7-7.
1 Left side cover bracket 1
2 Ignition coil bracket bolt 2
3 Front cylinder resonator hose 1
4 Rear cylinder resonator hose 1
5 Resonator hose joint 1
6 Fuel hose 1 Disconnect.
7 Sub-wire harness coupler 2 Disconnect.
8 Intake manifold joint clamp screw 2 Loosen.
9 Rear cylinder intake manifold joint 1
10 Intake manifold assembly 1
11 Front cylinder intake manifold joint 1
dure.
7-9
THROTTLE BODIES
Disassembling the intake manifold
10 Nm (1.0 m kg, 7.2 ft Ib)

R
2
(4) 1
4 New
4
New
New
New

1 Front cylinder injector coupler 1 Disconnect.
2 Rear cylinder injector coupler 1 Disconnect.
3 Sub-wire harness 1
4 Injector 2
5 Fuel pipe 1
6 Intake manifold 1
cedure.
7-10
THROTTLE BODIES
EAS26980
CHECKING THE INJECTORS Pressure gauge

1. Check: 90890-03153
Injectors YU-03153
Damage Replace. Fuel pressure adapter
90890-03176
EAS26990
YM-03176
CHECKING THE THROTTLE BODIES
1. Check:
Throttle bodies 1
Cracks/damage Replace the throttle bod-
ies as a set.
2. Check:
Fuel passages 2
Obstructions Clean.
3
a. Wash the throttle bodies in a petroleum-
based solvent. 4
Do not use any caustic carburetor cleaning
solution. e. Start the engine.
b. Blow out all of the passages with compressed f. Measure the fuel pressure.
air.
Fuel pressure
324 kPa (46.1 psi) (3.24 kg/cm)
EAS3D81005
CHECKING THE FUEL PRESSURE Faulty Replace the fuel pump.

1. Check:
Fuel pressure EAS27030
ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE POSITION
a. Remove the sub-fuel tank cover.
SENSOR
b. Disconnect the fuel hose 1 from the fuel NOTE:
pump. Before adjusting the throttle position sensor, the
EWA3D81001 engine idling speed should be properly adjusted.
WARNING
1. Check:
Cover fuel hose connections with a cloth Throttle position sensor
when disconnecting them. Residual pres- Refer to CHECKING THE THROTTLE PO-
sure in the fuel lines could cause fuel to SITION SENSOR on page 8-89.
spurt out when removing the hoses. 2. Adjust:
Throttle position sensor angle

a. Connect the throttle position sensor coupler
to the throttle position sensor.
b. Connect the digital circuit tester to the throttle
position sensor.
Positive tester probe
yellow 1
Negative tester probe
1
black/blue 2
c. Connect the fuel pressure adapter 3 be-
tween the fuel hose 1 and fuel pump 2. Digital circuit tester
d. Connect the pressure gauge 4 to the fuel 90890-03174
pressure adapter 3. Model 88 Multimeter with ta-
chometer
YU-A1927
7-11
THROTTLE BODIES
c. Turn the main switch to ON. NOTE:

d. Measure the throttle position sensor output Make sure that the projection b on the rear cyl-
voltage. inder intake manifold joint contacts the projec-
e. Adjust the throttle position sensor angle so tion c on the intake manifold assembly.
that the output voltage is within the specified
range.
Output voltage (at idle)

0.630.73 V
2
f. After adjusting the throttle position sensor an- c
gle, tighten the throttle position sensor
screws 3. b
c. Install the intake manifold assembly.

1 2
Rear cylinder intake manifold
3 joint bolt
T.
3
R
10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
NOTE:
Lubricate the rear cylinder intake manifold joint
and rear cylinder head mating surfaces with en-
EAS3D81006
gine oil.
INSTALLING THE INTAKE MANIFOLD

ASSEMBLY
1. Install:
a. Install the front cylinder intake manifold joint

1 to the front cylinder head.
Front cylinder intake manifold

joint bolt
T.
R
10 Nm (1.0 mkg, 7.2 ftlb)
NOTE:
Install the front cylinder intake manifold joint with
its projection a facing up as shown in the illus-
tration.
b. Install the rear cylinder intake manifold joint

2 to the intake manifold assembly.
7-12
THROTTLE BODIES
7-13
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM ......................................................................................... 8-1

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .................................................................................. 8-1
ENGINE STOPPING DUE TO SIDESTAND OPERATION....................... 8-3
TROUBLESHOOTING .............................................................................. 8-4
ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM.................................................................... 8-7

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .................................................................................. 8-7
STARTING CIRCUIT CUT-OFF SYSTEM OPERATION.......................... 8-9
TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................................................ 8-11
CHARGING SYSTEM ................................................................................... 8-13

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ................................................................................ 8-13
LIGHTING SYSTEM...................................................................................... 8-17

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ................................................................................ 8-17
SIGNALING SYSTEM ................................................................................... 8-21

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ................................................................................ 8-21
COOLING SYSTEM ...................................................................................... 8-27

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ................................................................................ 8-27
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ......................................................................... 8-31

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ................................................................................ 8-31
ECU SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION.................................................... 8-33
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION TABLE................................................ 8-34
TROUBLESHOOTING METHOD............................................................ 8-36
DIAGNOSTIC MODE .............................................................................. 8-37
TROUBLESHOOTING DETAILS ............................................................ 8-43
FUEL PUMP SYSTEM .................................................................................. 8-63

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ................................................................................ 8-63
8
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ..................................................................... 8-67
CHECKING THE SWITCHES ................................................................. 8-71
CHECKING THE BULBS AND BULB SOCKETS ................................... 8-74
CHECKING THE FUSES ........................................................................ 8-75
CHECKING AND CHARGING THE BATTERY....................................... 8-75
CHECKING THE RELAYS ...................................................................... 8-79
CHECKING THE TURN SIGNAL RELAY ............................................... 8-80
CHECKING THE DIODES ...................................................................... 8-81
CHECKING THE IGNITION SPARK GAP .............................................. 8-82
CHECKING THE SPARK PLUG CAPS .................................................. 8-83
CHECKING THE IGNITION COILS ........................................................ 8-83
CHECKING THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ......................... 8-84
CHECKING THE LEAN ANGLE SENSOR ............................................. 8-84
CHECKING THE STARTER MOTOR OPERATION............................... 8-85
CHECKING THE STATOR COIL ............................................................ 8-85
CHECKING THE RECTIFIER/REGULATOR.......................................... 8-85
CHECKING THE HORN.......................................................................... 8-86
CHECKING THE OIL LEVEL SWITCH ................................................... 8-86
CHECKING THE FUEL SENDER ........................................................... 8-87
CHECKING THE FUEL LEVEL WARNING LIGHT................................. 8-87
CHECKING THE OIL LEVEL WARNING LIGHT .................................... 8-88
CHECKING THE SPEED SENSOR........................................................ 8-88
CHECKING THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR ........................................... 8-88
CHECKING THE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ...................... 8-88
CHECKING THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR............................... 8-89
CHECKING THE INTAKE AIR PRESSURE SENSORS......................... 8-89
CHECKING THE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.................................. 8-90
L/W
BR
15 A B C
EAS27110
EAS27090
L/W B/R
W/G R/B R/G V/G R/Y W/L Gy W W Gy Ch Dg Dg Ch

L Sb W LWR Br/L R/B P/L P R/Y Y G W W G Y L B B L/R Y
12
1 W W W B/W B W B W 13
Sb/W L/W L R/L L/R WIRE HARNESS SUB W REHARNESS WIRE HARNESS SUB-W REHARNESS WIRE HARNESS TA L/ BRAKE L GHT W RE HARNESS
L/G L/Y Sb B/Y L/W R
B W B/W 14
B/W
B/W B/W B/W B/W B B/R
B W B/W
(GRAY) (BLACK)
L/W Sb LY L/R LG Br W P L yB LB R/L R W R/B B/Br P/L B L R G B/Y
B/Y R/L YG GW P W L/R L/W W Y Gy1 Y/L Y B /L W/G
B/R 2 B
Sb Gy/W B3 G G/Y
R/L LG B3 G Y Y/B O Gy R
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
4 B Sb
R R/G 17 18
B
B B B LG B/R
B/R
R (BLACK) (BLACK) Gy R Gy/R
30
IGNITION SYSTEM
16 B
RL B
B
28
3 (DARK GREEN)
B/R R
R/W BR
L/B
Gy O O
Gy 30
29
20 B/L
L W/Y P O/R
Gy B/L B Gy 19 L
BL B/W W/Y W/Y
R
R B/L
R 7 B/L B/L R/G R G A V/G VG
W L L Y B/L Y Y P/L P/L A P P
21 L L 27 W/G W/G A W L W/L 31
5 (BLACK) Br L B /L A Y Y
R R
6 R R L L/W
Br Br L ON
OFF
B/L R/Y
W RW B/LP/W L P/W P/W R/Y
L/Y L/Y 8 B
RW
22 L W L R Y V/G R/Y
(BLACK) P A
L/B L/B B 10 Y RY P
B R/B
B/L B/L Br/W Br W
(BLACK) R/Y
B B/L P L P G/W
B 23 A
Br L/Y 9 R/W R/W L 26
L/B B (BLACK) R/B
B W
RB Y/L
Br W B/L
GY Gy B
25 (BLACK) W G
R/L Gy/W
11 B/L GW L/R
R Br/W L 32 (DARK GRAY)
24 YG Y/G G G B G G W W B W
L Y/G B/L B/L BY Gy
G/W B L Y/B W Gy
8-1
(DARK GREEN) 33 ( GRAY)
Gy B Gy Gy W W B W
75 B/Br B3 B3
Br L
74
Br Br
73
Br R/W
34
72
R R/Y Br 35
Br
R/Y Gy B B/L
Br W 36
R/W W RW Gy/W
RY
Br/W Br 48 47 B
Br W B/R G/L 49 37
61 P/W P B R/W L/W W Y/R B Gy B B Sb W
L
71 Br Y/B
W L
46
R/W G/Y Br/W Y/R
GL B (BLACK) R/W
Y P B P/W P W P/B B 63 64 65 66 Y/B
L Br B B/Y Y G Y/G B/Y B W 62 Y/L
GY 50 GL L/Y B/Y Br/W YR Gy Gy/W R/W
RESET
Gy B B/L G L/G
70 RG 38
R W B/R B/R R W B L/Y Y Y L/Y B 51 53 54 (BLACK) W
Dg Ch B /W Br/W Ch Dg G W Y/G
B B Br L W L/W Br P/W
(BLACK) (L)
(BLUE) (BLUE) L/Y 52 PB
N
BY (R) B G G B 44
Y Y Br Y/G B
G Gy B Y BY P G 39
Y Br BY (BLACK) (BLACK)
YR G/L R/Y Y/R W
(BLACK) 45
(BLACK) (BLACK)
Y G Ch Dg B 40
B
W
(BLACK)
41
Y B
Y L
C Ch 42
L Y L Dg
Ch L Dg L
Ch Dg
YLR LR
B B G/L Y G C
L BW 69 58 57 Ch Dg 43
68 67 Br L G L
(BLACK) (BLACK)
60 Ch Dg
G B B
B L Y Y L/R L/B B B GL Y B
GRAY) (BLACK) Y/L W R G Y Dg P/W P B
B B L B B LR 56 55
Ch Dg
59 B B G B Y/G R W Sb Ch L/G
L Ch L Dg B B
(GRAY) (BLACK) (BLACK)
B B B B B B
(GRAY) (BLACK) B B RG W YL Dg Y
B Ch Dg P/B P W
B B Y/G B G Ch Sb W R W L/G
C
B (GRAY) (BLACK) (BLACK)
IGNITION SYSTEM
IGNITION SYSTEM
3. Main fuse
5. Main switch
6. Battery
12.Relay unit
16.Neutral switch
18.Sidestand switch
20.Crankshaft position sensor
24.Lean angle sensor
27.ECU (engine control unit)
28.Rear cylinder ignition coil
29.Front cylinder ignition coil
30.Spark plug
65.Engine stop switch
73.Ignition fuse
8-2
IGNITION SYSTEM
EAS3D81009
ENGINE STOPPING DUE TO SIDESTAND OPERATION

When the engine is running and the transmission is in gear, the engine will stop if the sidestand is
moved down. This is because the electric current from the ignition coils does not flow to the ECU when
both the neutral switch and sidestand switch are set to OFF, thereby preventing the spark plugs from
producing a spark. However, the engine continues to run under the following conditions:
The transmission is in gear (the neutral switch is open) and the sidestand is up (the sidestand switch
is closed).
The transmission is in neutral (the neutral switch is closed) and the sidestand is down (the sidestand
switch is open).
10 8
6
11 9
1. Battery
2. Main fuse
3. Main switch
4. Ignition fuse
5. Engine stop switch
6. Ignition coil
7. Spark plug
9. Sidestand switch
10. Relay unit (diode)
11. Neutral switch
8-3
IGNITION SYSTEM
EAS27140
TROUBLESHOOTING
The ignition system fails to operate (no spark or intermittent spark).
NOTE:
Before troubleshooting, remove the following part(s):
1. Rider seat
2. Tool kit tray
3. Fuel tank
4. Battery box
5. Headlight lens unit
1. Check the fuses. NG

(Main and ignition)
Replace the fuse(s).
Refer to CHECKING THE FUS-
ES on page 8-75.
OK
2. Check the battery. NG
Refer to CHECKING AND Clean the battery terminals.
CHARGING THE BATTERY on Recharge or replace the battery.
page 8-75.
OK
3. Check the spark plugs. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE SPARK Regap or replace the spark plug(s).
PLUGS on page 3-9.
OK
4. Check the ignition spark gap. OK
Refer to CHECKING THE IGNI- Ignition system is OK.
TION SPARK GAP on page 8-82.
NG
5. Check the spark plug caps. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE SPARK Replace the spark plug cap(s).
PLUG CAPS on page 8-83.
OK
6. Check the ignition coils. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE IGNI- Replace the ignition coil(s).
TION COILS on page 8-83.
OK
7. Check the crankshaft position sen- NG
sor.
Replace the crankshaft position sen-
Refer to CHECKING THE CRANK-
sor/stator assembly.
SHAFT POSITION SENSOR on
page 8-84.
OK
8-4
IGNITION SYSTEM
8. Check the main switch. NG

Refer to CHECKING THE Replace the main switch.
SWITCHES on page 8-71.
OK
9. Check the engine stop switch. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE Replace the right handlebar switch.
OK
10.Check the neutral switch. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE Replace the neutral switch.
OK
11.Check the sidestand switch. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE Replace the sidestand switch.
OK
12.Check the relay unit (diode). NG
Refer to CHECKING THE DI- Replace the relay unit.
ODES on page 8-81.
OK
13.Check the lean angle sensor. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE LEAN Replace the lean angle sensor.
ANGLE SENSOR on page 8-84.
OK
14.Check the entire ignition systems NG
wiring. Properly connect or repair the ignition sys-
Refer to CIRCUIT DIAGRAM on tems wiring.
page 8-1.
OK
Replace the ECU.
8-5
IGNITION SYSTEM
8-6
ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM
EAS27160

EAS27170
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
L/W
15 B/R
L/W B/R
L Sb/W L/W R
12
1 W W W B/W B/W B/W 13
Sb/W L/W L R/L L/R
B/W B/W 14
B/W
B/W B/W
(GRAY) (BLACK)
L/W Sb L/Y L/R L/G
B/Y R/L
B/R 2 B
Sb
R/L L/G
4 B Sb
R R/G
B
17 18
B/R B B B L/G
R (BLACK) (BLACK)
16 B
R/L B
B
3 (DARK GREEN)
B/R R
Gy
20 L W/Y P O/R
B/L
Gy B/L B Gy
B/L B/W
19 L
W/Y
R
B/L
R 7 R
B/L
W L L Y B/L
21 Y
L
5 (BLACK)
R
Br
R
Br/L ON
6 R R L
OFF
B/L
L/Y L/Y 8 B
W R/W
R/W
B/LP/W L 22 P/W
L
L/B L/B B
B
10 (BLACK)
B/L B/L Br/W
Br L/Y
B
B
9 R/W R/W
B/L P L 23 P
L 26
L/B B (BLACK)
B W
Br/W B/L
25 (BLACK)
11 B/L G/W
R Br/W L
L Y/G B/L 24 Y/G
B/L
G/W B/L
(DARK GREEN)
75
Br L
74
Br Br
73
Br R/W
72
R R/Y Br
Br
R/Y
Br/W
R/W
R/Y
Br/W Br 48
B /W
61 P/W P/B
B/R
R/W L/W
G/L 49 W Y/R B
L
71 Br Y/B
Br/W Y/R
R/W G/Y
Y P/B P/W P/W P/B B 63 64 65 66 G/L
Y/B
B
L Br B B/Y Y/G Y/G B/Y B/W 62

G/Y RESET
50 G/L L/Y B/Y Br/W Y/R
70
R/W B/R B/R R/W B L/Y Y Y L/Y B 51 53
B B Dg Ch B /W Br/W Ch Dg
Br L/W L/W Br
(BLACK) (BLUE) (BLUE) L/Y 52 (L)
N
B/Y (R)
Y Y Br Y/G B
G Gy B/Y B/Y P G
Y Br B/Y (BLACK)
Y/R G/L R/Y Y/R
(BLACK)
Y G Ch Dg
Y L
C C
L Y L
Dg L
Y L/R L/R
B B G/L Y G
L B/W 69 68 67 58
(BLACK) (BLACK)
60 G
Ch L
L Y Y L/R B
B L/B B B G/L Y B
L B B L/R (GRAY)
B B
59 L Ch
B
B B B B B
(GRAY)
B
C
B
8-7
3. Main fuse
5. Main switch
6. Battery
8. Starter relay
9. Starter motor
10.Diode 1
12.Relay unit
13.Starting circuit cut-off relay
15.Diode 2
16.Neutral switch
18.Sidestand switch
52.Clutch switch
66.Start switch
73.Ignition fuse
8-8
EAS27180
STARTING CIRCUIT CUT-OFF SYSTEM OPERATION

If the engine stop switch is set to and the main switch is set to ON (both switches are closed), the
starter motor can only operate if at least one of the following conditions is met:
The transmission is in neutral (the neutral switch is closed).
The clutch lever is pulled to the handlebar (the clutch switch is closed) and the sidestand is up (the
sidestand switch is closed).
The starting circuit cut-off relay prevents the starter motor from operating when neither of these condi-
tions has been met. In this instance, the starting circuit cut-off relay is open so current cannot reach the
starter motor. When at least one of the above conditions has been met, the starting circuit cut-off relay
is closed and the engine can be started by pressing the start switch.
15
13
2
12
3
5
6
8
8
9 a
8
10 11 14
b
8-9
a. WHEN THE TRANSMISSION IS IN

NEUTRAL
b. WHEN THE SIDESTAND IS UP AND THE
CLUTCH LEVER IS PULLED TO THE
HANDLEBAR
1. Battery
2. Main fuse
3. Main switch
4. Ignition fuse
6. Diode 2
7. Relay unit (starting circuit cut-off relay)
8. Relay unit (diode)
9. Clutch switch
11. Neutral switch
12. Diode 1
13. Starter relay
14. Start switch
15. Starter motor
8-10
EAS27190
TROUBLESHOOTING
The starter motor fails to turn.
NOTE:
1. Rider seat
2. Tool kit tray
3. Fuel tank

(Main and ignition)
Replace the fuse(s).
ES on page 8-75.
OK
page 8-75.
OK
3. Check the starter motor operation. OK
The starter motor is OK. Perform the elec-
Refer to CHECKING THE START-
tric starting system troubleshooting, start-
ER MOTOR OPERATION on page
ing with step 5.
8-85.
NG
4. Check the starter motor. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE START- Repair or replace the starter motor.
ER MOTOR on page 5-64.
OK
5. Check the relay unit (starting circuit NG
cut-off relay).
Replace the relay unit.
Refer to CHECKING THE RE-
LAYS on page 8-79.
OK
6. Check the relay unit (diode). NG
ODES on page 8-81.
OK
7. Check the diode 1. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE DI- Replace the diode 1.
ODES on page 8-81.
OK
8-11

ODES on page 8-81.
OK
9. Check the starter relay. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE RE- Replace the starter relay.
LAYS on page 8-79.
OK
10.Check the main switch. NG
OK
11.Check the engine stop switch. NG
OK
12.Check the neutral switch. NG
OK
13.Check the sidestand switch. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE Replace the sidestand switch.
OK
14.Check the clutch switch. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE Replace the clutch switch.
OK
15.Check the start switch. NG
OK
16.Check the entire starting systems NG
wiring. Properly connect or repair the starting sys-
page 8-7.
OK
The starting system circuit is OK.
8-12
CHARGING SYSTEM
EAS27200
CHARGING SYSTEM
EAS27210
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
L/W
15 B/R
L/W B/R
L Sb/W L/W R
12
Sb/W L/W L R/L
L/G L/Y Sb B/Y L/W
B/W B/W
14
B/W
B/W B/W
(GRAY) (BLACK)
L/W Sb L/Y L/R L/G
B/Y R/L
B/R 2 B
Sb
R/L L/G
4 B Sb
R R/G
B
17 18
B/R B B B L/G
R (BLACK) (BLACK)
16 B
R/L B
B
3 (DARK GREEN)
B/R R
Gy
20 L W/Y P OR
B/L
Gy B/L B Gy
B/L B/W
19 L
W/Y
R
B/L
R 7 R
B/L
W L L Y B/L
21 Y
L
5 (BLACK)
R
Br
R
Br/L ON
6 R R L
OFF
B/L
L/Y L/Y 8 B
W R/W
R/W
B/LP/W L 22 P/W
L
(BLACK)
L/B L/B B
B
10
B/L B/L B /W
Br L/Y
B
B
9 R/W R/W
B/L P L 23 P
L 26
LB B (BLACK)
B W
Br/W B/L
25 (BLACK)
11 B/L G/W
R Br/W L
L Y/G B/L 24 Y/G
B/L
G/W B/L
(DARK GREEN)
75
Br L
74
Br Br
73
Br R/W
72
R RY
Br
R/Y
Br/W
R/W
R/Y
Br/W Br
Br/W
61 P/W P/B
B/R
R/W L/W
G/L 49 W Y/R B
L
71 Br Y/B
Br/W
R/W G/Y
Y P B P/W P/W P/B B 63 64 65 66 G/L
Y/B
L Br B B/Y Y/G Y/G B/Y B W 62
G/Y RESET
50 G/L L/Y B/Y Br/W
70
R/W B/R B/R R W B L/Y Y Y LY B 51 53
B B Dg Ch Br/W Br/W Ch Dg
Br L/W L W Br
(BLACK) (BLUE) (BLUE) L/Y 52 (L)
N
B/Y (R)
Y Y Br Y/G B
G Gy B/Y B/Y P G
Y Br B/Y (BLACK)
Y/R G/L R/Y Y/R
(BLACK)
Y G Ch
Y L
C C
L Y L
Ch L
Y L/R L/R
B B G/L Y G
69 58
L B/W
68 67 60 Ch L
(BLACK) (BLACK) G B
B L Y Y L/R L/B B B G/L Y B
(GRAY)
L B B L/R
B B
59 B
L Ch
B B B B B
(GRAY)
B
C
B
8-13
CHARGING SYSTEM
1. AC magneto
2. Rectifier/regulator
3. Main fuse
6. Battery
8-14
CHARGING SYSTEM
EAS27230
TROUBLESHOOTING
The battery is not being charged.
NOTE:
1. Rider seat
2. Tool kit tray
3. Rectifier/regulator cover
1. Check the fuse. NG

(Main)
Replace the fuse.
ES on page 8-75.
OK
page 8-75.
OK
3. Check the stator coil. NG
Replace the crankshaft position sen-
Refer to CHECKING THE STATOR
sor/stator assembly.
COIL on page 8-85.
OK
4. Check the rectifier/regulator. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE RECTI- Replace the rectifier/regulator.
FIER/REGULATOR on page 8-85.
OK
5. Check the entire charging systems NG
wiring. Properly connect or repair the charging
Refer to CIRCUIT DIAGRAM on systems wiring.
page 8-13.
OK
The charging system circuit is OK.
8-15
CHARGING SYSTEM
8-16
L/W
B/R
15 A B C
EAS27250
EAS27240
L/W B/R
W/G R/B R G V/G R/Y W/L Gy W W Gy Ch Dg Dg Ch

L Sb W L/W R Br L R/B P/L P R/Y Y G W W G Y L B B LR Y
12
1 W W W B/W B W B/W 13
Sb W L/W L R/L L/R W RE HARNESS SUB W REHARNESS WIRE HARNESS SUB-W REHARNESS WIRE HARNESS A L/ BRAKE L GHT W RE HARNESS
L/G L Y Sb B/Y L/W R
B/W B W
14
BW
B/W B/W B/W BW B BR
B/W B W
(GRAY) (BLACK)
L/W Sb L/Y L/R LG Br W P L yB LB R L R W R/B B/Br P/L B/L R/G B/Y
BY R/L Y/G G W P/W L R L/W W/Y Gy1 Y/L Y Br/L W/G
BR 2 B
Sb Gy/W B3 G G/Y
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
4 B Sb
R R/G 17 18
B
B B B LG B/R
B/R
16 B B 30
RL B 28
LIGHTING SYSTEM
3 (DARK GREEN)
BR R
R/W B/R
L/B
Gy O O
Gy 30
29
20 B/L
L W/Y P O/R
Gy B/L B Gy 19 L
B/L B/W W/Y W/Y
R
R B/L
R 7 BL BL RG R G A V/G VG
W L L Y B/L Y Y P/L PL A P P
21 L L 27 W/G W/G A W/L W/L 31
5 (BLACK) B /L B /L A Y Y
R R
6 R R L L/W
Br Br/L ON
OFF
BL RY
L/Y L/Y 8 B
RW
22 L WL RY VG RY
(BLACK) P A
L/B L/B B 10 Y RY P
B RB
BL B/L Br W B /W
(BLACK) R/Y
B B/L P L P G/W
B 23 A
Br L/Y 9 RW RW L 26
L/B B (BLACK) R/B
B W
R/B Y/L
Br W B/L
GY Gy/B
25 (BLACK) W G
RL Gy/W
11 B/L GW L/R
24 Y/G Y/G G G B G G W W B W
L Y/G B/L BL B/Y Gy
G/W B L Y/B W Gy
8-17
Gy B Gy Gy W W B W
75 B Br B3 B3
Br L
74
Br Br
73
Br RW
34
72
R R/Y Br 35
Br
R/Y Gy/B B/L
B /W 36
R/W W R/W Gy/W
RY
Br W Br 48 47 B
Br W BR GL 49 37
61 P/W P B R/W LW W Y/R B Gy B B Sb/W
L
71 Br YB
W L
46
R/W GY Br/W Y/R
G/L B (BLACK) R/W
Y P/B P/W PW PB B 63 64 65 66 Y/B
L Br B B/Y Y/G Y G B Y B/W 62 Y/L
G/Y 50 G/L LY B/Y Br/W YR Gy Gy/W R/W
RESET
Gy/B B/L G LG
70 R/G 38
R/W B/R B/R R/W B L/Y Y Y L/Y B 51 53 54 (BLACK) W
Dg Ch Br/W Br/W Ch Dg G W Y/G
(BLACK) (L)
(BLUE) (BLUE) L/Y 52 P/B
N
B/Y (R) B G G B 44
Y Y Br Y/G B
G Gy B/Y B/Y P G 39
Y Br B/Y (BLACK) (BLACK)
Y/R GL RY YR W
(BLACK) 45
(BLACK) (BLACK)
Y G Ch Dg B 40
B
W
(BLACK)
41
Y B
Y L
Ch 42
L Y L Dg
Ch L Dg L
Ch Dg
Y L/R L/R
B B G/L Y G C C
L BW 69 58 57 Ch Dg 43
68 67 BrL G L
(BLACK) (BLACK)
60 Ch Dg
G B B
B L Y Y LR L/B B B GL Y B
(GRAY) BLACK) Y/L W R/G Y Dg PWPB
B B L B B L/R 56 55
Ch Dg
59 B B G B Y/G R/W Sb Ch L/G
L Ch L Dg B B
B B B B B B
(GRAY) (BLACK) B B R G W Y/L Dg Y
B Ch Dg P B P/W
B B Y/G B G Ch b W R/W LG
C
LIGHTING SYSTEM
LIGHTING SYSTEM
3. Main fuse
5. Main switch
6. Battery
38.Multi-function meter
41.High beam indicator light
43.Meter light
49.Headlight relay
51.Dimmer switch
57.Front right turn signal light
58.Front left turn signal light
59.Headlight
60.Accessory light (OPTION)
67.License plate light
68.Tail/brake light
72.Headlight fuse
73.Ignition fuse
74.Signaling system fuse
75.Taillight fuse
8-18
LIGHTING SYSTEM
EAS27260
TROUBLESHOOTING
Any of the following fail to light: headlight, high beam indicator light, taillight, license plate light, position
light, meter light and accessory light (OPTION).
NOTE:
1. Rider seat
2. Tool kit tray
3. Fuel tank
1. Check the condition of each bulb NG

and bulb socket.
Refer to CHECKING THE BULBS Replace the bulb(s) and bulb socket(s).
AND BULB SOCKETS on page
8-74.
OK
(Main, headlight, signaling system,
ignition and taillight) Replace the fuse(s).
ES on page 8-75.
OK
page 8-75.
OK
OK
5. Check the dimmer switch. NG
The dimmer switch is faulty. Replace the
Refer to CHECKING THE
left handlebar switch.
OK
6. Check the headlight relay. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE RE- Replace the headlight relay.
LAYS on page 8-79.
OK
8-19
LIGHTING SYSTEM
7. Check the entire lighting systems NG

wiring. Properly connect or repair the lighting sys-
page 8-17.
OK
Replace the ECU or meter assembly.
8-20
LW
B/R
15 A B C
EAS27280
EAS27270
LW B/R
W/G R B R/G V/G R Y W/L Gy W W Gy Ch Dg Dg Ch

L Sb/W L/W R Br/L R B P/L P RY Y G W W G Y L B B LR Y
12
Sb/W L/W L R L L/R WIRE HARNESS SUB-W REHARNESS W RE HARNESS SUB-W REHARNESS WIRE HARNESS TA L/ BRAKE L GHT W RE HARNESS
L G L/Y Sb B/Y L/W R
B/W B/W
14
B/W
BW BW BW B/W B B/R
B/W B/W
(GRAY) (BLACK)
L/W Sb L/Y LR L/G B /W P L Gy/B L/B R/L R/W R B B Br P L B/L R/G B Y
B/Y R/L Y/G G/W P/W L/R L/W W/Y Gy1 Y L Y Br L W G
B/R 2 B
Sb Gy W B3 G GY
R/L L/G B3 G/Y Y B O Gy/R
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
4 B Sb
R R/G 17 18
B
B B B L/G B/R
B/R
R (BLACK) (BLACK) Gy/R Gy R
16 B B 30
R/L B 28
3 (DARK GREEN)
B/R R
R/W B/R
SIGNALING SYSTEM
L/B
Gy O O
Gy 30
29
20 BL
L WY P O/R
Gy BL B Gy 19 L
B/L B/W WY W/Y
R
R B/L
R 7 B/L B/L RG R/G VG V/G
W L L Y BL Y Y PL PL A P P
21 L L 27 WG W G A W/L WL 31
5 (BLACK) Br/L Br/L A Y Y
R R
6 R R L LW
Br Br/L ON
OFF
B/L R/Y
W R/W B LP/W L PW PW RY
LY L/Y 8 B
R/W
22 L W/L R/Y V G R/Y
(BLACK) P A
LB LB B 10 Y R/Y P
B R/B
B/L B/L Br W B /W
(BLACK) RY
B BL P L P G/W
B 23 A
Br LY 9 R W R/W L 26
LB B (BLACK) RB
B W
R/B YL
B /W B/L
G/Y Gy/B
25 (BLACK) W G
R/L Gy W
11 B/L GW L/R
R Br W L 32 (DARK GRAY)
L Y/G B/L B/L B/Y Gy
G W B/L YB W Gy
8-21
Gy B Gy Gy W W B W
75 B/Br B3 B3
Br L
74
Br Br
73
Br R/W
34
72
R RY Br 35
Br
R/Y Gy/B BL
B /W 36
RW W R/W Gy W
R/Y
B /W Br 48 47 B
/W B/R G/L 49 37
61 P W P/B R/W L/W W YR B Gy B B Sb/W
L
71 Br Y/B
W L
46
R/W G/Y Br W Y/R
G/L B (BLACK) R/W
Y P/B P/W P/W P B B 63 64 65 66 Y/B
G/Y 50 G/L L/Y B/Y Br W Y/R Gy Gy W R W
RESET
Gy/B B/L G L/G
70 R/G 38
R/W B R B/R R/W B LY Y Y LY B 51 53 54 (BLACK) W
Dg Ch Br/W Br W Ch Dg G W Y/G
B B Br L/W L W Br PW
(BLACK) (L)
N
B/Y (R) B G G B 44
Y Y Br YG B
G Gy B/Y B/Y P G 39
Y/R G/L R/Y Y/R W
(BLACK) 45
(BLACK) (BLACK)
Y G Ch Dg B 40
B
W
BLACK)
41
Y B
Y L
C C Ch 42
L Y L Dg
Ch L Dg L
Ch Dg
Y L/R L/R
B B GL Y G C C
L B/W 69 58 57 Ch Dg 43
68 67 Br
L G L
(BLACK) (BLACK)
60 Ch Dg
G B B
L Y Y L/R L/B B B G/L Y B
B (GRAY) (BLACK)
L B B L/R Y L W R/G Y Dg P/W P/B
B B Ch 56 Dg 55
59 B B G B Y/G R/W Sb Ch LG
L Ch L Dg B B
B B B B B B
(GRAY) (BLACK) B B R/G W Y/L Dg Y
B Ch Dg P/B P/W
B B Y/G B G Ch Sb/W R/W LG
C
SIGNALING SYSTEM
SIGNALING SYSTEM
3. Main fuse
4. Backup fuse (odometer and clock)
5. Main switch
6. Battery
12.Relay unit
16.Neutral switch
19.Speed sensor
25.Coolant temperature sensor
35.Fuel level warning light
36.Oil level warning light
37.Neutral indicator light
40.Coolant temperature warning light
42.Turn signal indicator light
44.Oil level switch
45.Fuel sender
47.Horn
48.Turn signal relay
53.Turn signal switch
54.Horn switch
55.Rear right turn signal light
56.Rear left turn signal light
57.Front right turn signal light
58.Front left turn signal light
62.Front brake light switch
68.Tail/brake light
70.Rear brake light switch
73.Ignition fuse
8-22
SIGNALING SYSTEM
EAS27290
TROUBLESHOOTING
Any of the following fail to light: turn signal light, brake light or an indicator light.
The horn fails to sound.
The speedometer fails to operate.
NOTE:
1. Rider seat
2. Tool kit tray
3. Fuel tank

(Main, signaling, ignition and back-
up) Replace the fuse(s).
ES on page 8-75.
OK
page 8-75.
OK
OK
4. Check the entire signaling systems NG
wiring. Properly connect or repair the signaling
page 8-21.
OK
Check the condition of each of the sig-
naling systems circuits. Refer to
Checking the signaling system.
Check the signaling system

The horn fails to sound.
1. Check the horn switch. NG
The horn switch is faulty. Replace the left
handlebar switch.
OK
2. Check the horn. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE HORN Replace the horn.
on page 8-86.
OK
8-23
SIGNALING SYSTEM

page 8-21.
OK
This circuit is OK.
The brake light fails to come on.

1. Check the brake light bulb and NG
socket.
Replace the brake light bulb, socket or
Refer to CHECKING THE BULBS
both.
8-74.
OK
2. Check the front brake light switch. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE Replace the front brake light switch.
OK
3. Check the rear brake light switch. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE Replace the rear brake light switch.
OK
page 8-21.
OK
This circuit is OK.
The turn signal light, turn signal indicator light or both fail to blink.
1. Check the turn signal light bulbs NG
and sockets.
Replace the turn signal light bulb(s), sock-
Refer to CHECKING THE BULBS
et(s) or both.
8-74.
OK
2. Check the turn signal switch. NG
The turn signal switch is faulty. Replace
the left handlebar switch.
OK
8-24
SIGNALING SYSTEM
3. Check the turn signal relay. NG

Refer to CHECKING THE RE- Replace the turn signal relay.
LAYS on page 8-79.
OK
page 8-21.
OK
Replace the meter assembly.
The neutral indicator light fails to come.

1. Check the neutral switch. NG
OK
2. Check the relay unit (diode). NG
ODES on page 8-81.
OK
page 8-21.
OK
The oil level warning light fails to come.

1. Check the oil level switch. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE OIL Replace the oil level switch.
LEVEL SWITCH on page 8-86.
OK
page 8-21.
OK
8-25
SIGNALING SYSTEM
The fuel level warning light fails to come.

1. Check the fuel sender. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE FUEL Replace the fuel sender.
SENDER on page 8-87.
OK
page 8-21.
OK
The coolant temperature warning light fails to come.

1. Check the coolant temperature sen- NG
sor.
Refer to CHECKING THE COOL- Replace the coolant temperature sensor.
ANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
on page 8-88.
OK
page 8-21.
OK
The speedometer fails to operate.

1. Check the speed sensor. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE SPEED Replace the speed sensor.
SENSOR on page 8-88.
OK
page 8-21.
OK
8-26
L/W
BR
15 A B C
EAS27310
EAS27300
L/W B/R
W/G R/B R/G V/G R/Y W/L Gy W W Gy Ch Dg Dg Ch

L Sb W LWR Br/L R/B P/L P R/Y Y G W W G Y L B B L/R Y
12
1 W W W B/W B W B W 13
Sb/W L W L R/L L/R WIRE HARNESS SUB-W REHARNESS WIRE HARNESS SUB-W REHARNESS WIRE HARNESS TA L/ BRAKE L GHT W RE HARNESS
B W B/W 14
B/W
B W B/W
(GRAY) (BLACK)
L/W Sb LY L/R LG Br W P L yB LB R/L R W R/B B/Br P/L B L R G B/Y
B/Y R/L YG GW P W L/R L/W W Y Gy1 Y/L Y B /L W/G
B/R 2 B
Sb Gy/W B3 G G/Y
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
4 B Sb
R R/G 17 18
B
B B B LG B/R
B/R
16 B B 30
RL B 28
COOLING SYSTEM
3 (DARK GREEN)
B/R R
R/W BR
L/B
Gy O O
Gy 30
29
20 B/L
L W/Y P O/R
Gy B/L B Gy 19 L
BL BW W/Y W/Y
R
R B/L
R 7 B/L B/L R/G R/G A V/G VG
21 L L 27 W/G W/G A W L W/L 31
5 (BLACK) Br L B /L A Y Y
R R
6 R R L L/W
Br Br L ON
OFF
B/L R/Y
L/Y L/Y 8 B
RW
22 L W L R Y V/G R/Y
(BLACK) P A
L/B L/B B 10 Y RY P
B R/B
B/L B/L Br/W Br W
(BLACK) R/Y
B B/L P L P GW
B 23 A
L/B B (BLACK) R/B
B W
RB Y/L
Br W B L
G/Y Gy B
25 (BLACK) W G
R/L Gy/W
11 B/L G/W L/R
24 YG Y/G G G B G G W W B W
L Y/G B/L B/L BY Gy
G/W B L Y/B W Gy
8-27
Gy B Gy Gy W W B W
75 B/Br B3 B3
Br L
74
Br Br
73
Br R/W
34
72
R R/Y Br 35
Br
R/Y Gy B B/L
Br W 36
R/W W RW Gy/W
RY
Br/W Br 48 47 B
Br W B/R G/L 49 37
61 P/W P/B R/W L/W W Y/R B Gy B B Sb W
L
71 Br Y/B
W L
46
R/W G/Y Br/W Y/R
GL B (BLACK) R/W
Y P B P/W P W P/B B 63 64 65 66 Y/B
GY 50 GL L/Y B/Y Br/W YR Gy Gy/W R/W
RESET
Gy B B/L G L/G
70 RG 38
R W B/R B/R R W B L/Y Y Y L/Y B 51 53 54 (BLACK) W
Dg Ch B /W Br/W Ch Dg G W Y/G
(BLACK) (L)
(BLUE) (BLUE) L/Y 52 PB
N
BY (R) B G G B 44
Y Y Br Y/G B
G Gy B Y BY P G 39
YR G/L R/Y Y/R W
(BLACK) 45
(BLACK) (BLACK)
Y G Ch Dg B 40
B
W
(BLACK)
41
Y B
Y L
CC Ch 42
L Y L Dg
Ch L Dg L
Ch Dg
YLR LR
B B G/L Y G C C
L BW 69 58 57 Ch Dg 43
68 67 Br L G L
(BLACK) (BLACK)
60 Ch Dg
G B B
B L Y Y L/R L/B B B GL Y B
(GRAY) (BLACK) Y/L W R G Y Dg P/W P B
B B L B B LR 56 55
Ch Dg
59 B B G B Y/G R W Sb Ch L/G
L Ch L Dg B B
B B B B B B
(GRAY) (BLACK) B B R/G W Y L Dg Y
B Ch Dg P/B P W
B B YG B G Ch Sb W R W L/G
COOLING SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM
3. Main fuse
5. Main switch
6. Battery
11.Radiator fan motor fuse
69.Radiator fan motor
71.Radiator fan motor relay
73.Ignition fuse
8-28
COOLING SYSTEM
EAS27320
TROUBLESHOOTING
The radiator fan motor fails to turn.
NOTE:
1. Rider seat
2. Tool kit tray
3. Fuel tank

(Main, ignition and radiator fan mo-
tor) Replace the fuse(s).
ES on page 8-75.
OK
page 8-75.
OK
OK
4. Check the radiator fan motor. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE RADIA- Replace the radiator fan motor.
TOR FAN MOTOR on page 8-88.
OK
5. Check the radiator fan motor relay. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE RE- Replace the radiator fan motor relay.
LAYS on page 8-79.
OK
6. Check the coolant temperature sen- NG
sor.
Refer to CHECKING THE COOL- Replace the coolant temperature sensor.
ANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
on page 8-88.
OK
7. Check the entire cooling systems NG
wiring. Properly connect or repair the cooling sys-
page 8-27.
OK
Replace the ECU.
8-29
COOLING SYSTEM
8-30
L/W
B/R
15 A B C
L/W B/R
EAS27340
EAS27330
W/G R/B R G V G R/Y W/L Gy W W Gy Ch Dg Dg Ch

L Sb/W L/W R Br L R/B P/L P R/Y Y G W W G Y L B B LR Y
12
1 W W W B/W B W B/W 13
Sb W L/W L R/L L R W RE HARNESS SUB-W REHARNESS WIRE HARNESS SUB-W REHARNESS WIRE HARNESS TA L/ BRAKE L GHT W RE HARNESS
L/G L Y Sb B Y L/W R
14
B/W B W
BW
B/W B/W B W BW B BR
B/W B W
(GRAY) (BLACK)
L/W Sb L/Y L/R L/G Br W P L Gy B L/B R L R/W R/B B/Br P/L B/L R/G B Y
BY R/L Y/G G W P/W L R L/W W/Y Gy1 Y/L Y Br/L W/G
BR 2 B
Sb Gy/W B3 G G/Y
R/L L/G B3 G Y Y/B O Gy R
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
4 B Sb
R R/G 17 18
B
B B B LG B/R
BR
R (BLACK) (BLACK) Gy/R Gy/R
16 B B 30
R/L B 28
3 (DARK GREEN)
BR R
R/W B/R
L/B
Gy O O
Gy 30
29
20 B/L
L W/Y P O/R
Gy B/L B Gy 19 L
B/L B/W W/Y W/Y
R
R B/L
R 7 BL BL RG RG A VG VG
W L L Y B/L Y Y P/L PL A P P
21
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
L L 27 W/G W/G A W/L W/L 31

5 (BLACK) B /L Br/L A Y Y
R R
6 R R L L/W
Br Br/L ON
OFF
BL RY
W R/W B/LP/W L P/W P/W RY
L/Y L/Y 8 B
R/W
22 L WL RY VG RY
(BLACK) P A
L/B L/B B 10 Y RY P
B RB
BL B/L Br W Br W
(BLACK) RY
B B/L P L P G/W
B 23 A
Br L/Y 9 RW RW L 26
L/B B (BLACK) RB
B W
R/B Y/L
B /W B/L
GY Gy/B
25 (BLACK) W G
RL Gy/W
11 B/L G/W L/R
R Br W L 32 (DARK GRAY)
L Y/G B/L BL B/Y Gy
G/W B L Y/B W Gy

Gy B Gy Gy W W B W
8-31
75 B/Br B3 B3
Br L
74
Br Br
73
Br RW
34
72
R RY Br 35
Br
R/Y Gy/B B/L
Br W 36
R/W W R/W Gy/W
RY
Br W Br 48 47 B
Br W BR GL 49 37
61 P/W P B R/W LW W Y/R B Gy B B Sb/W
L
71 Br YB
W L
46
R/W GY Br/W YR
G/L B (BLACK) R/W
Y P/B P/W PW PB B 63 64 65 66 Y/B
G/Y 50 G/L LY B/Y Br/W Y/R Gy Gy/W R/W
RESET
Gy/B B/L G LG
70 R/G 38
R/W B/R B/R R/W B L/Y Y Y L/Y B 51 53 54 (BLACK) W
Dg Ch Br/W Br/W Ch Dg G W Y/G
B B Br L W L W Br P/W
(BLACK) (L)
N
B/Y (R) B G G B 44
Y Y Br Y/G B
G Gy B/Y B/Y P G 39
Y/R GL RY YR W
(BLACK) 45
(BLACK) (BLACK)
Y G Ch Dg B 40
B
W
(BLACK)
41
Y B
Y L
C C Ch 42
L Y L Dg
Ch L Dg L
Ch Dg
Y L/R L/R
B B G/L Y G C
L BW 69 58 57 Ch Dg 43
68 67 Br L G L
(BLACK) (BLACK)
60 Ch Dg
G B B
L Y Y LR L/B B B G/L Y B
B (GRAY) (BLACK)
L B B L/R Y/L W R/G Y Dg PWPB
B B Ch 56 Dg 55
59 B B G B Y/G R/W Sb Ch LG
L Ch L Dg B B
B B B B B B
(GRAY) (BLACK) B B R G W Y/L Dg Y
B Ch Dg P B P/W
B B Y/G B G Ch b W R/W LG
C
3. Main fuse
5. Main switch
6. Battery
7. Fuel injection system fuse
12.Relay unit
14.Fuel pump relay
15.Diode 2
16.Neutral switch
17.Fuel pump
18.Sidestand switch
19.Speed sensor
20.Crankshaft position sensor
21.Throttle position sensor
22.Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor
23.Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor
24.Lean angle sensor
26.Air temperature sensor
28.Rear cylinder ignition coil
29.Front cylinder ignition coil
30.Spark plug
31.ISC (idle speed control) unit
32.Front cylinder injector
33.Rear cylinder injector
39.Engine trouble warning light
46.O2 sensor
49.Headlight relay
63.Select switch
64.Reset switch
71.Radiator fan motor relay
73.Ignition fuse
8-32
EAS27350
ECU SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

The ECU is equipped with a self-diagnostic function in order to ensure that the fuel injection system is
operating normally. If this function detects a malfunction in the system, it immediately operates the en-
gine under substitute characteristics and illuminates the engine trouble warning light to alert the rider
that a malfunction has occurred in the system. Once a malfunction has been detected, a fault code is
stored in the memory of the ECU.
To inform the rider that the fuel injection system is not functioning, the engine trouble warning light
flashes when the start switch is being pushed to start the engine.
If a malfunction is detected in the system by the self-diagnostic function, the ECU provides an appro-
priate substitute characteristic operation, and alerts the rider of the detected malfunction by illuminat-
ing the engine trouble warning light.
After the engine has been stopped, the lowest fault code number appears on the odometer/tripme-
ter/fuel reserve tripmeter/clock LCD. Once a fault code has been displayed, it remains stored in the
memory of the ECU until it is deleted.
Engine trouble warning light indication and fuel injection system operation
Warning light indica- Fuel injection opera-
ECU operation Vehicle operation
tion tion
Warning provided
Flashing* when unable to start Operation stopped Cannot be operated
engine
Operated with substi-
tute characteristics in Can or cannot be oper-
Remains on Malfunction detected accordance with the ated depending on the
description of the mal- fault code
function
* The warning light flashes when any one of the conditions listed below is present and the start switch
is pushed:
Lean angle sensor
12: Crankshaft position sensor 41:
(open or short-circuit)
Blue/black ECU lead ECU internal malfunction
19: 50:
(broken or disconnected) (memory check error)
Lean angle sensor
30:
(latch up detected)
Checking the engine trouble warning light

The engine trouble warning light comes on for 1.4 seconds after the main switch has been turned to
ON and it comes on while the start switch is being pushed. If the warning light does not come on under
these conditions, the warning light (LED) may be defective.
8-33
a b
c d c
a. Main switch OFF d. Engine trouble warning light on for 1.4

b. Main switch ON seconds
c. Engine trouble warning light off
EAS27380
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION TABLE

If the ECU detects an abnormal signal from a sensor while the vehicle is being driven, the ECU illumi-
nates the engine trouble warning light and provides the engine with alternate operating instructions that
are appropriate for the type of malfunction.
When an abnormal signal is received from a sensor, the ECU processes the specified values that are
programmed for each sensor in order to provide the engine with alternate operating instructions that
enable the engine to continue to operate or stop operating, depending on the conditions.
Self-Diagnostic Function table

Able / un-
Fault Able / un-
Item Symptom able to
code No. able to start
drive
No normal signals are received
Crankshaft position
12 from the crankshaft position sen- Unable Unable
sensor
sor.
Front cylinder intake Front cylinder intake air pressure
13 air pressure sensor sensor: open or short circuit de- Able Able
(open or short circuit) tected.
Front cylinder intake Front cylinder intake air pressure
14 air pressure sensor sensor: hose system malfunction Able Able
(hose system) (clogged or detached hose).
Throttle position sen-
Throttle position sensor: open or
15 sor Able Able
short circuit detected.
(open or short circuit)
Blue/black ECU lead A break or disconnection of the
19 (broken or discon- blue/black lead of the ECU is de- Unable Unable
nected) tected.
Coolant temperature Coolant temperature sensor: open
21 Able Able
sensor or short circuit detected.
Air temperature sen-
Air temperature sensor: open or
22 sor Able Able
(open or short circuit)
No normal signal is received from
24 O2 sensor Able Able
the O2 sensor.
8-34
Able / un-
Fault Able / un-
drive
Rear cylinder intake Rear cylinder intake air pressure
25 air pressure sensor sensor: open or short circuit de- Able Able
(open or short circuit) tected.
Rear cylinder intake Rear cylinder intake air pressure
26 air pressure sensor sensor: hose system malfunction Able Able
(hose system) (clogged or detached hose).
Lean angle sensor
30 The vehicle has overturned. Unable Unable
(latch up detected)
Able Able
(depending (depending
Front cylinder ignition Malfunction detected in the prima-
on the on the
33 coil ry wire of the front cylinder ignition
number of number of
(faulty ignition) coil.
faulty cylin- faulty cylin-
ders) ders)
Able Able
(depending (depending
Rear cylinder ignition Malfunction detected in the prima-
on the on the
34 coil ry wire of the rear cylinder ignition
number of number of
(faulty ignition) coil.
faulty cylin- faulty cylin-
ders) ders)
ISC valve (stuck fully Engine speed is high when the en-
37 Able Able
open) gine is idling.
Lean angle sensor Lean angle sensor: open or short
41 Unable Unable
(open or short circuit) circuit detected.
No normal signals are received
Speed sensor
from the speed sensor.
42 Able Able
Open or short circuit is detected in
Neutral switch
the neutral switch.
The ECU is unable to monitor the
Fuel system voltage battery voltage
43 Able Able
(monitoring voltage) (an open or short circuit in the line
to the ECU).
Error in writing the Error is detected while reading or
44 amount of CO adjust- writing on EEPROM (CO adjust- Able Able
ment on EEPROM ment value).
Vehicle system power
Power supply to the fuel injection
46 supply Able Able
system is not normal.
(monitoring voltage)
Faulty ECU memory. (When this
ECU internal malfunc-
malfunction is detected in the
50 tion Unable Unable
ECU, the fault code number might
(memory check error)
not appear on the meter.)
Engine has been left idling. (The
ECU automatically stops the en-
70 Engine idling stop Able Able
gine after 20 minutes if it is left
idling.)
8-35
Communication error with the meter

Able / un-
Fault Able / un-
drive
No signals are received from the
Er-1 tion Unable Unable
ECU.
(output signal error)
No signals are received from the
ECU within the specified duration.
Data from the ECU cannot be re-
ceived correctly.
Non-registered data has been re-
ceived from the meter.
(input signal error)
EAS27400
4. Turn the main switch to OFF and back to
TROUBLESHOOTING METHOD
ON, and then check that no fault code num-
ber is displayed.
The engine operation is not normal and the
engine trouble warning light comes on. NOTE:
1. Check: If fault codes are displayed, repeat steps (1) to
Fault code number (4) until no fault code number is displayed.
5. Erase the malfunction history in the diagnos-

a. Check the fault code number displayed on
tic mode. Refer to Sensor operation table
the meter.
(Diagnostic code No. 62).
b. Identify the faulty system with the fault code.
Refer to Self-Diagnostic Function table. NOTE:
c. Identify the probable cause of the malfunc- Turning the main switch to OFF will not erase
tion. Refer to Diagnostic code table. the malfunction history.
2. Check and repair the probable cause of the The engine operation is not normal, but the
malfunction. engine trouble warning light does not come
Fault code No. No fault code No. on.
1. Check the operation of the following sensors
Check and repair. Check and repair. and actuators in the diagnostic mode. Refer
Refer to TROUBLE- Refer to Self-Diag- to Sensor operation table and Actuator op-
SHOOTING DE- nostic Function ta- eration table.
TAILS on page 8-43. ble.
Monitor the opera- 01: Throttle position sensor (throttle angle)
tion of the sensors 30: Front cylinder ignition coil
and actuators in the 31: Rear cylinder ignition coil
diagnostic mode. Re- 36: Front cylinder injector
fer to Sensor opera- 37: Rear cylinder injector
tion table and
Actuator operation If a malfunction is detected in the sensors or
table. actuators, repair or replace all faulty parts.
If no malfunction is detected in the sensors
3. Perform the ECU reinstatement action. and actuators, check and repair the inner
Refer to Reinstatement method in the table parts of the engine.
in TROUBLESHOOTING DETAILS.
8-36
EAS27420
DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Setting the diagnostic mode
1. Turn the main switch to OFF and set the engine stop switch to .
2. Disconnect the wire harness coupler from the fuel pump.
3. Press and hold the RESET switch 1 and the side of the SELECT switch 2 turn the main
switch to ON, and continue to press the switches for 8 seconds or more.
2
SELECT
RESET
1
NOTE:
All displays on the meter disappear except the clock and odometer/trip meter/fuel reserve trip
meter/clock displays.
dIAG appears on the odometer/trip meter/fuel reserve trip meter/clock LCD.
4. Simultaneously press the side of the SELECT switch and the RESET switch for 2 seconds
or more to activate the diagnostic mode. The diagnostic code number d01 appears on the clock
LCD.
5. Set the engine stop switch to .
6. Select the diagnostic code number corresponding to the fault code number by pressing the SE-
LECT and RESET switches.
NOTE:
To decrease the selected diagnostic code number, press the side of the SELECT switch. Press
the side of the SELECT switch for 1 second or longer to automatically decrease the diagnostic
code numbers.
To increase the selected diagnostic code number, press the side of the switch. Press the
side of the switch for 1 second or longer to automatically increase the diagnostic code numbers.
d01 d70
SELECT
RES
d70 d01
7. Verify the operation of the sensor or actuator.

Sensor operation
The data representing the operating conditions of the sensor appears on the odometer/trip meter/fu-
el reserve trip meter/clock LCD.
Actuator operation
Set the engine stop switch to to operate the actuator.
8-37
NOTE:
If the engine stop switch is set to , set it to , and then set it to again.
8. Turn the main switch to OFF to cancel the diagnostic mode.
Diagnostic code table

Fault
Diagnostic
code Symptom Probable cause of malfunction
code No.
No.
Open or short circuit in wire harness.
Defective crankshaft position sensor.
No normal signals are re-
Malfunction in crankshaft position sensor
12 ceived from the crankshaft
rotor.
position sensor.
Malfunction in ECU.
Improperly installed sensor.
Front cylinder intake air
Defective front cylinder intake air pressure
13 pressure sensor: open or 03
sensor.
Malfunction in ECU.
Front cylinder intake air Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor
pressure sensor: hose sys- hose is detached, clogged, kinked, or
14 03
tem malfunction (clogged pinched.
or detached hose). Malfunction in ECU.
Throttle position sensor:
Defective throttle position sensor.
15 open or short circuit detect- 01
Malfunction in ECU.
ed.
Improperly installed throttle position sensor.
A break or disconnection of
Open circuit in wire harness (ECU coupler).
19 the blue/black lead of the 20
Malfunction in ECU.
ECU is detected.
Coolant temperature sen- Defective coolant temperature sensor.
21 sor: open or short circuit Malfunction in ECU. 06
detected. Improperly installed coolant temperature
sensor.
Air temperature sensor:
Defective air temperature sensor.
22 open or short circuit detect- 05
Malfunction in ECU.
ed.
Improperly installed air temperature sensor.
No normal signal is re- Defective O2 sensor.
24 ceived from the O2 sensor.
Malfunction in ECU.
Improperly installed sensor.
Rear cylinder intake air
Defective rear cylinder intake air pressure
25 pressure sensor: open or 04
sensor.
Malfunction in ECU.
Rear cylinder intake air Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor
pressure sensor: hose sys- hose is detached, clogged, kinked, or
26 04
tem malfunction (clogged pinched.
or detached hose). Malfunction in ECU.
8-38
Fault
Diagnostic
code No.
No.
The vehicle has over- Overturned.
30 08
turned. Malfunction in ECU.
Malfunction detected in the Malfunction in front cylinder ignition coil.
33 primary wire of the front Malfunction in ECU. 30
cylinder ignition coil. Malfunction in a component of ignition cut-
off circuit system.
Malfunction detected in the Malfunction in rear cylinder ignition coil.
34 primary wire of the rear cyl- Malfunction in ECU. 31
inder ignition coil. Malfunction in a component of ignition cut-
off circuit system.
Open or short circuit in sub-wire harness.
Malfunction in throttle body.
Malfunction in throttle cables.
ISC valve is stuck fully open due to discon-
Engine speed is high when
37 nected ISC unit hose or coupler. (High en- 54
the engine is idling.
gine idling speed is detected with the ISC
valve stuck fully open even though signals
for the valve to close are continuously being
transmitted by the ECU.)
Malfunction in ECU.
Lean angle sensor: open or
41 Defective lean angle sensor. 08
Malfunction in ECU.
Open circuit in wire harness.
No normal signals are re- Defective speed sensor.
ceived from the speed sen- Malfunction in speed sensor detected.
07
42 sor. Defective neutral switch.
21
Open circuit is detected in Malfunction in the engine side of the neutral
the neutral switch. switch.
Malfunction in ECU.
The ECU is unable to moni-
tor the battery voltage (an Open or short circuit in wire harness.
43 09
open or short circuit in the Malfunction in ECU.
line to the ECU).
Error is detected while
Malfunction in ECU. (The CO adjustment
reading or writing on EE-
44 value is not properly written on or read from 60
PROM (CO adjustment val-
the internal memory).
ue).
Power supply to the fuel in-
Malfunction in the charging system. Refer to
46 jection system is not nor-
CHARGING SYSTEM on page 8-13.
mal.
Faulty ECU memory.
(When this malfunction is Malfunction in ECU. (The program and data
50 detected in the ECU, the are not properly written on or read from the
fault code number might internal memory.)
not appear on the meter.)
8-39
Fault
Diagnostic
code No.
No.
Malfunction in meter.
No signals are received
Er-1 Malfunction in ECU.
from the ECU.
Defective wire connection of the ECU cou-
pler.
No signals are received Improper connection in wire harness.
Er-2 from the ECU within the Malfunction in meter.
specified duration. Malfunction in ECU.
Improper connection in wire harness.
Data from the ECU cannot
Er-3 Malfunction in meter.
be received correctly.
Malfunction in ECU.
Non-registered data has Improper connection in wire harness.
Er-4 been received from the Malfunction in meter.
meter. Malfunction in ECU.
Sensor operation table

Diag-
nostic
Item Meter display Checking method
code
No.
01 Throttle angle
Fully closed position 1222 Check with throttle fully
closed.
Fully opened position 87107 Check with throttle fully
open.
03 Pressure difference Displays the front cylinder in- Set the engine stop switch
(atmospheric pressure and take air pressure. to , and then push the
front cylinder intake air start switch . (If the dis-
pressure) play value changes, the
performance is OK.)
04 Pressure difference Displays the rear cylinder in- Set the engine stop switch
(atmospheric pressure and take air pressure. to , and then push the
rear cylinder intake air start switch . (If the dis-
pressure) play value changes, the
performance is OK.)
05 Air temperature Displays the air temperature. Compare the actually mea-
sured intake air tempera-
ture with the meter display
value.
06 Coolant temperature Displays the coolant temper- Compare the actually mea-
ature. sured coolant temperature
with the meter display val-
ue.
8-40
Diag-
nostic
code
No.
07 Vehicle speed pulse 0999 Check that the number in-
creases when the rear
wheel is rotated. The num-
ber is cumulative and does
not reset each time the
wheel is stopped.
08 Lean angle sensor Remove the lean angle
Upright 0.41.4 sensor and incline it more
than 65 degrees.
Overturned 3.74.4
09 Fuel system voltage Approximately 12.0 Set the engine stop switch
(battery voltage) to , and then compare
with the actually measured
battery voltage. (If the bat-
tery voltage is lower, per-
form recharging.)
20 Sidestand switch Set on/off the sidestand
Sidestand retracted ON switch (with the transmis-
sion in gear).
Sidestand extended OFF
21 Neutral switch Shift the transmission.
Neutral ON
In gear OFF
60 EEPROM fault code dis-
play
No history 00
History exists 01 or 02 (Cylinder fault code)
(If both cylinders are defec-
tive, the display alternates
every two seconds.)
61 Malfunction history code
display
No history 00
History exists Fault codes 12-70
(If more than one code
number is detected, the dis-
play alternates every two
seconds to show all the de-
tected code numbers.
When all code numbers are
shown, the display repeats
the same process.)
8-41
Diag-
nostic
code
No.
62 Malfunction history code
erasure
No history 0
History exists Up to 25 fault codes To erase the history, set the
engine stop switch to .
70 Control number 0255
Actuator operation table

Diag-
nostic
Item Actuation Checking method
code
No.
Actuates the front cylinder ig-
nition coil five times at one- Check the spark five times.
30 Front cylinder ignition coil second intervals. Connect an ignition
Illuminates the engine trou- checker.
ble warning light.
Actuates the rear cylinder ig-
nition coil five times at one- Check the spark five times.
31 Rear cylinder ignition coil second intervals. Connect an ignition
Illuminates the engine trou- checker.
ble warning light.
Actuates the front cylinder in-
jector five times at one-sec- Check the operating sound
36 Front cylinder injector ond intervals. of the front cylinder injector
Illuminates the engine trou- five times.
ble warning light.
Actuates the rear cylinder in-
jector five times at one-sec- Check the operating sound
37 Rear cylinder injector ond intervals. of the rear cylinder injector
Illuminates the engine trou- five times.
ble warning light.
Actuates the fuel pump relay
five times at one-second in-
tervals.
Illuminates the engine trou-
Check the operating sound
ble warning light.
50 Fuel pump relay of the fuel pump relay five
(The engine trouble warning
times.
light is OFF when the relay is
ON, and the engine trouble
warning light is ON when the
relay is OFF).
8-42
Diag-
nostic
Item Actuation Checking method
code
No.
Actuates the radiator fan mo-
tor relay for five cycles of five
seconds. (ON 2 seconds, Check the operating sound
51 Radiator fan motor relay OFF 3 seconds) of the radiator fan motor re-
Illuminates the engine trou- lay five times.
ble warning light and rotates
the radiator fan motor.
Actuates the headlight relay
for five cycles of five sec-
onds. (ON 2 seconds, OFF 3 Check the operating sound
52 Headlight relay seconds) of the headlight relay five
Illuminates the engine trou- times.
ble warning light and head-
light.
Actuates and fully closes the
ISC valve, then opens it to
the standby opening position
when the engine is started.
The ISC unit vibrates when
54 ISC valve This operation takes approxi-
the ISC valve operates.
mately 12 seconds until it is
completed.
Illuminates the engine trou-
ble warning light.
EAS27460
TROUBLESHOOTING DETAILS
This section describes the measures per fault code number displayed on the meter. Check and service
the items or components that are the probable cause of the malfunction following the order given.
After the check and service of the malfunctioning part has been completed, reset the meter display ac-
cording to the reinstatement method.
Fault code No.:
Code number displayed on the meter when the engine failed to work normally. Refer to Self-Diagnostic
Function table.
Diagnostic code No.:
Diagnostic code number to be used when the diagnostic mode is operated. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC
MODE on page 8-37.
8-43
Fault code No. 12 Symptom No normal signals are received from the crankshaft posi-
tion sensor.
Diagnostic code No.
Order Item/components and probable Check or maintenance job Reinstatement
cause method
1 Installed condition of crankshaft posi- Check for looseness or pinching. Cranking the
tion sensor. engine.
2 Connections Check the coupler for any pins
Crankshaft position sensor coupler that may be pulled out.
Main wire harness ECU coupler Check the locking condition of
the coupler.
If there is a malfunction, repair it
and connect the coupler se-
curely.
3 Open or short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace if there is an
open or short circuit.
Between the crankshaft position
sensor coupler and ECU cou-
pler.
(graygray)
(black/blueblack/blue)
4 Defective crankshaft position sensor. Replace if defective.
CRANKSHAFT POSITION
8-44
Fault code No. 13 Symptom Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor: open or short
circuit detected.
Diagnostic code No. 03 Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor
cause method
1 Connections Check the coupler for any pins Turning the
Front cylinder intake air pressure that may be pulled out. main switch to
sensor coupler Check the locking condition of ON.
Main wire harness ECU coupler the coupler.
curely.
Between front cylinder intake air
pressure sensor coupler and
ECU coupler.
(pinkpink)
(blueblue)
3 Defective front cylinder intake air Execute the diagnostic mode.
pressure sensor. (Code No.03)
Replace if defective.
Refer to CHECKING THE IN-
TAKE AIR PRESSURE SEN-
SORS on page 8-89.
8-45
Fault code No. 14 Symptom Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor: hose system
malfunction (clogged or detached hose).
Diagnostic code No. 03 Front cylinder intake air pressure sensor
cause method
1 Front cylinder intake air pressure sen- Check the front cylinder intake Starting the en-
sor hose air pressure sensor hose condi- gine and oper-
tion. ating it at idle.
Repair or replace the sensor
hose.
2 Front cylinder intake air pressure sen- Check and repair the connec-
sor malfunction at intermediate elec- tion.
trical potential. Replace it if there is a malfunc-
tion.
Front cylinder intake air pressure that may be pulled out.
sensor coupler Check the locking condition of
Wire harness ECU coupler the coupler.
curely.
4 Defective front cylinder intake air Execute the diagnostic mode.
pressure sensor. (Code No. 03)
SORS on page 8-89.
8-46
Fault code No. 15 Symptom Throttle position sensor: open or short circuit detected.
Diagnostic code No. 01 Throttle position sensor
cause method
1 Installed condition of throttle position Check for looseness or pinch- Turning the
sensor. ing. main switch to
Check that the sensor is in- ON.
stalled in the specified position.
Throttle position sensor coupler that may be pulled out.
Wire harness ECU coupler Check the locking condition of
the coupler.
curely.
open or short circuit between
throttle position sensor coupler
and ECU coupler.
(blueblue)
(yellowyellow)
4 Throttle position sensor lead open cir- Check for open circuit and re-
cuit output voltage check. place the throttle position sen-
sor.
(black/blueyellow)
Open circuit Output voltage
item
Ground wire 5V
open circuit
Output wire 0V
open circuit
Power supply 0V
wire open cir-
cuit
5 Defective throttle position sensor. Execute the diagnostic mode.
(Code No. 01)
THROTTLE POSITION SEN-
SOR on page 8-89.
8-47
Fault code No. 19 Symptom A break or disconnection of the blue/black lead of the
ECU is detected.
Diagnostic code No. 20 Sidestand switch
cause method
1 Connection Execute the diagnostic mode. If the transmis-
Wire harness ECU coupler (Code No. 20) sion is in gear,
Check the coupler for any pins retracting the
that may be pulled out. sidestand.
Check the locking condition of If the transmis-
the coupler. sion is in neu-
If there is a malfunction, repair it tral,
and connect the coupler se- reconnecting
curely. the wiring.
ECU and blue/black lead.
3 Defective sidestand switch. Replace if defective.
Fault code No. 21 Symptom Coolant temperature sensor: open or short circuit detect-
ed.
Diagnostic code No. 06 Coolant temperature sensor
cause method
1 Installed condition of coolant tempera- Check for looseness or pinching. Turning the
ture sensor. main switch to
2 Connections Check the coupler for any pins ON.
Coolant temperature sensor coupler that may be pulled out.
the coupler.
curely.
coolant temperature sensor
coupler and ECU coupler.
(green/whitegreen/white)
4 Defective coolant temperature sensor. Execute the diagnostic mode.
(Code No. 06)
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
8-48
Fault code No. 22 Symptom Air temperature sensor: open or short circuit detected.
Diagnostic code No. 05 Air temperature sensor
cause method
1 Installed condition of air temperature Check for looseness or pinching. Turning the
sensor. main switch to
2 Connections Check the coupler for any pins ON.
Air temperature sensor coupler that may be pulled out.
the coupler.
curely.
air temperature sensor coupler
and ECU coupler.
(brown/whitebrown/white)
4 Defective air temperature sensor. Execute the diagnostic mode.
(Code No. 05)
Refer to CHECKING THE AIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR on
page 8-90.
8-49
Fault code No. 24 Symptom No normal signal is received from the O2 sensor.
Diagnostic code No.

cause method
1 Installed condition of O2 sensor. Check for looseness or pinching. Starting the en-
gine and oper-
2 Connections Check the coupler for any pins ating it at idle.
O2 sensor coupler that may be pulled out.
the coupler.
curely.
Between O2 sensor coupler and
ECU coupler.
(gray/whitegray/white)
(red/whitered/white)
(gray/blackgray/black)
4 Check fuel pressure. Refer to CHECKING THE
FUEL PRESSURE on page
7-11.
5 Defective O2 sensor. Replace if defective.
8-50
Fault code No. 25 Symptom Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor: open or short
circuit detected.
Diagnostic code No. 04 Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor
cause method
Rear cylinder intake air pressure that may be pulled out. main switch to
sensor coupler Check the locking condition of ON.
curely.
rear cylinder intake air pres-
sure sensor coupler and ECU
coupler.
(pink/whitepink/white)
(blueblue)
3 Defective rear cylinder intake air pres- Execute the diagnostic mode.
sure sensor. (Code No. 04)
SORS on page 8-89.
8-51
Fault code No. 26 Symptom Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor: hose system
malfunction (clogged or detached hose).
Diagnostic code No. 04 Rear cylinder intake air pressure sensor
cause method
1 Rear cylinder intake air pressure sen- Check the rear cylinder intake Starting the en-
sor hose air pressure sensor hose condi- gine and oper-
tion. ating it at idle.
Repair or replace the sensor
hose.
2 Rear cylinder intake air pressure sen- Check and repair the connec-
sor malfunction at intermediate elec- tion.
trical potential. Replace it if there is a malfunc-
tion.
Rear cylinder intake air pressure that may be pulled out.
sensor coupler Check the locking condition of
curely.
4 Defective rear cylinder intake air pres- Execute the diagnostic mode.
sure sensor. (Code No. 04)
SORS on page 8-89.
Fault code No. 30 Symptom The vehicle has overturned.

Diagnostic code No. 08 Lean angle sensor
cause method
1 The vehicle has overturned. Raise the vehicle upright. Turning the
2 Installed condition of lean angle sen- Check for looseness or pinching. main switch to
sor. ON (however,
the engine can-
3 Connections Check the coupler for any pins not be restarted
Lean angle sensor coupler that may be pulled out. unless the main
Wire harness ECU coupler Check the locking condition of switch is first
the coupler. turned OFF).
curely.
4 Defective lean angle sensor. Execute the diagnostic mode.
(Code No. 08)
LEAN ANGLE SENSOR on
page 8-84.
8-52
Fault code No. 33 Symptom Malfunction detected in the primary wire of the front cylin-
der ignition coil.
Diagnostic code No. 30, 32 Front cylinder ignition coil
cause method
1 Connections Check the connector and cou- Starting the en-
Front cylinder ignition coil connector pler for any pins that may be gine and oper-
(primary coil side) pulled out. ating it at idle.
the connector and coupler.
curely.
Between front cylinder ignition
coil connector and ECU cou-
pler.
(orangeorange)
Between front cylinder ignition
coil connector and right handle-
bar switch coupler.
(black/redblack/red)
3 Defective front cylinder ignition coil. Execute the diagnostic mode.
(Code No. 30)
Check the primary and second-
ary coils for continuity.
Refer to CHECKING THE IG-
NITION COILS on page 8-83.
8-53
Fault code No. 34 Symptom Malfunction detected in the primary wire of the rear cylin-
der ignition coil.
Diagnostic code No. 31, 33 Rear cylinder ignition coil
cause method
1 Connections Check the connector and cou- Starting the en-
Rear cylinder ignition coil connector pler for any pins that may be gine and oper-
(primary coil side) pulled out. ating it at idle.
the connector and coupler.
curely.
Between rear cylinder ignition
coil connector and ECU cou-
pler.
(gray/redgray/red)
Between rear cylinder ignition
coil connector and right handle-
bar switch coupler.
3 Defective rear cylinder ignition coil. Execute the diagnostic mode.
(Code No. 31)
Check the primary and second-
ary coils for continuity.
Refer to CHECKING THE IG-
NITION COILS on page 8-83.
8-54
Fault code No. 37 Symptom Engine speed is high when the engine is idling.
Diagnostic code No. 54 ISC valve
cause method
1 Throttle valve does not fully close. Check the throttle bodies. ISC valve re-
Refer to THROTTLE BODIES turns to its orig-
on page 7-7. inal position by
Check the throttle cables. turning the
Refer to ADJUSTING THE main switch to
THROTTLE CABLE FREE ON and back
PLAY on page 3-8. to OFF.
2 ISC valve is stuck fully open due to Check that the ISC unit coupler Reinstated if
disconnected ISC unit coupler. (High is not disconnected. the engine
engine idling speed is detected with The ISC valve is stuck fully idling speed is
the ISC valve stuck fully open even open if it does not operate when within specifi-
though signals for the valve to close the main switch is turned to cation after
are continuously being transmitted by OFF. starting the en-
the ECU.) (Touch the ISC unit with your gine.
hand and check if it is vibrating
to confirm if the ISC valve is op-
erating.)
3 ISC valve is not moving correctly. Execute the diagnostic mode.
(Code No. 54)
After the ISC valve is fully
closed, it opens to the standby
opening position when the en-
gine is started. This operation
takes approximately 12 sec-
onds. Start the engine. If the er-
ror recurs, replace the throttle
body assembly.
8-55
Fault code No. 41 Symptom Lean angle sensor: open or short circuit detected.
Diagnostic code No. 08 Lean angle sensor
cause method
Lean angle sensor coupler that may be pulled out. main switch to
Wire harness ECU coupler Check the locking condition of ON.
the coupler.
curely.
2 Open or short circuit in lead. Repair or replace if there is an
lean angle sensor coupler and
ECU coupler.
(blueblue)
(yellow/greenyellow/green)
3 Defective lean angle sensor. Execute the diagnostic mode.
(Code No. 08)
LEAN ANGLE SENSOR on
page 8-84.
8-56
Fault code No. 42 Symptom A. No normal signals are received from the speed sensor.
B. Open circuit is detected in the neutral switch.
Diagnostic code No. A 07 Speed sensor
B 21 Neutral switch
cause method
A-1 Connections Check the coupler for any pins Starting the en-
Speed sensor coupler that may be pulled out. gine, and acti-
Wire harness ECU coupler Check the locking condition of vating the
the coupler. speed sensor
If there is a malfunction, repair it by operating
and connect the coupler se- the vehicle at
curely. 20 to 30 km/h.
A-2 Open or short circuit in speed sensor Repair or replace if there is an
lead. open or short circuit.
Between speed sensor coupler
and ECU coupler.
(blueblue)
(white/yellowwhite/yellow)
A-3 Gear for detecting vehicle speed has Replace if defective.
broken. Refer to TRANSMISSION on
page 5-81.
A-4 Defective speed sensor. Execute the diagnostic mode.
(Code No. 07)
SPEED SENSOR on page
8-88.
8-57
Fault code No. 42 Symptom A. No normal signals are received from the speed sensor.
B. Open circuit is detected in the neutral switch.
Diagnostic code No. A 07 Speed sensor
B 21 Neutral switch
cause method
B-1 Connections Check the coupler for any pins Starting the en-
Neutral switch coupler that may be pulled out. gine, and acti-
Wire harness ECU coupler Check the locking condition of vating the
the coupler. speed sensor
If there is a malfunction, repair it by operating
and connect the coupler se- the vehicle at
curely. 20 to 30 km/h.
B-2 Open circuit in neutral switch lead. Repair or replace if there is an
open circuit.
Between neutral switch coupler
and relay unit coupler (fuel
pump relay).
(sky bluesky blue)
Between relay unit coupler and
main switch.
(blue/yellowblue/yellow)
Between main switch and ECU
coupler.
(blue/blackblue/black)
B-3 Faulty shift drum (neutral detection ar- Replace if defective.
ea). Refer to TRANSMISSION on
page 5-81.
B-4 Defective neutral switch. Execute the diagnostic mode.
(Code No. 21)
8-58
Fault code No. 43 Symptom The ECU is unable to monitor the battery voltage (an open
or short circuit in the line to the ECU).
Diagnostic code No. 09 Fuel system voltage
cause method
1 Connections Check the coupler for any pins Starting the en-
Relay unit coupler (fuel pump relay) that may be pulled out. gine and oper-
Wire harness ECU coupler Check the locking condition of ating it at idle.
the coupler.
curely.
2 Open or short circuit in the wire har- Repair or replace if there is an
ness. open or short circuit.
Between relay unit coupler (fuel
pump relay) and ECU coupler.
(blue/redblue/red)
(red/bluered/blue)
pump relay) and starter relay
coupler.
(redred)
pump relay) and diode 2 cou-
pler.
(blue/whiteblue/white)
Between diode 2 coupler and
right handlebar switch coupler.
3 Malfunction or open circuit in relay Execute the diagnostic mode.
unit (fuel pump relay). (Code No. 09)
If there is no malfunction with
the relay unit (fuel pump relay),
replace the ECU.
Fault code No. 44 Symptom Error is detected while reading or writing on EEPROM (CO
adjustment value).
Diagnostic code No. 60 EEPROM improper cylinder indication
cause method
1 Malfunction in ECU. Execute the diagnostic mode. Turning the
(Code No. 60) main switch to
1. Check the faulty cylinder. (If ON.
multiple cylinders are defec-
tive, the numbers of the
faulty cylinders are displayed
alternately at 2-second inter-
vals.)
Replace ECU if defective.
8-59
Fault code No. 46 Symptom Power supply to the fuel injection system is not normal.
Diagnostic code No.
cause method
1 Connection Check the coupler for any pins Starting the en-
Wire harness ECU coupler that may be pulled out. gine and oper-
Check the locking condition of ating it at idle.
the coupler.
curely.
2 Faulty battery. Replace or charge the battery.
Refer to CHECKING AND
CHARGING THE BATTERY on
page 8-75.
3 Malfunction in rectifier/regulator. Replace if defective.
Refer to CHARGING SYS-
TEM on page 8-13.
Between battery and main fuse.
(redred)
Between main fuse and main
switch coupler.
(black/redred)
Between main switch coupler
and ignition fuse.
(brownbrown)
Between ignition fuse and ECU
coupler.
(red/whitered/white)
Fault code No. 50 Symptom Faulty ECU memory. (When this malfunction is detected in
the ECU, the fault code number might not appear on the
meter.)
Diagnostic code No.
cause method
1 Malfunction in ECU. Replace the ECU. Turning the
NOTE: main switch to
Do not perform this procedure ON.
with the main switch turned to
ON.
8-60
Fault code No. Er-1 Symptom No signals are received from the ECU.
Diagnostic code No.
cause method
Wire harness ECU coupler that may be pulled out. main switch to
Meter assembly coupler Check the locking condition of ON.
the coupler.
curely.
meter assembly coupler and
ECU coupler.
(yellow/blueyellow/blue)
3 Malfunction in meter assembly. Replace the meter assembly.
4 Malfunction in ECU. Replace the ECU.
Fault code No. Er-2 Symptom No signals are received from the ECU within the specified
duration.
Diagnostic code No.
cause method
the coupler.
curely.
ECU coupler.
8-61
Fault code No. Er-3 Symptom Data from the ECU cannot be received correctly.
Diagnostic code No.
cause method
the coupler.
curely.
ECU coupler.
Fault code No. Er-4 Symptom Non-registered data has been received from the meter.
Diagnostic code No.
cause method
the coupler.
curely.
ECU coupler.
8-62
L/W
BR
15 A B C
EAS27560
EAS27550
L/W BR
W G R/B R/G V/G R/Y W/L Gy W W Gy Ch Dg Dg Ch

L Sb/W LWR Br/L R/B P/L P R/Y Y G W W G Y L B B L/R Y
12
1 W W W B W B/W B W 13
Sb/W L W L R/L L/R WIRE HARNESS SUB-W REHARNESS WIRE HARNESS SUB-W REHARNESS WIRE HARNESS TA L/ BRAKE L GHT W RE HARNESS
L/G L/Y Sb B/Y L W R
B W B/W
14
B/W
B W B/W
(GRAY) (BLACK)
L/W Sb LY L/R L/G Br W P L Gy/B L B R/L R W R/B B/Br P/L B L R G B/Y
B/Y RL YG GW P W L/R L/W W Y Gy1 Y/L Y B /L W/G
B/R 2 B
Sb Gy/W B3 G G/Y
RL L/G B3 G/Y Y/B O Gy R
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
4 B Sb
R R/G 17 18
B
B B B L/G BR
B/R
16 B B 30
R/L B 28
3 (DARK GREEN)
B/R R
R/W BR
LB
FUEL PUMP SYSTEM
Gy O O
Gy 30
29
20 B/L
L W/Y P O/R
Gy B/L B Gy 19 L
BL BW W/Y W/Y
R
R B/L
R 7 B/L B/L R/G R/G A V/G VG
21 L L 27 W/G W/G A W L W/L 31
5 (BLACK) Br L Br L A Y Y
R R
6 R R L L/W
Br Br L ON
OFF
B/L R/Y
W RW B/L /W L P/W P/W R/Y
L/Y L/Y 8 B
RW
22 L W L R/Y V/G R/Y
(BLACK) P A
L/B L/B B 10 Y R/Y P
B R/B
B/L B/L Br/W Br W
(BLACK) R/Y
B B/L P L P GW
B 23 A
L/B B (BLACK) R/B
B W
R/B Y/L
Br W B/L
G/Y Gy B
25 (BLACK) W G
R/L Gy/W
11 B/L G/W L/R
24 YG YG G G B G G W W B W
L Y/G B L B/L BY Gy
G/W B/L Y/B W Gy
8-63
Gy B Gy Gy W W B W
75 B/Br B3 B3
Br L
74
Br Br
73
Br R/W
34
72
R R/Y Br 35
Br
R/Y Gy B B/L
Br W 36
R/W W RW Gy/W
R/Y
Br/W Br 48 47 B
Br W B/R G/L 49 37
61 P/W P/B R/W L/W W Y/R B Gy B B Sb W
L
71 Br Y/B
W L
46
RW G/Y Br/W Y/R
GL B (BLACK) R/W
Y PB PW P/W P/B B 63 64 65 66 Y/B
GY 50 GL L/Y B/Y Br/W Y/R Gy Gy/W R/W
RESET
Gy B B L G L/G
70 RG 38
R W B/R BR RW B L/Y Y Y L/Y B 51 53 54 (BLACK) W
Dg Ch B /W B /W Ch Dg G W YG
(BLACK) (L)
(BLUE) (BLUE) LY 52 PB
N
BY (R) B G G B 44
Y Y Br Y/G B
G Gy B Y BY P G 39
YR G/L R/Y Y/R W
(BLACK) 45
(BLACK) (BLACK)
Y G Ch Dg B 40
B
W
(BLACK)
41
Y B
Y L
C C Ch 42
L Y L Dg
Ch L Dg L
Ch Dg
Y L/R L/R
B B G/L Y G C C
L B/W 69 58 57 Ch Dg 43
68 67 Br L G L
(BLACK) (BLACK)
60 Ch Dg
G B B
L Y Y L/R L/B B B G/L Y B
B (GRAY) (BLACK)
L B B LR Y/L W R G Y Dg P/W P B
B B Ch 56 Dg 55
59 B B G B YG R W Sb Ch L/G
L Ch L Dg B B
B B B B B B
(GRAY) (BLACK) B B R/G W Y L Dg Y
B Ch Dg P/B P W
B B YG B G Ch Sb/W R W L/G
C
FUEL PUMP SYSTEM
FUEL PUMP SYSTEM
3. Main fuse
5. Main switch
6. Battery
14.Fuel pump relay
15.Diode 2
17.Fuel pump
73.Ignition fuse
8-64
FUEL PUMP SYSTEM
EAS27570
TROUBLESHOOTING
The fuel pump fails to operate.
NOTE:
1. Rider seat
2. Tool kit tray
3. Fuel tank
4. Battery box

(Main, ignition and fuel injection
system) Replace the fuse(s).
ES on page 8-75.
OK
page 8-75.
OK
OK
4. Check the engine stop switch. NG
The engine stop switch is faulty. Replace
the right handlebar switch.
OK
5. Check the relay unit (fuel pump re- NG
lay).
Replace the relay unit.
Refer to CHECKING THE RE-
LAYS on page 8-79.
OK
6. Check the fuel pump. NG
Refer to CHECKING THE FUEL Replace the fuel pump.
PUMP BODY on page 7-5.
OK
ODES on page 8-81.
OK
8-65
FUEL PUMP SYSTEM
8. Check the entire fuel pump sys- NG

tems wiring. Properly connect or repair the fuel pump
page 8-63.
OK
Replace the ECU.
8-66
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
EAS27970
1 3
2
5
13
12
11
10
8-67
1. Coolant temperature sensor

4. Rear cylinder ignition coil
5. Front cylinder ignition coil
6. Sub-wire harness
9. Speed sensor
10. Neutral switch
11. Oil level switch
12. Horn
8-68
2
20
19
18
5 4
6
7
14 11 8
9
13
17 16 3
10
15
12
8-69
1. Main switch
3. Fuse box
4. Headlight fuse
5. Backup fuse
6. Radiator fan motor fuse
7. Taillight fuse
8. Ignition fuse
9. Signaling system fuse
10. Main fuse
11. Battery
13. Starter relay
15. Relay unit
16. Radiator fan motor relay
17. Headlight relay
20. Radiator fan motor
8-70
EAS27980
CHECKING THE SWITCHES
13 1
R Br/L L/B L/Y
R
ON
B B Br/L OFF
(BLACK)
L/Y
L/B
12
L/Y B/Y 2
B B
L/Y (BLACK)
B/Y
(BLACK)
3
11
P B
10
B Br
Ch Br/W Dg B Y/R
(L)
(R)
4
Y/G B/Y
RESET
Y L/Y B
Br/W Ch Dg
9 (BLUE)
5
Y R/Y G P/W B/Y P/B
B/Y P G P/W P/B B
R/Y Y/R Y/G B/Y B/W
6
B/R R/W R/W B/R
8 L/W Br
B
B 7
L/W B/W
8-71
1. Main switch
3. Front brake light switch
4. Reset switch
5. Select switch
7. Start switch
8. Neutral switch
9. Dimmer switch
10. Turn signal switch
11. Horn switch
12. Clutch switch
8-72
Check each switch for continuity with the pocket tester. If the continuity reading is incorrect, check the
wiring connections and if necessary, replace the switch.
ECA14370
CAUTION:
Never insert the tester probes into the coupler terminal slots a. Always insert the probes from
the opposite end of the coupler, taking care not to loosen or damage the leads.
Pocket tester
90890-03112
Analog pocket tester
YU-03112-C
NOTE:
Before checking for continuity, set the pocket tester to 0 and to the 1 range.
When checking for continuity, switch back and forth between the switch positions a few times.
The switches and their terminal connections are illustrated as in the following example of the main
switch.
The switch positions a are shown in the far left column and the switch lead colors b are shown in the
top row.
The continuity (i. e., a closed circuit) between switch terminals at a given switch position is indicated by
.
There is continuity between the red and brown/blue leads, and between the blue/black and blue/yellow
leads when the switch is set to ON.
b
R Br/L L/B L/Y

ON
a
OFF
R L/Y
Br/L L/B
8-73
EAS27990 EWA13320
CHECKING THE BULBS AND BULB WARNING

SOCKETS Since the headlight bulb gets extremely hot,
Check each bulb and bulb socket for damage or keep flammable products and your hands
wear, proper connections, and also for continuity away from the bulb until it has cooled down.
between the terminals.
ECA3D81021
Damage/wear Repair or replace the bulb, CAUTION:
bulb socket or both.
Improperly connected Properly connect. Be sure to hold the socket firmly when re-
No continuity Repair or replace the bulb, bulb moving the bulb. Never pull the lead, other-
socket or both. wise it may be pulled out of the terminal in
the coupler.
Types of bulbs Avoid touching the glass part of the head-
The bulbs used on this vehicle are shown in the light bulb to keep it free from oil, otherwise
following illustration. the transparency of the glass, the life of the
Bulbs a and b are used for the headlights bulb, and the luminous flux will be adverse-
and usually use a bulb holder that must be de- ly affected. If the headlight bulb gets soiled,
tached before removing the bulb. The majority thoroughly clean it with a cloth moistened
of these types of bulbs can be removed from with alcohol or lacquer thinner.
their respective sockets by turning them coun- 2. Check:
terclockwise. Bulb (for continuity)
Bulbs c is used for turn signal and tail/brake (with the pocket tester)
lights and can be removed from the socket by No continuity Replace.
pushing and turning the bulb counterclockwise.
Bulbs d and e are used for meter and indi- Pocket tester
cator lights and can be removed from their re- 90890-03112
spective sockets by carefully pulling them out. Analog pocket tester
YU-03112-C
NOTE:
Before checking for continuity, set the pocket
tester to 0 and to the 1 range.

a. Connect the positive tester probe to terminal
1 and the negative tester probe to terminal
2, and check the continuity.
b. Connect the positive tester probe to terminal
1 and the negative tester probe to terminal
3, and check the continuity.
c. If either of the readings indicates no continu-
ity, replace the bulb.

Checking the condition of the bulbs

bulbs.
1. Remove:
Bulb
8-74
Checking the condition of the bulb sockets 3. Replace:

The following procedure applies to all of the bulb Blown fuse
sockets.
1. Check: a. Set the main switch to OFF.
Bulb socket (for continuity) b. Install a new fuse of the correct amperage
(with the pocket tester) rating.
No continuity Replace. c. Set on the switches to verify if the electrical
circuit is operational.
Pocket tester d. If the fuse immediately blows again, check
90890-03112 the electrical circuit.
YU-03112-C Amperage
Fuses Qty
rating
NOTE: Main 50 A 1
Check each bulb socket for continuity in the Headlight 20 A 1
same manner as described in the bulb section;
Ignition 15 A 1
however, note the following.
Radiator fan motor 20 A 1
a. Install a good bulb into the bulb socket. Fuel injection system 10 A 1
b. Connect the pocket tester probes to the re- Signaling system 10 A 1
spective leads of the bulb socket.
Taillight 10 A 1
c. Check the bulb socket for continuity. If any of
the readings indicates no continuity, replace Backup (odometer and
10 A 1
the bulb socket. clock)
Spare 20 A 1
EAS28000 Spare 15 A 1
CHECKING THE FUSES
Spare 10 A 1
The following procedure applies to all of the fus-
es. EWA13310
ECA13680 WARNING
CAUTION:
Never use a fuse with an amperage rating
To avoid a short circuit, always set the main other than that specified. Improvising or us-
switch to OFF when checking or replacing ing a fuse with the wrong amperage rating
a fuse. may cause extensive damage to the electri-
1. Remove: cal system, cause the lighting and ignition
Rider seat systems to malfunction and could possibly
Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page 4-1. cause a fire.
2. Check:
Fuse
4. Install:
a. Connect the pocket tester to the fuse and Rider seat

check the continuity. Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page 4-1.
NOTE: EAS28030
Set the pocket tester selector to 1. CHECKING AND CHARGING THE BATTERY
EWA13290
WARNING
Pocket tester Batteries generate explosive hydrogen gas
90890-03112 and contain electrolyte which is made of poi-
sonous and highly caustic sulfuric acid.
YU-03112-C
Therefore, always follow these preventive
b. If the pocket tester indicates , replace the measures:
fuse. Wear protective eye gear when handling or
working near batteries.
8-75
Charge batteries in a well-ventilated area. ECA3D81022
Keep batteries away from fire, sparks or CAUTION:

open flames (e.g., welding equipment, First, disconnect the negative battery lead
lighted cigarettes). 1, then the positive battery lead 2.
DO NOT SMOKE when charging or han-
dling batteries. 1
KEEP BATTERIES AND ELECTROLYTE
OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. 2
Avoid bodily contact with electrolyte as it
can cause severe burns or permanent eye
injury.
FIRST AID IN CASE OF BODILY CONTACT:
EXTERNAL
Skin Wash with water.
Eyes Flush with water for 15 minutes and
3. Remove:
get immediate medical attention.
Battery
INTERNAL
4. Check:
Drink large quantities of water or milk fol-
Battery charge
lowed with milk of magnesia, beaten egg or
vegetable oil. Get immediate medical atten- a. Connect a pocket tester to the battery termi-
tion. nals.
ECA3D81014
CAUTION: positive battery terminal
This is a sealed battery. Never remove the Negative tester probe
sealing caps because the balance between negative battery terminal
cells will not be maintained and battery per-
formance will deteriorate. NOTE:
Charging time, charging amperage and The charge state of an MF battery can be
charging voltage for an MF battery are dif- checked by measuring its open-circuit voltage
ferent from those of conventional batteries. (i.e., the voltage when the positive battery ter-
The MF battery should be charged accord- minal is disconnected).
ing to the appropriate charging method. If No charging is necessary when the open-cir-
the battery is overcharged, the electrolyte cuit voltage equals or exceeds 12.8 V.
level will drop considerably. Therefore, b. Check the charge of the battery, as shown in
take special care when charging the bat- the charts and the following example.
tery.
Example
NOTE: Open-circuit voltage = 12.0 V
Since MF batteries are sealed, it is not possible Charging time = 6.5 hours
to check the charge state of the battery by mea- Charge of the battery = 2030%
suring the specific gravity of the electrolyte.
Therefore, the charge of the battery has to be
checked by measuring the voltage at the battery
terminals.
1. Remove:
Rider seat
Tool kit tray
2. Disconnect:
Battery leads
(from the battery terminals)
8-76
When charging a battery, be sure to remove

it from the vehicle. (If charging has to be
done with the battery mounted on the vehi-
cle, disconnect the negative battery lead
from the battery terminal.)
To reduce the chance of sparks, do not
plug in the battery charger until the battery
charger leads are connected to the battery.
Before removing the battery charger lead
clips from the battery terminals, be sure to
turn off the battery charger.
A. Open-circuit voltage (V)
Make sure the battery charger lead clips are
B. Charging time (hours)
in full contact with the battery terminal and
C. Relationship between the open-circuit voltage
and the charging time at 20 C (68 F) that they are not shorted. A corroded bat-
D. These values vary with the temperature, the tery charger lead clip may generate heat in
condition of the battery plates, and the the contact area and a weak clip spring may
electrolyte level. cause sparks.
If the battery becomes hot to the touch at
any time during the charging process, dis-
connect the battery charger and let the bat-
tery cool before reconnecting it. Hot
batteries can explode!
As shown in the following illustration, the
open-circuit voltage of an MF battery stabi-
lizes about 30 minutes after charging has
been completed. Therefore, wait 30 min-
utes after charging is completed before
measuring the open-circuit voltage.
A. Open-circuit voltage (V)
B. Charging condition of the battery (%)
C. Ambient temperature 20 C (68 F)
5. Charge:
Battery
(refer to the appropriate charging method)
EWA13300
WARNING
Do not quick charge a battery.
ECA13670 A. Open-circuit voltage (V)
CAUTION: B. Time (minutes)
Never remove the MF battery sealing caps. C. Charging
Do not use a high-rate battery charger D. Ambient temperature 20 C (68 F)
since it forces a high-amperage current E. Check the open-circuit voltage.
into the battery quickly and can cause bat-
tery overheating and battery plate damage.
If it is impossible to regulate the charging Charging method using a variable-current
current on the battery charger, be careful (voltage) charger
not to overcharge the battery. a. Measure the open-circuit voltage prior to
charging.
NOTE:
Voltage should be measured 30 minutes after
the engine is stopped.
8-77
b. Connect a charger and ammeter to the bat- NOTE:

tery and start charging. If the current is lower than the standard charging
NOTE: current written on the battery, this type of battery
Set the charging voltage to 1617 V. If the set- charger cannot charge the MF battery. A vari-
ting is lower, charging will be insufficient. If too able voltage charger is recommended.
high, the battery will be overcharged.
d. Charge the battery until the batterys charg-
c. Make sure that the current is higher than the ing voltage is 15 V.
standard charging current written on the bat- NOTE:
tery. Set the charging time to 20 hours (maximum).
NOTE:
e. Measure the battery open-circuit voltage after
If the current is lower than the standard charging
leaving the battery unused for more than 30
current written on the battery, set the charging
minutes.
voltage adjusting dial to 2024 V and monitor
the amperage for 35 minutes to check the bat- 12.8 V or more --- Charging is complete.
tery. 12.7 V or less --- Recharging is required.
Under 12.0 V --- Replace the battery.
Standard charging current is reached
Battery is good.
Standard charging current is not reached 6. Install:
Replace the battery. Battery
7. Connect:
d. Adjust the voltage so that the current is at the Battery leads
standard charging level. (to the battery terminals)
e. Set the time according to the charging time
NOTE:
suitable for the open-circuit voltage.
f. If charging requires more than 5 hours, it is Route the positive battery lead under the nega-
advisable to check the charging current after tive battery lead, making sure not to route it on
a lapse of 5 hours. If there is any change in top of the relay unit.
the amperage, readjust the voltage to obtain ECA3D81023
the standard charging current. CAUTION:

g. Measure the battery open-circuit voltage after First, connect the positive battery lead 1,
leaving the battery unused for more than 30 then the negative battery lead 2.
minutes.
12.8 V or more --- Charging is complete. 2
12.7 V or less --- Recharging is required.
Under 12.0 V --- Replace the battery. 1
2
Charging method using a constant volt-

1
age charger
a. Measure the open-circuit voltage prior to
charging. 8. Check:
NOTE: Battery terminals
Voltage should be measured 30 minutes after Dirt Clean with a wire brush.
the engine is stopped. Loose connection Connect properly.
9. Lubricate:
b. Connect a charger and ammeter to the bat-
Battery terminals
tery and start charging.
c. Make sure that the current is higher than the Recommended lubricant
standard charging current written on the bat- Dielectric grease
tery.
8-78
10.Install: Relay unit (starting circuit cut-off relay)

Rider seat
Tool kit tray
Refer to GENERAL CHASSIS on page 4-1. 1 3 2 4
+
EAS28040
CHECKING THE RELAYS

Check each relay for continuity with the pocket
tester. If the continuity reading is incorrect, re- Sb/W L /W L R/L L/R
place the relay. L/G L/Y Sb B/Y L/W R
Pocket tester
90890-03112 1. Positive battery terminal
Analog pocket tester 2. Negative battery terminal
YU-03112-C 3. Positive tester probe
4. Negative tester probe
1. Disconnect the relay from the wire harness.
2. Connect the pocket tester ( 1) and battery
(12 V) to the relay terminal as shown. Result
Check the relay operation. Continuity
(between 3 and 4)
Starter relay Relay unit (fuel pump relay)

1
3
1 4 3 2
R +
R
w L
Sb/W L /W L R/L L/R
B
2 1 L/G L/Y Sb B/Y L/W R
4
1. Positive battery terminal 1. Positive battery terminal
2. Negative battery terminal 2. Negative battery terminal
3. Positive tester probe 3. Positive tester probe
4. Negative tester probe 4. Negative tester probe
Result Result
Continuity Continuity
(between 3 and 4) (between 3 and 4)
8-79
Headlight relay
a. Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
3 turn signal relay terminal as shown.
4 + Pocket tester
90890-03112
2 1 Analog pocket tester
YU-03112-C
Y/B Br
G/L
R/Y
brown 1
1. Positive battery terminal ground
2. Negative battery terminal
3. Positive tester probe
4. Negative tester probe
Result
Continuity
(between 3 and 4)
Radiator fan motor relay
3
+ b. Turn the main switch to ON.
4
c. Measure the turn signal relay input voltage.

2 1 2. Check:
G/Y R/W Turn signal relay output voltage
L Out of specification Replace.
Br/W
Turn signal relay output voltage
1. Positive battery terminal
DC 12 V
2. Negative battery terminal

3. Positive tester probe a. Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
4. Negative tester probe turn signal relay terminal as shown.
Result Pocket tester

Continuity 90890-03112
(between 3 and 4) Analog pocket tester
YU-03112-C
EAS3D81010
CHECKING THE TURN SIGNAL RELAY Positive tester probe

1. Check: brown/white 1, yellow/red 2 or white 3
Turn signal relay input voltage Negative tester probe
Out of specification The wiring circuit from ground
the main switch to the turn signal relay cou-
pler is faulty and must be repaired.
Turn signal relay input voltage

DC 12 V
8-80
Continuity
Positive tester probe sky blue
1
black/yellow 2
No continuity
black/yellow 2
Negative tester probe sky
blue 1
Continuity
b. Turn the main switch to ON.
c. Measure the turn signal relay output voltage. 1
EAS28050 blue/yellow 3
CHECKING THE DIODES No continuity
Relay unit (diode) blue/yellow 3
1. Check: Negative tester probe sky
Relay unit (diode) blue 1
Out of specification Replace. Continuity
Pocket tester 1
90890-03112 Negative tester probe sky
Analog pocket tester blue/white 4
YU-03112-C No continuity
Positive tester probe sky
NOTE: blue/white 4
Negative tester probe sky
The pocket tester or the analog pocket tester blue 1
readings are shown in the following table. Continuity
blue/green 5
blue/yellow 3
No continuity
blue/yellow 3
blue/green 5
3 1
5
4 2
Sb/W L/W L R/L L/R

a. Disconnect the relay unit from the wire har-
ness.
8-81
b. Connect the pocket tester ( 1) to the relay

unit terminals as shown. Pocket tester
c. Check the relay unit (diode) for continuity. 90890-03112
d. Check the relay unit (diode) for no continuity. Analog pocket tester
YU-03112-C
Diode 1 NOTE:
1. Check: The pocket tester and the analog pocket tester
Diode 1 readings are shown in the following table.
Continuity
Pocket tester Positive tester probe
90890-03112 blue/white 1
Analog pocket tester Negative tester probe
YU-03112-C black/red 2
No continuity
NOTE: Positive tester probe
The pocket tester and the analog pocket tester black/red 2
readings are shown in the following table. Negative tester probe
blue/white 1
Continuity
Positive tester probe white
1
Negative tester probe 1
red/white 2 or red/white 3
No continuity L/W
B/R
red/white 2 or red/white 3
Negative tester probe white
1 2

2 3 a. Disconnect the diode 2 from the wire har-
ness.
b. Connect the pocket tester ( 1) to the diode
R/W R/W 2 terminals as shown.
c. Check the diode 2 for continuity.
W
d. Check the diode 2 for no continuity.

1 EAS3D81017
CHECKING THE IGNITION SPARK GAP

1. Check:
a. Disconnect the diode 1 from the wire har- Ignition spark gap
ness. Out of specification Perform the ignition
b. Connect the pocket tester ( 1) to the diode system troubleshooting, starting with step 5.
1 terminals as shown. Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING on page
c. Check the diode 1 for continuity. 8-4.
d. Check the diode 1 for no continuity.
Minimum ignition spark gap
6.0 mm (0.24 in)
Diode 2
1. Check:
Diode 2
8-82
NOTE:
If the ignition spark gap is within specification,
the ignition system circuit is operating normally.
a. Disconnect the spark plug cap from the spark

plug.
b. Connect the ignition checker 1 as shown.
Ignition checker
90890-06754
Opama pet-4000 spark checker c. Measure the spark plug cap resistance.
YM-34487
EAS28100
CHECKING THE IGNITION COILS

The following procedure applies to all of the igni-
tion coils.
1. Check:
Primary coil resistance
Primary coil resistance

2.162.64

2. Spark plug cap a. Disconnect the ignition coil connectors from
the ignition coil terminals.
c. Turn the main switch to ON and set the en- b. Connect the pocket tester ( 1) to the igni-
gine stop switch to . tion coil as shown.
d. Measure the ignition spark gap a.
e. Crank the engine by pushing the start switch Pocket tester
and gradually increase the spark gap un- 90890-03112
til a misfire occurs. Analog pocket tester
YU-03112-C
EAS28070
CHECKING THE SPARK PLUG CAPS Positive tester probe

The following procedure applies to all of the black/red 1
spark plug caps. Negative tester probe
1. Check: orange or gray/red 2
Spark plug cap resistance
Resistance
10.0 k.
a. Remove the spark plug cap from the spark

plug lead.
b. Connect the pocket tester ( 1k) to the
spark plug cap as shown.
c. Measure the primary coil resistance.
Pocket tester
90890-03112
Analog pocket tester 2. Check:
YU-03112-C Secondary coil resistance
8-83

Secondary coil resistance gray 1
8.6412.96 k. Negative tester probe
black 2
a. Disconnect the spark plug cap from the igni-

tion coil.
b. Connect the pocket tester ( 1k) to the ig-
nition coil as shown.
Pocket tester
90890-03112
YU-03112-C B Gy
2 1
black/red 1 b. Measure the crankshaft position sensor re-
Negative tester probe sistance.
spark plug lead 2
EAS28130
CHECKING THE LEAN ANGLE SENSOR

1. Remove:
Lean angle sensor
2. Check:
Lean angle sensor output voltage
Lean angle sensor output voltage

Less than 65: 0.41.4 V
More than 65: 3.74.4 V
c. Measure the secondary coil resistance.

a. Connect the lean angle sensor coupler to the
EAS28120 wire harness.
CHECKING THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION b. Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
SENSOR lean angle sensor coupler as shown.
1. Disconnect:
Crankshaft position sensor coupler Pocket tester
(from the wire harness) 90890-03112
2. Check: Analog pocket tester
Crankshaft position sensor resistance YU-03112-C
shaft position sensor/stator assembly. Positive tester probe
yellow/green 1
Crankshaft position sensor resis- Negative tester probe
tance black/blue 2
248372
a. Connect the pocket tester ( 100) to the

crankshaft position sensor coupler as shown.
Pocket tester
90890-03112
YU-03112-C
8-84
EAS28150
CHECKING THE STATOR COIL

1. Disconnect:
Stator coil coupler
(from the wire harness)
2. Check:
Stator coil resistance
shaft position sensor/stator assembly.
Stator coil resistance

c. Turn the main switch to ON. 0.1120.168
d. Tilt the lean angle sensor 65.

e. Measure the lean angle sensor output volt- a. Connect the pocket tester ( 1) to the stator
age. coil coupler as shown.
EAS3D81011 Pocket tester

CHECKING THE STARTER MOTOR 90890-03112
OPERATION Analog pocket tester
1. Check: YU-03112-C
Starter motor operation
Does not operate Perform the electric Positive tester probe
starting system troubleshooting, starting with white 1
step 4. Negative tester probe
Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING on page white 2
8-11.

a. Connect the positive battery terminal 1 and white 1
starter motor lead 2 with a jumper lead 3. Negative tester probe
EWA13810 white 3
WARNING
A wire that is used as a jumper lead must Positive tester probe
have at least the same capacity of the bat- white 2
tery lead, otherwise the jumper lead may
white 3
burn.
This check is likely to produce sparks,
therefore, make sure no flammable gas or
fluid is in the vicinity.
W W W
1 2 3
b. Measure the stator coil resistance.

EAS28170
CHECKING THE RECTIFIER/REGULATOR

b. Check the starter motor operation.
1. Check:
Charging voltage
Out of specification Replace the rectifi-
er/regulator.
8-85

Charging voltage horn terminal 1
14 V at 5000 r/min Negative tester probe
horn terminal 2
a. Attach the engine tachometer to the spark

plug lead of the front cylinder.
b. Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
rectifier/regulator coupler as shown. 1
Pocket tester
90890-03112
Analog pocket tester 2
YU-03112-C

black/red 1 c. Measure the horn resistance.
black 2 2. Check:
Horn sound
Faulty sound Adjust or replace.

a. Connect a battery (12 V) to the horn.
b. Turn the adjusting screw in direction a or b
until the specified horn sound is obtained.
B/W B/W B/W B/R B
1 2
a b
c. Start the engine and operate it run at approx-
imately 5000 r/min.
d. Measure the charging voltage.
EAS28180
CHECKING THE HORN

1. Check:
Horn resistance EAS3D81012
CHECKING THE OIL LEVEL SWITCH

1. Drain:
Coil resistance Engine oil
1.011.11 2. Remove:
Oil level switch
(from the crankcase)
a. Disconnect the horn connectors from the 3. Check:
horn terminals. Oil level switch resistance
b. Connect the pocket tester ( 1) to the horn Out of specification Replace the oil level
terminals. switch.
Pocket tester Oil level switch resistance
90890-03112 Minimum level position
YU-03112-C Maximum level position
484536
8-86
a. Connect the pocket tester ( 100) to the oil Pocket tester

level switch terminal as shown. 90890-03112
Pocket tester YU-03112-C
90890-03112
Analog pocket tester Positive tester probe
YU-03112-C green 1
Minimum level position A black 2
connector (white) 1
body ground 2
Maximum level position B

connector (white) 1
Negative tester probe G B
body ground 2 1 2
b. Measure the fuel sender resistance.

EAS3D81014
CHECKING THE FUEL LEVEL WARNING

LIGHT
vice for the fuel level detection circuit.
1. Check:
Fuel level warning light 1
b. Measure the oil level switch resistance. (Turn the main switch to ON.)
Warning light comes on for a few seconds,
EAS3D81013
then goes off Warning light is OK.
CHECKING THE FUEL SENDER Warning light does not come on Replace
1. Disconnect: the meter assembly.
Fuel sender coupler Warning light flashes eight times, then goes
(from the wire harness) off for three seconds in a repeated cycle (mal-
2. Remove: function detected in fuel sender or thermistor)
Fuel sender Replace the fuel pump assembly.
(from the fuel tank)
3. Check:
Fuel sender resistance
Out of specification Replace the fuel send-
er.
Fuel sender resistance

8301720 at 25 C (77 F)
1
a. Connect the pocket tester ( 1) to the fuel

sender terminals as shown.
8-87
EAS3D81015
CHECKING THE OIL LEVEL WARNING

LIGHT 1
vice for the oil level detection circuit. P O/R L W /Y
1. Check:
B/W B/ L
Oil level warning light 1
(Turn the main switch to ON.)
Warning light comes on for a few seconds, 2
then goes off Warning light is OK.
Warning light does not come on Replace
the meter assembly. b. Set the main switch to ON.
Warning light flashes ten times, then goes off c. Elevate the rear wheel and slowly rotate it.
for 2.5 seconds in a repeated cycle (malfunc- d. Measure the voltage of white/yellow and
tion detected in oil level switch) Replace black/blue. With each full rotation of the rear
the oil level switch. wheel, the voltage reading should cycle from
0.6 V to 4.8 V to 0.6 V to 4.8 V.

EAS28250
CHECKING THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

1. Check:
Radiator fan motor
Faulty/rough movement Replace.
1
a. Disconnect the radiator fan motor coupler
from the wire harness.
b. Connect a battery (DC 12 V) as shown.
EAS28240 Positive tester probe
CHECKING THE SPEED SENSOR black/white 1
1. Check: Negative tester probe
Speed sensor output voltage black 2
Output voltage reading cycle

0.6 V to 4.8 V to 0.6 V to 4.8 V
a. Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the

speed sensor coupler (wire harness side) as
shown.
Pocket tester
90890-03112
Analog pocket tester c. Check the radiator fan motor movement.
YU-03112-C
EAS28260
Positive tester probe CHECKING THE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

white/yellow 1 SENSOR
Negative tester probe 1. Remove:
black/blue 2 Coolant temperature sensor
EWA14130
WARNING
Handle the coolant temperature sensor
with special care.
8-88
Never subject the coolant temperature sen-

sor to strong shocks. If the coolant temper- Resistance
ature sensor is dropped, replace it. 4.06.0 k
2. Check:
Coolant temperature sensor resistance a. Connect the pocket tester ( 1k) to the
Out of specification Replace. throttle position sensor terminals as shown.
Coolant temperature sensor re- Pocket tester

sistance 90890-03112
290354 at 80 C (176 F) Analog pocket tester
YU-03112-C
a. Connect the pocket tester ( 100) to the Positive tester probe

coolant temperature sensor as shown. blue 1
Pocket tester black/blue 2
90890-03112
YU-03112-C 2 1
3
1
B/L Y L
2 b. Measure the throttle position sensor maxi-

mum resistance.

b. Immerse the coolant temperature sensor 1
in a container filled with coolant 2. 3. Install:
Throttle position sensor
NOTE:
NOTE:
Make sure the coolant temperature sensor ter-
minals do not get wet. When installing the throttle position sensor, ad-
just its angle properly. Refer to ADJUSTING
c. Place a thermometer 3 in the coolant. THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR on page
d. Slowly heat the coolant, and then let it cool 7-11.
down to the specified temperature.
e. Measure the coolant temperature sensor re- EAS28410
sistance. CHECKING THE INTAKE AIR PRESSURE

SENSORS
EAS28300
The following procedure applies to both of the in-
CHECKING THE THROTTLE POSITION take air pressures.
SENSOR 1. Check:
1. Remove: Intake air pressure sensor output voltage
Throttle position sensor Out of specification Replace.
(from the throttle body)
2. Check: Intake air pressure sensor output
voltage
Throttle position sensor maximum resistance
3.754.25 V
Out of specification Replace the throttle
position sensor.
a. Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the in-
take air pressure sensor coupler as shown.
8-89
Pocket tester
90890-03112 3
YU-03112-C

pink 1 or pink/white
Negative tester probe 2
black/blue 2
b. Immerse the air temperature sensor 1 in a

container filled with water 2.
2 1 NOTE:
Make sure that the air temperature sensor termi-
B/L P L nals do not get wet.
c. Place a thermometer 3 in the water.
d. Slowly heat the water, and then let it cool
down to the specified temperature.
e. Measure the air temperature sensor resis-
b. Set the main switch to ON. tance.
c. Measure the intake air pressure sensor out-
put voltage.
EAS28420
CHECKING THE AIR TEMPERATURE

SENSOR
1. Remove:
Air temperature sensor
EWA3D81003
WARNING
Handle the air temperature sensor with
special care.
Never subject the air temperature sensor to
strong shocks. If the air temperature sen-
sor is dropped, replace it.
2. Check:
Air temperature sensor resistance
Air temperature sensor resis-

tance
290390 at 80 C (176 F)
a. Connect the pocket tester ( 100) to the air

temperature sensor terminal as shown.
Pocket tester
90890-03112
YU-03112-C
8-90
8-91
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................... 9-1

GENERAL INFORMATION ....................................................................... 9-1
STARTING FAILURES ............................................................................. 9-1
INCORRECT ENGINE IDLING SPEED .................................................... 9-1
POOR MEDIUM-AND-HIGH-SPEED PERFORMANCE........................... 9-2
FAULTY GEAR SHIFTING ....................................................................... 9-2
SHIFT PEDAL DOES NOT MOVE............................................................ 9-2
JUMPS OUT OF GEAR ............................................................................ 9-2
FAULTY CLUTCH ..................................................................................... 9-2
OVERHEATING ........................................................................................ 9-3
OVERCOOLING ....................................................................................... 9-3
POOR BRAKING PERFORMANCE.......................................................... 9-3
FAULTY FRONT FORK LEGS.................................................................. 9-3
UNSTABLE HANDLING............................................................................ 9-3
FAULTY LIGHTING OR SIGNALING SYSTEM........................................ 9-4
9
TROUBLESHOOTING
EAS28450
4. Throttle body(-ies)
TROUBLESHOOTING Deteriorated or contaminated fuel
EAS28460
Sucked-in air
GENERAL INFORMATION
NOTE:
Electrical system
1. Battery
The following guide for troubleshooting does not
Discharged battery
cover all the possible causes of trouble. It should
Faulty battery
be helpful, however, as a guide to basic trouble-
2. Fuse(s)
shooting. Refer to the relative procedure in this
Blown, damaged or incorrect fuse
manual for checks, adjustments, and replace-
Improperly installed fuse
ment of parts.
3. Spark plug(s)
Incorrect spark plug gap
EAS28470
STARTING FAILURES Incorrect spark plug heat range

Fouled spark plug
Engine Worn or damaged electrode
1. Cylinder(s) and cylinder head(s) Worn or damaged insulator
Loose spark plug Faulty spark plug cap
Loose cylinder head or cylinder 4. Ignition coil(s)
Damaged cylinder head gasket Cracked or broken ignition coil body
Damaged cylinder gasket Broken or shorted primary or secondary coils
Worn or damaged cylinder Faulty spark plug lead
Incorrect valve clearance 5. Ignition system
Improperly sealed valve Faulty ECU
Incorrect valve-to-valve-seat contact Faulty crankshaft position sensor
Incorrect valve timing Broken generator rotor Woodruff key
Faulty valve spring 6. Switches and wiring
Seized valve Faulty main switch
2. Piston(s) and piston ring(s) Faulty engine stop switch
Improperly installed piston ring Broken or shorted wiring
Damaged, worn or fatigued piston ring Faulty neutral switch
Seized piston ring Faulty start switch
Seized or damaged piston Faulty sidestand switch
3. Air filter Faulty clutch switch
Improperly installed air filter Improperly grounded circuit
Clogged air filter element Loose connections
4. Crankcase and crankshaft 7. Starting system
Improperly assembled crankcase Faulty starter motor
Seized crankshaft Faulty starter relay
Faulty relay unit (starting circuit cut-off relay)
Fuel system Faulty starter clutch
1. Fuel tank EAS28490
Empty fuel tank INCORRECT ENGINE IDLING SPEED
Clogged fuel filter
Clogged fuel tank breather hose Engine
Clogged fuel tank overflow hose 1. Cylinder(s) and cylinder head(s)
Clogged rollover valve Incorrect valve clearance
Deteriorated or contaminated fuel Damaged valve train components
2. Fuel pump 2. Air filter
Faulty fuel pump Clogged air filter element
Faulty relay unit (fuel pump relay)
3. Fuel cock
Clogged or damaged fuel hose
9-1
TROUBLESHOOTING
Fuel system Bent shift fork guide bar

1. Throttle body(-ies)
Damaged or loose throttle body joint Transmission
Improperly synchronized throttle bodies Seized transmission gear
Improper throttle cable free play Foreign object between transmission gears
Flooded throttle body Improperly assembled transmission
EAS28550
Electrical system JUMPS OUT OF GEAR
1. Battery
Discharged battery Shift shaft
Faulty battery Incorrect shift pedal position
2. Spark plug(s) Improperly returned stopper lever
Incorrect spark plug gap
Incorrect spark plug heat range Shift forks
Fouled spark plug Worn shift fork
Worn or damaged electrode
Worn or damaged insulator Shift drum
Faulty spark plug cap Incorrect axial play
3. Ignition coil(s) Worn shift drum groove
Broken or shorted primary or secondary coils
Faulty spark plug lead Transmission
Cracked or broken ignition coil Worn gear dog
4. Ignition system
EAS28560
Faulty ECU FAULTY CLUTCH
Faulty crankshaft position sensor
Broken generator rotor Woodruff key Clutch slips
EAS28510
1. Clutch
POOR MEDIUM-AND-HIGH-SPEED Improperly assembled clutch
PERFORMANCE Improperly adjusted clutch cable
Refer to STARTING FAILURES on page 9-1. Loose or fatigued clutch spring
Worn friction plate
Engine Worn clutch plate
1. Air filter 2. Engine oil
Clogged air filter element Incorrect oil level
Incorrect oil viscosity (low)
Fuel system Deteriorated oil
1. Fuel pump
Faulty fuel pump Clutch drags
1. Clutch
EAS28530
FAULTY GEAR SHIFTING Unevenly tensioned clutch springs

Warped pressure plate
Shifting is difficult Bent clutch plate
Refer to Clutch drags. Swollen friction plate
Bent clutch pull rod
EAS28540
Broken clutch boss
SHIFT PEDAL DOES NOT MOVE
Burnt primary driven gear bushing
Match marks not aligned
Shift shaft
2. Engine oil
Improperly adjusted shift rod
Incorrect oil level
Bent shift shaft
Incorrect oil viscosity (high)
Shift drum and shift forks Deteriorated oil
Foreign object in a shift drum groove
Seized shift fork
9-2
TROUBLESHOOTING
EAS28600 EAS28610
OVERHEATING OVERCOOLING
Engine Cooling system

1. Clogged coolant passages 1. Thermostat
Cylinder head(s) and piston(s) Thermostat stays open
Heavy carbon buildup
EAS28620
2. Engine oil POOR BRAKING PERFORMANCE
Incorrect oil level Worn brake pad
Incorrect oil viscosity Worn brake disc
Inferior oil quality Air in hydraulic brake system
Leaking brake fluid
Cooling system Faulty brake caliper kit
1. Coolant Faulty brake caliper seal
Low coolant level Loose union bolt
2. Radiator Damaged brake hose
Damaged or leaking radiator Oil or grease on the brake disc
Faulty radiator cap Oil or grease on the brake pad
Bent or damaged radiator fin Incorrect brake fluid level
3. Water pump
Damaged or faulty water pump EAS28650
4. Thermostat FAULTY FRONT FORK LEGS

Thermostat stays closed
5. Hose(s) and pipe(s) Leaking oil
Damaged hose Bent, damaged or rusty inner tube
Improperly connected hose Cracked or damaged outer tube
Damaged pipe Improperly installed oil seal
Improperly connected pipe Damaged oil seal lip
Incorrect oil level (high)
Fuel system Loose damper rod assembly bolt
1. Throttle body(-ies) Damaged damper rod assembly bolt copper
Damaged or loose throttle body joint washer
2. Air filter Cracked or damaged cap bolt O-ring
Clogged air filter element
Malfunction
Chassis Bent or damaged inner tube
1. Brake(s) Bent or damaged outer tube
Dragging brake Damaged fork spring
Worn or damaged outer tube bushing
Electrical system Bent or damaged damper rod
1. Spark plug(s) Incorrect oil viscosity
Incorrect spark plug gap Incorrect oil level
Incorrect spark plug heat range EAS28670
2. Ignition system UNSTABLE HANDLING

Faulty ECU 1. Handlebar
3. Cooling system Bent or improperly installed handlebar
Faulty radiator fan motor relay 2. Steering head components
Faulty coolant temperature sensor Improperly installed upper bracket
Faulty ECU Improperly installed lower bracket
(improperly tightened ring nut)
Bent steering stem
Damaged ball bearing or bearing race
3. Front fork leg(s)
Uneven oil levels (both front fork legs)
9-3
TROUBLESHOOTING
Unevenly tensioned fork spring (both front Faulty battery

fork legs) Incorrectly adjusted rear brake light switch
Broken fork spring Tail/brake light bulb life expired
Bent or damaged inner tube
Bent or damaged outer tube Turn signal does not come on
4. Swingarm Faulty turn signal switch
Worn bearing or bushing Faulty turn signal relay
Bent or damaged swingarm Burnt-out turn signal bulb
5. Rear shock absorber assembly Incorrect connection
Faulty rear shock absorber spring Damaged or faulty wire harness
Leaking oil or gas Improperly grounded circuit
6. Tire(s) Faulty battery
Uneven tire pressures (front and rear) Blown, damaged or incorrect fuse
Incorrect tire pressure
Uneven tire wear Turn signal flashes slowly
7. Wheel(s) Faulty turn signal relay
Incorrect wheel balance Faulty main switch
Deformed cast wheel Faulty turn signal switch
Damaged wheel bearing Incorrect turn signal bulb
Bent or loose wheel axle
Excessive wheel runout Turn signal remains lit
8. Frame Faulty turn signal relay
Bent frame Burnt-out turn signal bulb
Damaged steering head pipe
Improperly installed bearing race Turn signal flashes quickly
Incorrect turn signal bulb
EAS28710
Faulty turn signal relay
FAULTY LIGHTING OR SIGNALING SYSTEM Burnt-out turn signal bulb
Headlight does not come on Horn does not sound
Wrong headlight bulb Improperly adjusted horn
Too many electrical accessories Damaged or faulty horn
Hard charging Faulty main switch
Incorrect connection Faulty horn switch
Improperly grounded circuit Faulty battery
Poor contacts (main switch) Blown, damaged or incorrect fuse
Burnt-out headlight bulb Faulty wire harness
Headlight bulb burnt out
Wrong headlight bulb
Faulty battery
Faulty rectifier/regulator
Improperly grounded circuit
Faulty main switch
Headlight bulb life expired
Tail/brake light does not come on

Wrong tail/brake light bulb
Too many electrical accessories
Incorrect connection
Burnt-out tail/brake light bulb
Tail/brake light bulb burnt out

Wrong tail/brake light bulb
9-4
XVS13AW(C)/XVS13CTW(C) 2007 WIRING DIAGRAM
15 A B C
12
1 13
WIRE HARNESS SUB WIREHARNESS WIRE HARNESS SUB WIREHARNESS WIRE HARNESS TAIL BRAKE LIGHT WIRE HARNESS
14
(GRAY) (BLACK)
4
17 18
(BLACK) (BLACK)
16 30
28
3 (DARK GREEN)
30
29
20
19
7 A
21 A
27 A 31
5 (BLACK) A
ON
6
OFF
8 22
(BLACK) A
10
(BLACK)
9 23 26 A
(BLACK)
25 (BLACK)
11 32 (DARK GRAY)
24 B B

B B
75
74
73
34
72
35
36
48 47 37
61 49
71 46
(BLACK)
63 64 65 66
62
RESET
50
70 38
51 53 54 (BLACK)
(BLACK) (L)
(BLUE) (BLUE) 52 N
(R) 44
(BLACK) (BLACK)
39
(BLACK) 45
(BLACK) (BLACK)
40
(BLACK)
41
C C
42
C C
69 58 57 43
68 67
(BLACK) (BLACK)
60
(GRAY) (BLACK)
59 56 55
(GRAY) (BLACK)
C
EAS28740
53. Turn signal switch EAS28750
WIRING DIAGRAM 54. Horn switch COLOR CODE

XVS13AW(C)/XVS13CTW(C) 55. Rear right turn signal light B Black
2007 56. Rear left turn signal light Br Brown
1. AC magneto 57. Front right turn signal light Ch Chocolate
58. Front left turn signal light Dg Dark green
G Green
3. Main fuse 59. Headlight
Gy Gray
4. Backup fuse (odometer and 60. Accessory light (OPTION) L Blue
clock) 61. Right handlebar switch O Orange
5. Main switch 62. Front brake light switch P Pink
6. Battery 63. Select switch R Red
7. Fuel injection system fuse 64. Reset switch Sb Sky blue
8. Starter relay 65. Engine stop switch W White
9. Starter motor 66. Start switch Y Yellow
10. Diode 1 67. License plate light B/Br Black/Brown
68. Tail/brake light B/L Black/Blue
11. Radiator fan motor fuse
B/R Black/Red
12. Relay unit 69. Radiator fan motor
B/W Black/White
13. Starting circuit cut-off relay 70. Rear brake light switch B/Y Black/Yellow
14. Fuel pump relay 71. Radiator fan motor relay Br/L Brown/Blue
15. Diode 2 72. Headlight fuse Br/W Brown/White
16. Neutral switch 73. Ignition fuse G/L Green/Blue
17. Fuel pump 74. Signaling system fuse G/W Green/White
18. Sidestand switch 75. Taillight fuse G/Y Green/Yellow
19. Speed sensor Gy/B Gray/Black
20. Crankshaft position sensor Gy/R Gray/Red
21. Throttle position sensor Gy/W Gray/White
L/B Blue/Black
22. Rear cylinder intake air pres-
L/G Blue/Green
sure sensor L/R Blue/Red
23. Front cylinder intake air pres- L/W Blue/White
sure sensor L/Y Blue/Yellow
24. Lean angle sensor O/R Orange/Red
25. Coolant temperature sensor P/B Pink/Black
26. Air temperature sensor P/L Pink/Blue
27. ECU (engine control unit) P/W Pink/White
28. Rear cylinder Ignition coil R/B Red/Black
29. Front cylinder Ignition coil R/G Red/Green
R/L Red/Blue
30. Spark plug
R/W Red/White
31. ISC (idle speed control ) unit R/Y Red/Yellow
32. Front cylinder injector Sb/W Sky blue/White
33. Rear cylinder injector V/G Violet/Green
34. Meter assembly W/G White/Green
35. Fuel level warning light W/L White/Blue
36. Oil level warning light W/Y White/Yellow
37. Neutral indicator light Y/B Yellow/Black
38. Multi-function meter Y/G Yellow/Green
39. Engine trouble warning light Y/L Yellow/Blue
40. Coolant temperature warning Y/R Yellow/Red
light
41. High beam indicator light
42. Turn signal indicator light
43. Meter light
44. Oil level switch
45. Fuel sender
46. O2 sensor
47. Horn
49. Headlight relay
50. Left handlebar switch
51. Dimmer switch
52. Clutch switch
YAMAHA MOTOR CO., LTD.
2500 SHINGAI IWATA SHIZUOKA JAPAN

2007-421-Yamaha - VStar - 1300 Manual 2 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2007-421-Yamaha - VStar - 1300 Manual 2 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2007-421-Yamaha - VStar - 1300 Manual 2 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of this manual?

What is the purpose of this manual?

What safety information is highlighted in the manual?

What safety information is highlighted in the manual?

XVS13AW(C)

IMPORTANT MANUAL INFORMATION

Failure to follow WARNING instructions could result in severe injury or death

A CAUTION indicates special precautions that must be taken to avoid dam-

NOTE: A NOTE provides key information to make procedures easier or clearer.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

IDENTIFICATION ............................................................................................ 1-1

FEATURES ..................................................................................................... 1-2

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ......................................................................... 1-6

CHECKING THE CONNECTIONS.................................................................. 1-8

SPECIAL TOOLS............................................................................................ 1-9

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

OUTLINE OF THE FI SYSTEM

1. Fuel pump 14. Throttle body

Multi-function meter unit

1. Speedometer Odometer, tripmeter, and fuel reserve trip-

NOTE: If the odometer/tripmeter/clock display indicates

or side of the SELECT switch, and then CAUTION:

PREPARATION FOR REMOVAL AND

GASKETS, OIL SEALS AND O-RINGS

LOCK WASHERS/PLATES AND COTTER

BEARINGS AND OIL SEALS

CHECKING THE CONNECTIONS Pocket tester

Tappet adjusting tool 3-6

Vacuum gauge 3-7

Timing light 3-10

Oil filter wrench 3-12

Belt tension gauge 3-25

Steering nut wrench 3-26, 4-61

Damper rod holder 4-54, 4-56

T-handle 4-54, 4-56

Fork seal driver 4-56, 4-57

Rotor holding tool 5-15, 5-21,

Slide hammer bolt 5-16

Valve spring compressor 5-28, 5-33

Valve spring compressor attachment 5-28, 5-33

Valve guide remover (6) 5-29

Valve guide installer (6) 5-29

Valve guide reamer (6) 5-29

Sheave holder 5-43, 5-44,

Flywheel puller 5-43

Yamaha bond No. 1215 5-45, 5-71,

Universal clutch holder 5-51, 5-55

Radiator cap tester adapter 6-3

Mechanical seal installer 6-10

Middle driven shaft bearing driver 6-10

Pressure gauge 7-11

Fuel pressure adapter 7-11

Ignition checker 8-83

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................ 2-1

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................ 2-2

CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS.......................................................................... 2-9

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS................................................................. 2-12

TIGHTENING TORQUES.............................................................................. 2-15

LUBRICATION POINTS AND LUBRICANT TYPES .................................... 2-24